diff options
Diffstat (limited to '395-h')
| -rw-r--r-- | 395-h/395-h.htm | 10029 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 395-h/images/p0b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 6013 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 395-h/images/p0s.jpg | bin | 0 -> 1477 bytes |
3 files changed, 10029 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/395-h/395-h.htm b/395-h/395-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e8a410 --- /dev/null +++ b/395-h/395-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,10029 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII" /> +<title>The Holy War made by Shaddai upon Diabolus, by John Bunyan</title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + P { margin-top: .75em; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + P.gutsumm { margin-left: 5%;} + P.poetry {margin-left: 3%; } + .GutSmall { font-size: 0.7em; } + H1, H2 { + text-align: center; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + } + H3, H4, H5 { + text-align: center; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + } + BODY{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + table { border-collapse: collapse; } +table {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;} + td { vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid black;} + td p { margin: 0.2em; } + .blkquot {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */ + + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + + .pagenum {position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: small; + text-align: right; + font-weight: normal; + color: gray; + } + img { border: none; } + img.dc { float: left; width: 50px; height: 50px; } + p.gutindent { margin-left: 2em; } + div.gapspace { height: 0.8em; } + div.gapline { height: 0.8em; width: 100%; border-top: 1px solid;} + div.gapmediumline { height: 0.3em; width: 40%; margin-left:30%; + border-top: 1px solid; } + div.gapmediumdoubleline { height: 0.3em; width: 40%; margin-left:30%; + border-top: 1px solid; border-bottom: 1px solid;} + div.gapshortdoubleline { height: 0.3em; width: 20%; + margin-left: 40%; border-top: 1px solid; + border-bottom: 1px solid; } + div.gapdoubleline { height: 0.3em; width: 50%; + margin-left: 25%; border-top: 1px solid; + border-bottom: 1px solid;} + div.gapshortline { height: 0.3em; width: 20%; margin-left:40%; + border-top: 1px solid; } + .citation {vertical-align: super; + font-size: .8em; + text-decoration: none;} + img.floatleft { float: left; + margin-right: 1em; + margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; } + img.floatright { float: right; + margin-left: 1em; margin-top: 0.5em; + margin-bottom: 0.5em; } + img.clearcenter {display: block; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; margin-top: 0.5em; + margin-bottom: 0.5em} + --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> +</head> +<body> +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Holy War made by Shaddai upon Diabolus, +by John Bunyan + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: The Holy War made by Shaddai upon Diabolus + + +Author: John Bunyan + + + +Release Date: February 9, 2013 [eBook #395] +[This file was first posted on December 7, 1995] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII) + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HOLY WAR MADE BY SHADDAI UPON +DIABOLUS*** +</pre> +<p>Transcribed from the 1907 Religious Tract Society edition by +David Price, email ccx074@pglaf.org</p> +<h1>THE HOLY WAR MADE<br /> +BY SHADDI UPON<br /> +DIABOLUS <span class="GutSmall">FOR THE</span><br /> +<span class="GutSmall">REGAINING OF THE METROPOLIS</span><br /> +<span class="GutSmall">OF THE WORLD OR THE LOSING</span><br /> +<span class="GutSmall">AND TAKING AGAIN OF THE TOWN</span><br /> +<span class="GutSmall">OF MANSOUL. BY JOHN +BUNYAN</span></h1> +<div class="gapspace"> </div> +<p style="text-align: center"><span class="GutSmall">WITH +THREE</span><br /> +<span class="GutSmall">COLOURED ILLUSTRATIONS</span><br /> +BY VICTOR PROUT <a name="citation0"></a><a href="#footnote0" +class="citation">[0]</a></p> +<div class="gapspace"> </div> +<p style="text-align: center">“I have used +similitudes.” Hosea xii. 10</p> +<div class="gapspace"> </div> +<p style="text-align: center"> +<a href="images/p0b.jpg"> +<img alt= +"Decorative design" +title= +"Decorative design" +src="images/p0s.jpg" /> +</a></p> +<p style="text-align: center">London<br /> +THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY<br /> +4 Bouverie Street and 65 St Paul’s Churchyard<br /> +1907</p> +<div class="gapspace"> </div> +<p style="text-align: center"><span class="GutSmall">PRINTED +BY</span><br /> +<span class="GutSmall">HAZELL, WATSON AND VINEY, LD.</span><br /> +<span class="GutSmall">LONDON AND AYLESBURY.</span></p> +<h2>PREFACE.</h2> +<p><span class="smcap"><i>In</i></span><i> the year 1682 there +was published by Dorman Newman</i>, ‘<i>at the King’s +Arms in the Poultry</i>,’<i> and Benjamin Alsop</i>, +‘<i>at the Angel and Bible in the Poultry</i>,’<i> a +volume entitled</i> ‘<i>The Holy War</i>, <i>made by +Shaddai upon Diabolus for the regaining of the Metropolis of the +World; or the Losing and Taking again of the Town of +Mansoul</i>.’<i> It was the work of John Bunyan</i>, +<i>who</i>, <i>sixteen years before</i>, <i>had published the +story of his own spiritual struggle under the title of</i> +‘<i>Grace abounding to the Chief of Sinners</i>’;<i> +and</i>, <i>but four years before</i>, <i>had produced</i> +‘<i>The Pilgrim’s Progress</i>’ (<i>Part +I</i>). <i>Bunyan had speedily followed the issue of +the</i> ‘<i>Pilgrim’s Progress</i>’ <i>with +the</i> ‘<i>Life and Death of Mr. Badman</i>,’<i> +picture of English life and character as he had seen it</i>, +<i>grimly faithful to fact</i>. <i>In</i> ‘<i>The +Holy War</i>’<i> Bunyan returned to allegory</i>. +<i>As a piece of literature the book is in no way inferior to +the</i> ‘<i>Pilgrim’s Progress</i>.’<i> +If Bunyan had written nothing else</i>, ‘<i>The Holy +War</i>’ <i>would have sufficed to establish his claim to a +place amongst the masters of English prose</i>. <i>As an +appeal to the conscience it is not a whit less effective than +the</i> ‘<i>Pilgrim’s Progress</i>’; <i>but in +the power of seizing and retaining the reader’s attention +it is scarcely so successful</i>. <i>Nevertheless Macaulay +held that</i> ‘<i>if there had been no</i> +“<i>Pilgrim’s Progress</i>” “<i>The Holy +War</i>” <i>would have been the first of religious +allegories</i>.’</p> +<p><i>In working out the details of</i> ‘<i>The Holy +War</i>’ <i>Bunyan seems to have kept in mind his own +experience</i>. <i>The fortifications of the city</i>, +<i>the movements of the opposing forces</i>, <i>the changes in +the municipal offices of Mansoul were reproductions of scenes and +events that had but recently gone on under Bunyan’s +eyes</i>. <i>He adapted them with extraordinary success to +the presentation both of the doctrines of grace and of the +temptations which attend the Christian life</i>. <i>The +characters and the incidents are</i>, <i>in effect</i>, <i>the +characters and incidents of every age</i>. <i>It is this +which gives to the story of Mansoul its undying freshness</i>, +<i>and suits it to the needs of men in all climes</i>. +‘<i>The Holy War</i>’ <i>has been translated into +many languages</i>, <i>including some of those with the scantiest +of literature</i>. <i>Indeed</i>, <i>as this edition is +being prepared for the press</i>, <i>assistance is being rendered +by the Religious Tract Society in the printing of</i> +‘<i>The Holy War</i>’ <i>in Kongo</i>.</p> +<p style="text-align: right"><i>A. R. BUCKLAND</i>.</p> +<h2>TO THE READER.</h2> +<blockquote><p> ’Tis strange to me, that +they that love to tell<br /> +Things done of old, yea, and that do excel<br /> +Their equals in historiology,<br /> +Speak not of Mansoul’s wars, but let them lie<br /> +Dead, like old fables, or such worthless things,<br /> +That to the reader no advantage brings:<br /> +When men, let them make what they will their own,<br /> +Till they know this, are to themselves unknown.<br /> + Of stories, I well know, there’s divers +sorts,<br /> +Some foreign, some domestic; and reports<br /> +Are thereof made as fancy leads the writers:<br /> +(By books a man may guess at the inditers.)<br /> +Some will again of that which never was,<br /> +Nor will be, feign (and that without a cause)<br /> +Such matter, raise such mountains, tell such things<br /> +Of men, of laws, of countries, and of kings;<br /> +And in their story seem to be so sage,<br /> +And with such gravity clothe every page,<br /> +That though their frontispiece says all is vain,<br /> +Yet to their way disciples they obtain.<br /> + But, readers, I have somewhat else to do,<br /> +Than with vain stories thus to trouble you.<br /> +What here I say, some men do know so well,<br /> +They can with tears and joy the story tell.<br /> + The town of Mansoul is well known to many,<br /> +Nor are her troubles doubted of by any<br /> +That are acquainted with those Histories<br /> +That Mansoul and her wars anatomize.<br /> + Then lend thine ear to what I do relate,<br /> +Touching the town of Mansoul and her state:<br /> +How she was lost, took captive, made a slave:<br /> +And how against him set, that should her save;<br /> +Yea, how by hostile ways she did oppose<br /> +Her Lord, and with his enemy did close.<br /> +For they are true: he that will them deny<br /> +Must needs the best of records vilify.<br /> +For my part, I myself was in the town,<br /> +Both when ’twas set up, and when pulling down.<br /> +I saw Diabolus in his possession,<br /> +And Mansoul also under his oppression.<br /> +Yea, I was there when she own’d him for lord,<br /> +And to him did submit with one accord.<br /> + When Mansoul trampled upon things divine,<br /> +And wallowed in filth as doth a swine;<br /> +When she betook herself unto her arms,<br /> +Fought her Emmanuel, despis’d his charms;<br /> +Then I was there, and did rejoice to see<br /> +Diabolus and Mansoul so agree.<br /> + Let no men, then, count me a fable-maker,<br /> +Nor make my name or credit a partaker<br /> +Of their derision: what is here in view,<br /> +Of mine own knowledge, I dare say is true.<br /> + I saw the Prince’s armed men come down<br /> +By troops, by thousands, to besiege the town;<br /> +I saw the captains, heard the trumpets sound,<br /> +And how his forces covered all the ground.<br /> +Yea, how they set themselves in battle-’ray,<br /> +I shall remember to my dying day.<br /> + I saw the colours waving in the wind,<br /> +And they within to mischief how combin’d<br /> +To ruin Mansoul, and to make away<br /> +Her primum mobile without delay.<br /> + I saw the mounts cast up against the town,<br /> +And how the slings were placed to beat it down:<br /> +I heard the stones fly whizzing by mine ears,<br /> +(What longer kept in mind than got in fears?)<br /> +I heard them fall, and saw what work they made.<br /> +And how old Mors did cover with his shade<br /> +The face of Mansoul; and I heard her cry,<br /> +‘Woe worth the day, in dying I shall die!’<br /> + I saw the battering-rams, and how they +play’d<br /> +To beat open Ear-gate; and I was afraid<br /> +Not only Ear-gate, but the very town<br /> +Would by those battering-rams be beaten down.<br /> +I saw the fights, and heard the captains shout,<br /> +And in each battle saw who faced about;<br /> +I saw who wounded were, and who were slain;<br /> +And who, when dead, would come to life again.<br /> + I heard the cries of those that wounded were,<br /> +(While others fought like men bereft of fear,)<br /> +And while the cry, ‘Kill, kill,’ was in mine ears,<br +/> +The gutters ran, not so with blood as tears.<br /> + Indeed, the captains did not always fight,<br /> +But then they would molest us day and night;<br /> +Their cry, ‘Up, fall on, let us take the town,’<br /> +Kept us from sleeping, or from lying down.<br /> + I was there when the gates were broken ope,<br /> +And saw how Mansoul then was stripp’d of hope;<br /> +I saw the captains march into the town,<br /> +How there they fought, and did their foes cut down.<br /> + I heard the Prince bid Boanerges go<br /> +Up to the castle, and there seize his foe;<br /> +And saw him and his fellows bring him down,<br /> +In chains of great contempt quite through the town.<br /> + I saw Emmanuel, when he possess’d<br /> +His town of Mansoul; and how greatly blest<br /> +A town his gallant town of Mansoul was,<br /> +When she received his pardon, loved his laws.<br /> + When the Diabolonians were caught,<br /> +When tried, and when to execution brought,<br /> +Then I was there; yea, I was standing by<br /> +When Mansoul did the rebels crucify.<br /> + I also saw Mansoul clad all in white,<br /> +I heard her Prince call her his heart’s delight.<br /> +I saw him put upon her chains of gold,<br /> +And rings, and bracelets, goodly to behold.<br /> + What shall I say? I heard the people’s +cries,<br /> +And saw the Prince wipe tears from Mansoul’s eyes.<br /> +And heard the groans, and saw the joy of many:<br /> +Tell you of all, I neither will, nor can I.<br /> +But by what here I say, you well may see<br /> +That Mansoul’s matchless wars no fables be.<br /> + Mansoul, the desire of both princes was:<br /> +One keep his gain would, t’other gain his loss.<br /> +Diabolus would cry, ‘The town is mine!’<br /> +Emmanuel would plead a right divine<br /> +Unto his Mansoul: then to blows they go,<br /> +And Mansoul cries, ‘These wars will me undo.’<br /> + Mansoul! her wars seemed endless in her eyes;<br /> +She’s lost by one, becomes another’s prize:<br /> +And he again that lost her last would swear,<br /> +‘Have her I will, or her in pieces tear.’<br /> + Mansoul! it was the very seat of war;<br /> +Wherefore her troubles greater were by far<br /> +Than only where the noise of war is heard,<br /> +Or where the shaking of a sword is fear’d;<br /> +Or only where small skirmishes are fought,<br /> +Or where the fancy fighteth with a thought.<br /> + She saw the swords of fighting men made red,<br /> +And heard the cries of those with them wounded:<br /> +Must not her frights, then, be much more by far<br /> +Than theirs that to such doings strangers are?<br /> +Or theirs that hear the beating of a drum,<br /> +But not made fly for fear from house and home?<br /> + Mansoul not only heard the trumpet’s sound,<br +/> +But saw her gallants gasping on the ground:<br /> +Wherefore we must not think that she could rest<br /> +With them, whose greatest earnest is but jest:<br /> +Or where the blust’ring threat’ning of great wars<br +/> +Do end in parlies, or in wording jars.<br /> +Mansoul! her mighty wars, they did portend<br /> +Her weal or woe, and that world without end:<br /> +Wherefore she must be more concern’d than they<br /> +Whose fears begin, and end the selfsame day;<br /> +Or where none other harm doth come to him<br /> +That is engaged, but loss of life or limb,<br /> +As all must needs confess that now do dwell<br /> +In Universe, and can this story tell.<br /> + Count me not, then, with them that, to amaze<br /> +The people, set them on the stars to gaze,<br /> +Insinuating with much confidence,<br /> +That each of them is now the residence<br /> +Of some brave creatures: yea, a world they will<br /> +Have in each star, though it be past their skill<br /> +To make it manifest to any man,<br /> +That reason hath, or tell his fingers can.<br /> + But I have too long held thee in the porch,<br /> +And kept thee from the sunshine with a torch,<br /> +Well, now go forward, step within the door,<br /> +And there behold five hundred times much more<br /> +Of all sorts of such inward rarities<br /> +As please the mind will, and will feed the eyes<br /> +With those, which, if a Christian, thou wilt see<br /> +Not small, but things of greatest moment be.<br /> + Nor do thou go to work without my key;<br /> +(In mysteries men soon do lose their way;)<br /> +And also turn it right, if thou wouldst know<br /> +My riddle, and wouldst with my heifer plough;<br /> +It lies there in the window. Fare thee well,<br /> +My next may be to ring thy passing-bell.</p> +<p style="text-align: right"><span class="smcap">John +Bunyan</span>.</p> +</blockquote> +<h2>AN ADVERTISEMENT TO THE READER.</h2> +<blockquote><p> <span class="smcap">Some</span> +say the ‘Pilgrim’s Progress’ is not mine,<br /> +Insinuating as if I would shine<br /> +In name and fame by the worth of another,<br /> +Like some made rich by robbing of their brother.<br /> +Or that so fond I am of being sire,<br /> +I’ll father bastards; or, if need require,<br /> +I’ll tell a lie in print to get applause.<br /> +I scorn it: John such dirt-heap never was,<br /> +Since God converted him. Let this suffice<br /> +To show why I my ‘Pilgrim’ patronize.<br /> + It came from mine own heart, so to my head,<br /> +And thence into my fingers trickled;<br /> +Then to my pen, from whence immediately<br /> +On paper I did dribble it daintily.<br /> + Manner and matter, too, was all mine own,<br /> +Nor was it unto any mortal known<br /> +Till I had done it; nor did any then<br /> +By books, by wits, by tongues, or hand, or pen,<br /> +Add five words to it, or write half a line<br /> +Thereof: the whole, and every whit is mine.<br /> + Also for <span class="GutSmall">THIS</span>, thine +eye is now upon,<br /> +The matter in this manner came from none<br /> +But the same heart, and head, fingers, and pen,<br /> +As did the other. Witness all good men;<br /> +For none in all the world, without a lie,<br /> +Can say that this is mine, excepting I<br /> + I write not this of my ostentation,<br /> +Nor ‘cause I seek of men their commendation;<br /> +I do it to keep them from such surmise,<br /> +As tempt them will my name to scandalize.<br /> +Witness my name, if anagram’d to thee,<br /> +The letters make—‘Nu hony in a B.’</p> +<p style="text-align: right"><span class="smcap">John +Bunyan</span>.</p> +</blockquote> +<h2>A RELATION OF THE HOLY WAR.</h2> +<p><span class="smcap">In</span> my travels, as I walked through +many regions and countries, it was my chance to happen into that +famous continent of Universe. A very large and spacious +country it is: it lieth between the two poles, and just amidst +the four points of the heavens. It is a place well watered, +and richly adorned with hills and valleys, bravely situate, and +for the most part, at least where I was, very fruitful, also well +peopled, and a very sweet air.</p> +<p>The people are not all of one complexion, nor yet of one +language, mode, or way of religion, but differ as much as, it is +said, do the planets themselves. Some are right, and some +are wrong, even as it happeneth to be in lesser regions.</p> +<p>In this country, as I said, it was my lot to travel; and there +travel I did, and that so long, even till I learned much of their +mother tongue, together with the customs and manners of them +among whom I was. And, to speak truth, I was much delighted +to see and hear many things which I saw and heard among them; +yea, I had, to be sure, even lived and died a native among them, +(so was I taken with them and their doings,) had not my master +sent for me home to his house, there to do business for him, and +to oversee business done.</p> +<p>Now there is in this gallant country of Universe a fair and +delicate town, a corporation called Mansoul; a town for its +building so curious, for its situation so commodious, for its +privileges so advantageous, (I mean with reference to its +origin,) that I may say of it, as was said before of the +continent in which it is placed, There is not its equal under the +whole heaven.</p> +<p>As to the situation of this town, it lieth just between the +two worlds; and the first founder and builder of it, so far as by +the best and most authentic records I can gather, was one +Shaddai; and he built it for his own delight. He made it +the mirror and glory of all that he made, even the top-piece, +beyond anything else that he did in that country. Yea, so +goodly a town was Mansoul when first built, that it is said by +some, the gods, at the setting up thereof, came down to see it, +and sang for joy. And as he made it goodly to behold, so +also mighty to have dominion over all the country round +about. Yea, all were commanded to acknowledge Mansoul for +their metropolitan, all were enjoined to do homage to it. +Aye, the town itself had positive commission and power from her +King to demand service of all, and also to subdue any that +anyways denied to do it.</p> +<p>There was reared up in the midst of this town a most famous +and stately palace; for strength, it might be called a castle; +for pleasantness, a paradise; for largeness, a place so copious +as to contain all the world. This place the King Shaddai +intended but for himself alone, and not another with him; partly +because of his own delights, and partly because he would not that +the terror of strangers should be upon the town. This place +Shaddai made also a garrison of, but committed the keeping of it +only to the men of the town.</p> +<p>The walls of the town were well built, yea, so fast and firm +were they knit and compact together, that, had it not been for +the townsmen themselves, they could not have been shaken or +broken for ever. For here lay the excellent wisdom of him +that builded Mansoul, that the walls could never be broken down +nor hurt by the most mighty adverse potentate, unless the +townsmen gave consent thereto.</p> +<p>This famous town of Mansoul had five gates, in at which to +come, out at which to go; and these were made likewise answerable +to the walls, to wit, impregnable, and such as could never be +opened nor forced but by the will and leave of those +within. The names of the gates were these: Ear-gate, +Eye-gate, Mouth-gate, Nose-gate, and Feel-gate.</p> +<p>Other things there were that belonged to the town of Mansoul, +which if you adjoin to these, will yet give farther demonstration +to all, of the glory and strength of the place. It had +always a sufficiency of provision within its walls; it had the +best, most wholesome, and excellent law that then was extant in +the world. There was not a rascal, rogue, or traitorous +person then within its walls; they were all true men, and fast +joined together; and this, you know, is a great matter. And +to all these, it had always (so long as it had the goodness to +keep true to Shaddai the King) his countenance, his protection, +and it was his delight, etc.</p> +<p>Well, upon a time, there was one Diabolus, a mighty giant, +made an assault upon this famous town of Mansoul, to take it, and +make it his own habitation. This giant was king of the +blacks, and a most raving prince he was. We will, if you +please, first discourse of the origin of this Diabolus, and then +of his taking of this famous town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>This Diabolus is indeed a great and mighty prince, and yet +both poor and beggarly. As to his origin, he was at first +one of the servants of King Shaddai, made, and taken, and put by +him into most high and mighty place; yea, was put into such +principalities as belonged to the best of his territories and +dominions. This Diabolus was made ‘son of the +morning,’ and a brave place he had of it: it brought him +much glory, and gave him much brightness, an income that might +have contented his Luciferian heart, had it not been insatiable, +and enlarged as hell itself.</p> +<p>Well, he seeing himself thus exalted to greatness and honour, +and raging in his mind for higher state and degree, what doth he +but begins to think with himself how he might be set up as lord +over all, and have the sole power under Shaddai. (Now that +did the King reserve for his Son, yea, and had already bestowed +it upon him.) Wherefore he first consults with himself what +had best to be done; and then breaks his mind to some other of +his companions, to the which they also agreed. So, in fine, +they came to this issue that they should make an attempt upon the +King’s Son to destroy him, that the inheritance might be +theirs. Well, to be short, the treason, as I said, was +concluded, the time appointed, the word given, the rebels +rendezvoused, and the assault attempted. Now the King and +his Son being all and always eye, could not but discern all +passages in his dominions; and he, having always love for his Son +as for himself, could not at what he saw but be greatly provoked +and offended: wherefore what does he, but takes them in the very +nick and first trip that they made towards their design, convicts +them of the treason, horrid rebellion, and conspiracy that they +had devised, and now attempted to put into practice, and casts +them altogether out of all place of trust, benefit, honour, and +preferment. This done, he banishes them the court, turns +them down into the horrible pits, as fast bound in chains, never +more to expect the least favour from his hands, but to abide the +judgment that he had appointed, and that for ever.</p> +<p>Now they being thus cast out of all place of trust, profit, +and honour, and also knowing that they had lost their +prince’s favour for ever, (being banished his court, and +cast down to the horrible pits,) you may he sure they would now +add to their former pride what malice and rage against Shaddai, +and against his Son, they could. Wherefore, roving and +ranging in much fury from place to place, if, perhaps, they might +find something that was the King’s, by spoiling of that, to +revenge themselves on him; at last they happened into this +spacious country of Universe, and steer their course towards the +town of Mansoul; and considering that that town was one of the +chief works and delights of King Shaddai, what do they but, after +counsel taken, make an assault upon that. I say, they knew +that Mansoul belonged unto Shaddai; for they were there when he +built it and beautified it for himself. So when they had +found the place, they shouted horribly for joy, and roared on it +as a lion upon the prey, saying, ‘Now we have found the +prize, and how to be revenged on King Shaddai for what he hath +done to us.’ So they sat down and called a council of +war, and considered with themselves what ways and methods they +had best to engage in for the winning to themselves this famous +town of Mansoul, and these four things were then propounded to be +considered of.</p> +<p>First. Whether they had best all of them to show +themselves in this design to the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Secondly. Whether they had best to go and sit down +against Mansoul in their now ragged and beggarly guise.</p> +<p>Thirdly. Whether they had best show to Mansoul their +intentions, and what design they came about, or whether to +assault it with words and ways of deceit.</p> +<p>Fourthly. Whether they had not best to some of their +companions to give out private orders to take the advantage, if +they see one or more of the principal townsmen, to shoot them, if +thereby they shall judge their cause and design will the better +be promoted.</p> +<p>1. It was answered to the first of these proposals in the +negative, to wit, that it would not be best that all should show +themselves before the town, because the appearance of many of +them might alarm and frighten the town; whereas a few or but one +of them was not so likely to do it. And to enforce this +advice to take place it was added further, that if Mansoul was +frighted, or did take the alarm, ‘It is impossible,’ +said Diabolus (for he spake now), ‘that we should take the +town: for that none can enter into it without its own +consent. Let, therefore, but few, or but one, assault +Mansoul; and in mine opinion,’ said Diabolus, ‘let me +be he.’ Wherefore to this they all agreed.</p> +<p>2. And then to the second proposal they came, namely, Whether +they had best go and sit down before Mansoul in their now ragged +and beggarly guise. To which it was answered also in the +negative, By no means; and that because, though the town of +Mansoul had been made to know, and to have to do, before now, +with things that are invisible, they did never as yet see any of +their fellow-creatures in so sad and rascally condition as they; +and this was the advice of that fierce Alecto. Then said +Apollyon, ‘The advice is pertinent; for even one of us +appearing to them as we are now, must needs both beget and +multiply such thoughts in them as will both put them into a +consternation of spirit, and necessitate them to put themselves +upon their guard. And if so,’ said he, ‘then, +as my Lord Diabolus said but now, it is in vain for us to think +of taking the town.’ Then said that mighty giant +Beelzebub, ‘The advice that already is given is safe; for +though the men of Mansoul have seen such things as we once were, +yet hitherto they did never behold such things as we now are; and +it is best, in mine opinion, to come upon them in such a guise as +is common to, and most familiar among them.’ To this, +when they had consented, the next thing to be considered was, in +what shape, hue, or guise Diabolus had best to show himself when +he went about to make Mansoul his own. Then one said one +thing, and another the contrary. At last Lucifer answered, +that, in his opinion, it was best that his lordship should assume +the body of some of those creatures that they of the town had +dominion over; ‘for,’ quoth he, ‘these are not +only familiar to them, but, being under them, they will never +imagine that an attempt should by them be made upon the town; +and, to blind all, let him assume the body of one of those beasts +that Mansoul deems to be wiser than any of the rest.’ +This advice was applauded of all: so it was determined that the +giant Diabolus should assume the dragon, for that he was in those +days as familiar with the town of Mansoul as now is the bird with +the boy; for nothing that was in its primitive state was at all +amazing to them. Then they proceeded to the third thing, +which was:</p> +<p>3. Whether they had best to show their intentions, or the +design of his coming, to Mansoul, or no. This also was +answered in the negative, because of the weight that was in the +former reasons, to wit, for that Mansoul were a strong people, a +strong people in a strong town, whose wall and gates were +impregnable, (to say nothing of their castle,) nor can they by +any means be won but by their own consent. +‘Besides,’ said Legion, (for he gave answer to this,) +‘a discovery of our intentions may make them send to their +king for aid; and if that be done, I know quickly what time of +day it will be with us. Therefore let us assault them in +all pretended fairness, covering our intentions with all manner +of lies, flatteries, delusive words; feigning things that never +will be, and promising that to them that they shall never +find. This is the way to win Mansoul, and to make them of +themselves open their gates to us; yea, and to desire us too to +come in to them. And the reason why I think that this +project will do is, because the people of Mansoul now are, every +one, simple and innocent, all honest and true; nor do they as yet +know what it is to be assaulted with fraud, guile, and +hypocrisy. They are strangers to lying and dissembling +lips; wherefore we cannot, if thus we be disguised, by them at +all be discerned; our lies shall go for true sayings, and our +dissimulations for upright dealings. What we promise them +they will in that believe us, especially if, in all our lies and +feigned words, we pretend great love to them, and that our design +is only their advantage and honour.’ Now there was +not one bit of a reply against this; this went as current down as +doth the water down a steep descent. Wherefore they go to +consider of the last proposal, which was:</p> +<p>4. Whether they had not best to give out orders to some of +their company to shoot some one or more of the principal of the +townsmen, if they judge that their cause may be promoted +thereby. This was carried in the affirmative, and the man +that was designed by this stratagem to be destroyed was one Mr. +Resistance, otherwise called Captain Resistance. And a +great man in Mansoul this Captain Resistance was, and a man that +the giant Diabolus and his band more feared than they feared the +whole town of Mansoul besides. Now who should be the actor +to do the murder? That was the next, and they appointed one +Tisiphone, a fury of the lake, to do it.</p> +<p>They thus having ended their council of war, rose up, and +essayed to do as they had determined; they marched towards +Mansoul, but all in a manner invisible, save one, only one; nor +did he approach the town in his own likeness, but under the shade +and in the body of the dragon.</p> +<p>So they drew up and sat down before Ear-gate, for that was the +place of hearing for all without the town, as Eye-gate was the +place of perspection. So, as I said, he came up with his +train to the gate, and laid his ambuscado for Captain Resistance +within bow-shot of the town. This done, the giant ascended +up close to the gate, and called to the town of Mansoul for +audience. Nor took he any with him but one Ill-pause, who +was his orator in all difficult matters. Now, as I said, he +being come up to the gate, (as the manner of those times was,) +sounded his trumpet for audience; at which the chief of the town +of Mansoul, such as my Lord Innocent, my Lord Willbewill, my Lord +Mayor, Mr. Recorder, and Captain Resistance, came down to the +wall to see who was there, and what was the matter. And my +Lord Willbewill, when he had looked over and saw who stood at the +gate, demanded what he was, wherefore he was come, and why he +roused the town of Mansoul with so unusual a sound.</p> +<p>Diabolus, then, as if he had been a lamb, began his oration, +and said: ‘Gentlemen of the famous town of Mansoul, I am, +as you may perceive, no far dweller from you, but near, and one +that is bound by the king to do you my homage and what service I +can; wherefore, that I may be faithful to myself and to you, I +have somewhat of concern to impart unto you. Wherefore, +grant me your audience, and hear me patiently. And first, I +will assure you, it is not myself, but you—not mine, but +your advantage that I seek by what I now do, as will full well be +made manifest, by that I have opened my mind unto you. For, +gentlemen, I am (to tell you the truth) come to show you how you +may obtain great and ample deliverance from a bondage that, +unawares to yourselves, you are captivated and enslaved +under.’ At this the town of Mansoul began to prick up +its ears. And ‘What is it? Pray what is +it?’ thought they. And he said, ‘I have +somewhat to say to you concerning your King, concerning his law, +and also touching yourselves. Touching your King, I know he +is great and potent; but yet all that he hath said to you is +neither true nor yet for your advantage. 1. It is not true, +for that wherewith he hath hitherto awed you, shall not come to +pass, nor be fulfilled, though you do the thing that he hath +forbidden. But if there was danger, what a slavery is it to +live always in fear of the greatest of punishments, for doing so +small and trivial a thing as eating of a little fruit is. +2. Touching his laws, this I say further, they are both +unreasonable, intricate, and intolerable. Unreasonable, as +was hinted before; for that the punishment is not proportioned to +the offence: there is great difference and disproportion between +the life and an apple; yet the one must go for the other by the +law of your Shaddai. But it is also intricate, in that he +saith, first, you may eat of all; and yet after forbids the +eating of one. And then, in the last place, it must needs +be intolerable, forasmuch as that fruit which you are forbidden +to eat of (if you are forbidden any) is that, and that alone, +which is able, by your eating, to minister to you a good as yet +unknown by you. This is manifest by the very name of the +tree; it is called the “tree of knowledge of good and +evil;” and have you that knowledge as yet? No, no; nor can +you conceive how good, how pleasant, and how much to be desired +to make one wise it is, so long as you stand by your King’s +commandment. Why should you be holden in ignorance and +blindness? Why should you not be enlarged in knowledge and +understanding? And now, O ye inhabitants of the famous town +of Mansoul, to speak more particularly to yourselves you are not +a free people! You are kept both in bondage and slavery, +and that by a grievous threat; no reason being annexed but, +“So I will have it; so it shall be.” And is it +not grievous to think on, that that very thing which you are +forbidden to do might you but do it, would yield you both wisdom +and honour? for then your eyes will be opened, and you shall be +as gods. Now, since this is thus,’ quoth he, +‘can you be kept by any prince in more slavery and in +greater bondage than you are under this day? You are made +underlings, and are wrapped up in inconveniences, as I have well +made appear. For what bondage greater than to be kept in +blindness? Will not reason tell you that it is better to +have eyes than to be without them? and so to be at liberty to be +better than to be shut up in a dark and stinking cave?’</p> +<p>And just now, while Diabolus was speaking these words to +Mansoul, Tisiphone shot at Captain Resistance, where he stood on +the gate, and mortally wounded him in the head; so that he, to +the amazement of the townsmen, and the encouragement of Diabolus, +fell down dead quite over the wall. Now, when Captain +Resistance was dead, (and he was the only man of war in the +town,) poor Mansoul was wholly left naked of courage, nor had she +now any heart to resist. But this was as the devil would +have it. Then stood forth he, Mr. Ill-pause, that Diabolus +brought with him, who was his orator; and he addressed himself to +speak to the town of Mansoul; the tenour of whose speech here +follows:—</p> +<p>‘Gentlemen,’ quoth he, ‘it is my +master’s happiness that he has this day a quiet and +teachable auditory; and it is hoped by us that we shall prevail +with you not to cast off good advice. My master has a very +great love for you; and although, as he very well knows, that he +runs the hazard of the anger of King Shaddai, yet love to you +will make him do more than that. Nor doth there need that a +word more should be spoken to confirm for truth what he hath +said; there is not a word but carries with it self-evidence in +its bowels; the very name of the tree may put an end to all +controversy in this matter. I therefore, at this time, +shall only add this advice to you, under and by the leave of my +lord;’ (and with that he made Diabolus a very low congee;) +‘consider his words, look on the tree and the promising +fruit thereof; remember also that yet you know but little, and +that this is the way to know more: and if your reasons be not +conquered to accept of such good counsel, you are not the men +that I took you to be.’</p> +<p>But when the townsfolk saw that the tree was good for food, +and that it was pleasant to the eye, and a tree to be desired to +make one wise, they did as old Ill-pause advised; they took and +did eat thereof. Now this I should have told you before, +that even then, when this Ill-pause was making his speech to the +townsmen, my Lord Innocency (whether by a shot from the camp of +the giant, or from some sinking qualm that suddenly took him, or +whether by the stinking breath of that treacherous villain old +Ill-pause, for so I am most apt to think) sunk down in the place +where he stood, nor could be brought to life again. Thus +these two brave men died—brave men, I call them; for they +were the beauty and glory of Mansoul, so long as they lived +therein; nor did there now remain any more a noble spirit in +Mansoul; they all fell down and yielded obedience to Diabolus; +and became his slaves and vassals, as you shall hear.</p> +<p>Now these being dead, what do the rest of the townsfolk, but, +as men that had found a fool’s paradise, they presently, as +afore was hinted, fall to prove the truth of the giant’s +words. And, first, they did as Ill-pause had taught them; +they looked, they considered they were taken with the forbidden +fruit; they took thereof, and did eat; and having eaten, they +became immediately drunken therewith. So they open the +gate, both Ear-gate and Eye-gate, and let in Diabolus with all +his bands, quite forgetting their good Shaddai, his law, and the +judgment that he had annexed, with solemn threatening, to the +breach thereof.</p> +<p>Diabolus, having now obtained entrance in at the gates of the +town, marches up to the middle thereof, to make his conquest as +sure as he could; and finding, by this time, the affections of +the people warmly inclining to him, he, as thinking it was best +striking while the iron is hot, made this further deceivable +speech unto them, saying, ‘Alas, my poor Mansoul! I +have done thee indeed this service, as to promote thee to honour, +and to greaten thy liberty; but, alas! alas! poor Mansoul, thou +wantest now one to defend thee; for assure thyself that when +Shaddai shall hear what is done, he will come; for sorry will he +be that thou hast broken his bonds, and cast his cords away from +thee. What wilt thou do? Wilt thou, after +enlargement, suffer thy privileges to be invaded and taken away, +or what wilt resolve with thyself?’</p> +<p>Then they all with one consent said to this bramble, ‘Do +thou reign over us.’ So he accepted the motion, and +became the king of the town of Mansoul. This being done, +the next thing was to give him possession of the castle, and so +of the whole strength of the town. Wherefore, into the +castle he goes; it was that which Shaddai built in Mansoul for +his own delight and pleasure; this now was become a den and hold +for the giant Diabolus.</p> +<p>Now, having got possession of this stately palace or castle, +what doth he but makes it a garrison for himself, and strengthens +and fortifies it with all sorts of provision, against the King +Shaddai, or those that should endeavour the regaining of it to +him and his obedience again.</p> +<p>This done, but not thinking himself yet secure enough, in the +next place he bethinks himself of new modelling the town; and so +he does, setting up one, and putting down another at +pleasure. Wherefore my Lord Mayor, whose name was my Lord +Understanding, and Mr. Recorder, whose name was Mr. Conscience, +these he put out of place and power.</p> +<p>As for my Lord Mayor, though he was an understanding man, and +one too that had complied with the rest of the town of Mansoul in +admitting the giant into the town, yet Diabolus thought not fit +to let him abide in his former lustre and glory, because he was a +seeing man. Wherefore he darkened him, not only by taking +from him his office and power, but by building a high and strong +tower, just between the sun’s reflections and the windows +of my lord’s palace; by which means his house and all, and +the whole of his habitation, were made as dark as darkness +itself. And thus, being alienated from the light, he became +as one that was born blind. To this, his house, my lord was +confined as to a prison; nor might he, upon his parole, go +farther than within his own bounds. And now, had he had a +heart to do for Mansoul, what could he do for it, or wherein +could he be profitable to her? So then, so long as Mansoul +was under the power and government of Diabolus, (and so long it +was under him, as it was obedient to him, which was even until by +a war it was rescued out of his hand,) so long my Lord Mayor was +rather an impediment in, than an advantage to the famous town of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>As for Mr. Recorder, before the town was taken, he was a man +well read in the laws of his king, and also a man of courage and +faithfulness to speak truth at every occasion; and he had a +tongue as bravely hung as he had a head filled with +judgment. Now, this man Diabolus could by no means abide, +because, though he gave his consent to his coming into the town, +yet he could not, by all the wiles, trials, stratagems, and +devices that he could use, make him wholly his own. True, +he was much degenerated from his former king, and also much +pleased with many of the giant’s laws and service; but all +this would not do, forasmuch as he was not wholly his. He +would now and then think upon Shaddai, and have dread of his law +upon him, and then he would speak against Diabolus with a voice +as great as when a lion roareth. Yea, and would also at +certain times, when his fits were upon him, (for you must know +that sometimes he had terrible fits,) make the whole town of +Mansoul shake with his voice: and therefore the now king of +Mansoul could not abide him.</p> +<p>Diabolus, therefore, feared the Recorder more than any that +was left alive in the town of Mansoul, because, as I said, his +words did shake the whole town; they were like the rattling +thunder, and also like thunder-claps. Since, therefore, the +giant could not make him wholly his own, what doth he do but +studies all that he could to debauch the old gentleman, and by +debauchery to stupefy his mind, and more harden his heart in the +ways of vanity. And as he attempted, so he accomplished his +design: he debauched the man, and by little and little so drew +him into sin and wickedness, that at last he was not only +debauched, as at first, and so by consequence defiled, but was +almost (at last, I say) past all conscience of sin. And +this was the farthest Diabolus could go. Wherefore he +bethinks him of another project, and that was, to persuade the +men of the town that Mr. Recorder was mad, and so not to be +regarded. And for this he urged his fits, and said, +‘If he be himself, why doth he not do thus always? +But,’ quoth he, ‘as all mad folks have their fits, +and in them their raving language, so hath this old and doating +gentleman.’</p> +<p>Thus, by one means or another, he quickly got Mansoul to +slight, neglect, and despise whatever Mr. Recorder could +say. For, besides what already you have heard, Diabolus had +a way to make the old gentleman, when he was merry, unsay and +deny what he in his fits had affirmed. And, indeed, this +was the next way to make himself ridiculous, and to cause that no +man should regard him. Also now he never spake freely for +King Shaddai, but also by force and constraint. Besides, he +would at one time be hot against that at which, at another, he +would hold his peace; so uneven was he now in his doings. +Sometimes he would be as if fast asleep, and again sometimes as +dead, even then when the whole town of Mansoul was in her career +after vanity, and in her dance after the giant’s pipe.</p> +<p>Wherefore, sometimes when Mansoul did use to be frighted with +the thundering voice of the Recorder that was, and when they did +tell Diabolus of it, he would answer, that what the old gentleman +said was neither of love to him nor pity to them, but of a +foolish fondness that he had to be prating; and so would hush, +still, and put all to quiet again. And that he might leave +no argument unurged that might tend to make them secure, he said, +and said it often, ‘O Mansoul! consider that, +notwithstanding the old gentleman’s rage, and the rattle of +his high and thundering words, you hear nothing of Shaddai +himself;’ when, liar and deceiver that he was, every outcry +of Mr. Recorder against the sin of Mansoul was the voice of God +in him to them. But he goes on, and says, ‘You see +that he values not the loss nor rebellion of the town of Mansoul, +nor will he trouble himself with calling his town to a reckoning +for their giving themselves to me. He knows that though you +were his, now you are lawfully mine; so, leaving us one to +another, he now hath shaken his hands of us.</p> +<p>‘Moreover, O Mansoul!’ quoth he, ‘consider +how I have served you, even to the uttermost of my power; and +that with the best that I have, could get, or procure for you in +all the world: besides, I dare say that the laws and customs that +you now are under, and by which you do homage to me, do yield you +more solace and content than did the paradise that at first you +possessed. Your liberty also, as yourselves do very well +know, has been greatly widened and enlarged by me; whereas I +found you a penned-up people. I have not laid any restraint +upon you; you have no law, statute, or judgment of mine to fright +you; I call none of you to account for your doings, except the +madman—you know who I mean; I have granted you to live, +each man like a prince in his own, even with as little control +from me as I myself have from you.’</p> +<p>And thus would Diabolus hush up and quiet the town of Mansoul, +when the Recorder that was, did at times molest them: yea, and +with such cursed orations as these, would set the whole town in a +rage and fury against the old gentleman. Yea, the rascal +crew at some times would be for destroying him. They have +often wished, in my hearing, that he had lived a thousand miles +off from them: his company, his words, yea, the sight of him, and +specially when they remembered how in old times he did use to +threaten and condemn them, (for all he was now so debauched,) did +terrify and afflict them sore.</p> +<p>But all wishes were vain, for I do not know how, unless by the +power of Shaddai, and his wisdom, he was preserved in being +amongst them. Besides, his house was as strong as a castle, +and stood hard by a stronghold of the town: moreover, if at any +time any of the crew or rabble attempted to make him away, he +could pull up the sluices, and let in such floods as would drown +all round about him.</p> +<p>But to leave Mr. Recorder, and to come to my Lord Willbewill, +another of the gentry of the famous town of Mansoul. This +Willbewill was as high-born as any man in Mansoul, and was as +much, if not more, a freeholder than many of them were; besides, +if I remember my tale aright, he had some privileges peculiar to +himself in the famous town of Mansoul. Now, together with +these, he was a man of great strength, resolution, and courage, +nor in his occasion could any turn him away. But I say, +whether he was proud of his estate, privileges, strength, or +what, (but sure it was through pride of something,) he scorns now +to be a slave in Mansoul; and therefore resolves to bear office +under Diabolus, that he might (such an one as he was) be a petty +ruler and governor in Mansoul. And, headstrong man that he +was! thus he began betimes; for this man, when Diabolus did make +his oration at Ear-gate, was one of the first that was for +consenting to his words, and for accepting his counsel at +wholesome, and that was for the opening of the gate, and for +letting him into the town; wherefore Diabolus had a kindness for +him, and therefore he designed for him a place. And +perceiving the valour and stoutness of the man, he coveted to +have him for one of his great ones, to act and do in matters of +the highest concern.</p> +<p>So he sent for him, and talked with him of that secret matter +that lay in his breast, but there needed not much persuasion in +the case. For as at first he was willing that Diabolus +should be let into the town, so now he was as willing to serve +him there. When the tyrant, therefore, perceived the +willingness of my lord to serve him, and that his mind stood +bending that way, he forthwith made him the captain of the +castle, governor of the wall, and keeper of the gates of Mansoul: +yea, there was a clause in his commission, that nothing without +him should be done in all the town of Mansoul. So that now, +next to Diabolus himself, who but my Lord Willbewill in all the +town of Mansoul! nor could anything now be done, but at his will +and pleasure, throughout the town of Mansoul. He had also +one Mr. Mind for his clerk, a man to speak on every way like his +master: for he and his lord were in principle one, and in +practice not far asunder. And now was Mansoul brought under +to purpose, and made to fulfil the lusts of the will, and of the +mind.</p> +<p>But it will not out of my thoughts what a desperate one this +Willbewill was when power was put into his hand. First, he +flatly denied that he owed any suit or service to his former +prince and liege lord. This done, in the next place he took +an oath, and swore fidelity to his great master Diabolus, and +then, being stated and settled in his places, offices, +advancements, and preferments, oh! you cannot think, unless you +had seen it, the strange work that this workman made in the town +of Mansoul.</p> +<p>First, he maligned Mr. Recorder to death; he would neither +endure to see him, nor hear the words of his mouth; he would shut +his eyes when he saw him, and stop his ears when he heard him +speak. Also he could not endure that so much as a fragment +of the law of Shaddai should be anywhere seen in the town. +For example, his clerk, Mr. Mind, had some old, rent, and torn +parchments of the law of Shaddai in his house, but when +Willbewill saw them, he cast them behind his back. True, +Mr. Recorder had some of the laws in his study; but my lord could +by no means come at them. He also thought and said, that +the windows of my old Lord Mayor’s house were always too +light for the profit of the town of Mansoul. The light of a +candle he could not endure. Now nothing at all pleased +Willbewill but what pleased Diabolus his lord.</p> +<p>There was none like him to trumpet about the streets the brave +nature, the wise conduct, and great glory of the king +Diabolus. He would range and rove throughout all the +streets of Mansoul to cry up his illustrious lord, and would make +himself even as an abject, among the base and rascal crew, to cry +up his valiant prince. And I say, when and wheresoever he +found these vassals, he would even make himself as one of +them. In all ill courses he would act without bidding, and +do mischief without commandment.</p> +<p>The Lord Willbewill also had a deputy under him, and his name +was Mr. Affection, one that was also greatly debauched in his +principles, and answerable thereto in his life: he was wholly +given to the flesh, and therefore they called him +Vile-Affection. Now there was he and one Carnal-Lust, the +daughter of Mr. Mind, (like to like,) that fell in love, and made +a match, and were married; and, as I take it, they had several +children, as Impudent, Blackmouth, and Hate-Reproof. These +three were black boys. And besides these they had three +daughters, as Scorn-Truth and Slight-God, and the name of the +youngest was Revenge. These were all married in the town, +and also begot and yielded many bad brats, too many to be here +inserted. But to pass by this.</p> +<p>When the giant had thus engarrisoned himself in the town of +Mansoul, and had put down and set up whom he thought good, he +betakes himself to defacing. Now there was in the +market-place in Mansoul, and also upon the gates of the castle, +an image of the blessed King Shaddai. This image was so +exactly engraven, (and it was engraven in gold,) that it did the +most resemble Shaddai himself of anything that then was extant in +the world. This he basely commanded to be defaced, and it +was as basely done by the hand of Mr. No-Truth. Now you +must know that, as Diabolus had commanded, and that by the hand +of Mr. No-Truth, the image of Shaddai was defaced, he likewise +gave order that the same Mr. No-Truth should set up in its stead +the horrid and formidable image of Diabolus, to the great +contempt of the former King, and debasing of his town of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>Moreover, Diabolus made havoc of all remains of the laws and +statutes of Shaddai that could be found in the town of Mansoul; +to wit, such as contained either the doctrines of morals, with +all civil and natural documents. Also relative severities +he sought to extinguish. To be short, there was nothing of +the remains of good in Mansoul which he and Willbewill sought not +to destroy; for their design was to turn Mansoul into a brute, +and to make it like to the sensual sow, by the hand of Mr. +No-Truth.</p> +<p>When he had destroyed what law and good orders he could, then +further to effect his design, namely, to alienate Mansoul from +Shaddai her King, he commands, and they set up his own vain +edicts, statutes, and commandments, in all places of resort or +concourse in Mansoul, to wit, such as gave liberty to the lusts +of the flesh, the lusts of the eyes, and the pride of life, which +are not of Shaddai, but of the world. He encouraged, +countenanced, and promoted lasciviousness, and all ungodliness +there. Yea, much more did Diabolus to encourage wickedness +in the town of Mansoul; he promised them peace, content, joy, and +bliss, in doing his commands, and that they should never be +called to an account for their not doing the contrary. And +let this serve to give a taste to them that love to hear tell of +what is done beyond their knowledge afar off in other +countries.</p> +<p>Now Mansoul being wholly at his beck, and brought wholly to +his bow, nothing was heard or seen therein but that which tended +to set up him.</p> +<p>But now he, having disabled the Lord Mayor and Mr. Recorder +from bearing of office in Mansoul, and seeing that the town, +before he came to it, was the most ancient of corporations in the +world, and fearing, if he did not maintain greatness, they at any +time should object that he had done them an injury; therefore, I +say, (that they might see that he did not intend to lessen their +grandeur, or to take from them any of their advantageous things,) +he did choose for them a Lord Mayor and a Recorder himself, and +such as contented them at the heart, and such also as pleased him +wondrous well.</p> +<p>The name of the Mayor that was of Diabolus’ making was +the Lord Lustings, a man that had neither eyes nor ears. +All that he did, whether as a man or an officer, he did it +naturally, as doth the beast. And that which made him yet +the more ignoble, though not to Mansoul, yet to them that beheld +and were grieved for its ruin, was, that he never could favour +good, but evil.</p> +<p>The Recorder was one whose name was Forget-Good, and a very +sorry fellow he was. He could remember nothing but +mischief, and to do it with delight. He was naturally prone +to do things that were hurtful, even hurtful to the town of +Mansoul, and to all the dwellers there. These two, +therefore, by their power and practice, examples, and smiles upon +evil, did much more grammar and settle the common people in +hurtful ways. For who doth not perceive that when those +that sit aloft are vile and corrupt themselves, they corrupt the +whole region and country where they are?</p> +<p>Besides these, Diabolus made several burgesses and aldermen in +Mansoul, such as out of whom the town, when it needed, might +choose them officers, governors, and magistrates. And these +are the names of the chief of them: Mr. Incredulity, Mr. Haughty, +Mr. Swearing, Mr. Whoring, Mr. Hard-Heart, Mr. Pitiless, Mr. +Fury, Mr. No-Truth, Mr. Stand-to-Lies, Mr. False-Peace, Mr. +Drunkenness, Mr. Cheating, Mr. Atheism—thirteen in +all. Mr. Incredulity is the eldest, and Mr. Atheism the +youngest of the company.</p> +<p>There was also an election of common councilmen and others, as +bailiffs, sergeants, constables, and others; but all of them like +to those afore-named, being either fathers, brothers, cousins, or +nephews to them, whose names, for brevity’s sake, I omit to +mention.</p> +<p>When the giant had thus far proceeded in his work, in the next +place, he betook him to build some strongholds in the town, and +he built three that seemed to be impregnable. The first he +called the Hold of Defiance, because it was made to command the +whole town, and to keep it from the knowledge of its ancient +King. The second he called Midnight Hold, because it was +built on purpose to keep Mansoul from the true knowledge of +itself. The third was called Sweet-Sin Hold, because by +that he fortified Mansoul against all desires of good. The +first of these holds stood close by Eye-gate, that, as much might +be, light might be darkened there; the second was built hard by +the old castle, to the end that that might be made more blind, if +possible; and the third stood in the market-place.</p> +<p>He that Diabolus made governor over the first of these was one +Spite-God, a most blasphemous wretch: he came with the whole +rabble of them that came against Mansoul at first, and was +himself one of themselves. He that was made the governor of +Midnight Hold was one Love-no-Light; he was also of them that +came first against the town. And he that was made the +governor of the hold called Sweet-Sin Hold was one whose name was +Love-Flesh: he was also a very lewd fellow, but not of that +country where the other are bound. This fellow could find +more sweetness when he stood sucking of a lust than he did in all +the paradise of God.</p> +<p>And now Diabolus thought himself safe. He had taken +Mansoul, he had engarrisoned himself therein; he had put down the +old officers, and had set up new ones; he had defaced the image +of Shaddai, and had set up his own; he had spoiled the old law +books, and had promoted his own vain lies; he had made him new +magistrates, and set up new aldermen; he had builded him new +holds, and had manned them for himself: and all this he did to +make himself secure, in case the good Shaddai, or his Son, should +come to make an incursion upon him.</p> +<p>Now you may well think, that long before this time, word, by +some one or other, could not but be carried to the good King +Shaddai, how his Mansoul, in the continent of Universe, was lost; +and that the runagate giant Diabolus, once one of his +Majesty’s servants, had, in rebellion against the King, +made sure thereof for himself. Yea, tidings were carried +and brought to the King thereof, and that to a very +circumstance.</p> +<p>At first, how Diabolus came upon Mansoul (they being a simple +people and innocent) with craft, subtlety, lies, and guile. +<i>Item</i>, that he had treacherously slain the right noble and +valiant captain, their Captain Resistance, as he stood upon the +gate with the rest of the townsmen. <i>Item</i>, how my +brave Lord Innocent fell down dead (with grief, some say, or with +being poisoned with the stinking breath of one Ill-Pause, as say +others) at the hearing of his just lord and rightful prince, +Shaddai, so abused by the mouth of so filthy a Diabolian as that +varlet Ill-Pause was. The messenger further told, that +after this Ill-Pause had made a short oration to the townsmen in +behalf of Diabolus, his master; the simple town, believing that +what was said was true, with one consent did open Ear-gate, the +chief gate of the corporation, and did let him, with his crew, +into a possession of the famous town of Mansoul. He further +showed how Diabolus had served the Lord Mayor and Mr. Recorder, +to wit, that he had put them from all place of power and +trust. <i>Item</i>, he showed also that my Lord Willbewill +was turned a very rebel, and runagate, and that so was one Mr. +Mind, his clerk; and that they two did range and revel it all the +town over, and teach the wicked ones their ways. He said, +moreover, that this Willbewill was put into great trust, and +particularly that Diabolus had put into Willbewill’s hand +all the strong places in Mansoul; and that Mr. Affection was made +my Lord Willbewill’s deputy in his most rebellious +affairs. ‘Yea,’ said the messenger, ‘this +monster, Lord Willbewill, has openly disavowed his King Shaddai, +and hath horribly given his faith and plighted his troth to +Diabolus.’</p> +<p>‘Also,’ said the messenger, ‘besides all +this, the new king, or rather rebellious tyrant, over the once +famous, but now perishing town of Mansoul, has set up a Lord +Mayor and a Recorder of his own. For Mayor, he has set up +one Mr. Lustings; and for Recorder, Mr. Forget-Good; two of the +vilest of all the town of Mansoul.’ This faithful +messenger also proceeded, and told what a sort of new burgesses +Diabolus had made; also that he had built several strong forts, +towers, and strongholds in Mansoul. He told, too, the which +I had almost forgot, how Diabolus had put the town of Mansoul +into arms, the better to capacitate them, on his behalf, to make +resistance against Shaddai their King, should he come to reduce +them to their former obedience.</p> +<p>Now this tidings-teller did not deliver his relation of things +in private, but in open court, the King and his Son, high lords, +chief captains, and nobles, being all there present to +hear. But by that they had heard the whole of the story, it +would have amazed one to have seen, had he been there to behold +it, what sorrow and grief, and compunction of spirit, there was +among all sorts, to think that famous Mansoul was now taken: only +the King and his Son foresaw all this long before, yea, and +sufficiently provided for the relief of Mansoul, though they told +not everybody thereof. Yet because they also would have a +share in condoling of the Misery of Mansoul, therefore they also +did, and that at a rate of the highest degree, bewail the losing +of Mansoul. The King said plainly that it grieved him at +the heart, and you may be sure that his Son was not a whit behind +him. Thus gave they conviction to all about them that they +had love and compassion for the famous town of Mansoul. +Well, when the King and his Son were retired into the privy +chamber, there they again consulted about what they had designed +before, to wit, that as Mansoul should in time be suffered to be +lost, so as certainly it should be recovered again; recovered, I +say, in such a way, as that both the King and his Son would get +themselves eternal fame and glory thereby. Wherefore, after +this consult, the Son of Shaddai (a sweet and comely Person, and +one that had always great affection for those that were in +affliction, but one that had mortal enmity in his heart against +Diabolus, because he was designed for it, and because he sought +his crown and dignity)—this Son of Shaddai, I say, having +stricken hands with his Father and promised that he would be his +servant to recover his Mansoul again, stood by his resolution, +nor would he repent of the same. The purport of which +agreement was this: to wit, that at a certain time, prefixed by +both, the King’s Son should take a journey into the country +of Universe, and there, in a way of justice and equity, by making +amends for the follies of Mansoul, he should lay a foundation of +perfect deliverance from Diabolus and from his tyranny.</p> +<p>Moreover Emmanuel resolved to make, at a time convenient, a +war upon the giant Diabolus, even while he was possessed of the +town of Mansoul; and that he would fairly by strength of hand +drive him out of his hold, his nest, and take it to himself to be +his habitation.</p> +<p>This now being resolved upon, order was given to the Lord +Chief Secretary to draw up a fair record of what was determined, +and to cause that it should be published in all the corners of +the kingdom of Universe. A short breviate of the contents +thereof you may, if you please, take here as follows:</p> +<p>‘Let all men know who are concerned, that the Son of +Shaddai, the great King, is engaged by covenant to his Father to +bring his Mansoul to him again; yea, and to put Mansoul, too, +through the power of his matchless love, into a far better and +more happy condition than it was in before it was taken by +Diabolus.’</p> +<p>These papers, therefore, were published in several places, to +the no little molestation of the tyrant Diabolus; ‘for +now,’ thought he, ‘I shall be molested, and my +habitation will be taken from me.’</p> +<p>But when this matter, I mean this purpose of the King and his +Son, did at first take air at court, who can tell how the high +lords, chief captains, and noble princes that were there, were +taken with the business! First, they whispered it one to +another, and after that it began to ring out through the +King’s palace, all wondering at the glorious design that +between the King and his Son was on foot for the miserable town +of Mansoul. Yea, the courtiers could scarce do anything +either for the King or kingdom, but they would mix, with the +doing thereof, a noise of the love of the King and his Son, that +they had for the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Nor could these lords, high captains, and princes be content +to keep this news at court; yea, before the records thereof were +perfected, themselves came down and told it in Universe. At +last it came to the ears, as I said, of Diabolus, to his no +little discontent; for you must think it would perplex him to +hear of such a design against him. Well, but after a few +casts in his mind, he concluded upon these four things.</p> +<p>First, that this news, these good tidings, (if possible,) +should be kept from the ears of the town of Mansoul; +‘for,’ said he, ‘if they should once come to +the knowledge that Shaddai, their former King, and Emmanuel his +Son, are contriving good for the town of Mansoul, what can be +expected by me, but that Mansoul will make a revolt from under my +hand and government, and return again to him?’</p> +<p>Now, to accomplish this his design, he renews his flattery +with my Lord Willbewill, and also gives him strict charge and +command, that he should keep watch by day and by night at all the +gates of the town, especially Ear-gate and Eye-gate; ‘for I +hear of a design,’ quoth he, ‘a design to make us all +traitors, and that Mansoul must be reduced to its first bondage +again. I hope they are but flying stories,’ quoth he; +‘however, let no such news by any means be let into +Mansoul, lest the people be dejected thereat. I think, my +lord, it can be no welcome news to you; I am sure it is none to +me; and I think that, at this time, it should be all our wisdom +and care to nip the head of all such rumours as shall tend to +trouble our people. Wherefore I desire, my lord, that you +will in this matter do as I say. Let there be strong guards +daily kept at every gate of the town. Stop also and examine +from whence such come that you perceive do from far come hither +to trade, nor let them by any means be admitted into Mansoul, +unless you shall plainly perceive that they are favourers of our +excellent government. I command, moreover,’ said +Diabolus, ‘that there be spies continually walking up and +down the town of Mansoul, and let them have power to suppress and +destroy any that they shall perceive to be plotting against us, +or that shall prate of what by Shaddai and Emmanuel is +intended.’</p> +<p>This, therefore, was accordingly done; my Lord Willbewill +hearkened to his lord and master, went willingly after the +commandment, and, with all the diligence he could, kept any that +would from going out abroad, or that sought to bring these +tidings to Mansoul, from coming into the town.</p> +<p>Secondly, this done, in the next place, Diabolus, that he +might make Mansoul as sure as he could, frames and imposes a new +oath and horrible covenant upon the townsfolk:—To wit, that +they should never desert him nor his government, nor yet betray +him, nor seek to alter his laws; but that they should own, +confess, stand by, and acknowledge him for their rightful king, +in defiance to any that do or hereafter shall, by any pretence, +law, or title whatever, lay claim to the town of Mansoul; +thinking, belike, that Shaddai had not power to absolve them from +this covenant with death, and agreement with hell. Nor did +the silly Mansoul stick or boggle at all at this most monstrous +engagement; but, as if it had been a sprat in the mouth of a +whale, they swallowed it without any chewing. Were they +troubled at all? Nay, they rather bragged and boasted of +their so brave fidelity to the tyrant, their pretended king, +swearing that they would never be changelings, nor forsake their +old lord for a new. Thus did Diabolus tie poor Mansoul +fast.</p> +<p>Thirdly. But jealousy, that never thinks itself strong +enough, put him, in the next place, upon another exploit, which +was, yet more, if possible, to debauch this town of +Mansoul. Wherefore he caused, by the hand of one Mr. Filth, +an odious, nasty, lascivious piece of beastliness to be drawn up +in writing, and to be set upon the castle gates; whereby he +granted and gave license to all his true and trusty sons in +Mansoul to do whatsoever their lustful appetites prompted them to +do; and that no man was to let, hinder, or control them, upon +pain of incurring the displeasure of their prince.</p> +<p>Now this he did for these reasons:—</p> +<p>1. That the town of Mansoul might be yet made weaker and +weaker, and so more unable, should tidings come that their +redemption was designed, to believe, hope, or consent to the +truth thereof; for reason says, The bigger the sinner, the less +grounds of hopes of mercy.</p> +<p>2. The second reason was, if perhaps Emmanuel, the Son of +Shaddai their King, by seeing the horrible and profane doings of +the town of Mansoul, might repent, though entered into a covenant +of redeeming them, of pursuing that covenant of their redemption; +for he knew that Shaddai was holy, and that his Son Emmanuel was +holy; yea, he knew it by woeful experience, for for his iniquity +and sin was Diabolus cast from the highest orbs. Wherefore +what more rational than for him to conclude that thus, for sin, +it might fare with Mansoul? But fearing also lest this knot +should break, he bethinks himself of another, to wit:—</p> +<p>Fourthly. To endeavour to possess all hearts in the town +of Mansoul that Shaddai was raising an army, to come to overthrow +and utterly to destroy this town of Mansoul. And this he +did to forestall any tidings that might come to their ears of +their deliverance: ‘For,’ thought he, ‘if I +first bruit this, the tidings that shall come after will all be +swallowed up of this; for what else will Mansoul say, when they +shall hear that they must be delivered, but that the true meaning +is, Shaddai intends to destroy them? Wherefore he summons +the whole town into the market-place, and there, with deceitful +tongue, thus he addressed himself unto them:—</p> +<p>‘Gentlemen, and my very good friends, you are all, as +you know, my legal subjects, and men of the famous town of +Mansoul. You know how, from the first day that I have been +with you until now, I have behaved myself among you, and what +liberty and great privileges you have enjoyed under my +government, I hope to your honour and mine, and also to your +content and delight. Now, my famous Mansoul, a noise of +trouble there is abroad, of trouble to the town of Mansoul; sorry +I am thereof for your sakes: for I received but now by the post +from my Lord Lucifer, (and he useth to have good intelligence,) +that your old King Shaddai is raising an army to come against +you, to destroy you root and branch; and this, O Mansoul, is now +the cause that at this time I have called you together, namely, +to advise what in this juncture is best to be done. For my +part, I am but one, and can with ease shift for myself, did I +list to seek my own case, and to leave my Mansoul in all the +danger; but my heart is so firmly united to you, and so unwilling +am I to leave you, that I am willing to stand and fall with you, +to the utmost hazard that shall befall me. What say you, O +my Mansoul? Will you now desert your old friend, or do you +think of standing by me?’</p> +<p>Then, as one man, with one mouth, they cried out together, +‘Let him die the death that will not.’</p> +<p>Then said Diabolus again, ‘It is in vain for us to hope +for quarter, for this King knows not how to show it. True, +perhaps, he, at his first sitting down before us, will talk of +and pretend to mercy, that thereby, with the more ease, and less +trouble, he may again make himself the master of Mansoul. +Whatever, therefore, he shall say, believe not one syllable or +tittle of it; for all such language is but to overcome us, and to +make us, while we wallow in our blood, the trophies of his +merciless victory. My mind is, therefore, that we resolve +to the last man to resist him, and not to believe him upon any +terms, for in at that door will come our danger. But shall +we be flattered out of our lives? I hope you know more of +the rudiments of politics than to suffer yourselves so pitifully +to be served.</p> +<p>‘But suppose he should, if he get us to yield, save some +of our lives, or the lives of some of them that are underlings in +Mansoul, what help will that be to you that are the chief of the +town, especially you whom I have set up and whose greatness has +been procured by you through your faithful sticking to me? +And suppose, again, that he should give quarter to every one of +you, be sure he will bring you into that bondage under which you +were captivated before, or a worse, and then what good will your +lives do you? Shall you with him live in pleasure as you do +now? No, no; you must be bound by laws that will pinch you, +and be made to do that which at present is hateful to you. +I am for you, if you are for me; and it is better to die +valiantly than to live like pitiful slaves. But, I say, the +life of a slave will be counted a life too good for Mansoul +now. Blood, blood, nothing but blood is in every blast of +Shaddai’s trumpet against poor Mansoul now. Pray, be +concerned; I hear he is coming. Up, and stand to your arms +that now, while you have any leisure, I may learn you some feats +of war. Armour for you I have, and by me it is; yea, and it +is sufficient for Mansoul from top to toe; nor can you be hurt by +what his force can do, if you shall keep it well girt and +fastened about you. Come, therefore, to my castle, and +welcome, and harness yourselves for the war. There is +helmet, breastplate, sword, and shield, and what not, that will +make you fight like men.</p> +<p>‘1. My helmet, otherwise called an head-piece, is in +hope of doing well at last, what lives soever you live. +This is that which they had who said, that they should have +peace, though they walked in the wickedness of their heart, to +add drunkenness to thirst. A piece of approved armour this +is, and whoever has it, and can hold it, so long no arrow, dart, +sword, or shield can hurt him. This, therefore, keep on, +and thou wilt keep off many a blow, my Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘2. My breastplate is a breastplate of iron. I had +it forged in mine own country, and all my soldiers are armed +therewith. In plain language, it is a hard heart, a heart +as hard as iron, and as much past feeling as a stone; the which +if you get and keep, neither mercy shall win you, nor judgment +fright you. This therefore, is a piece of armour most +necessary for all to put on that hate Shaddai, and that would +fight against him under my banner.</p> +<p>‘3. My sword is a tongue that is set on fire of hell, +and that can bend itself to speak evil of Shaddai, his Son, his +ways, and people. Use this; it has been tried a thousand +times twice told. Whoever hath it, keeps it, and makes that +use of it as I would have him, can never be conquered by mine +enemy.</p> +<p>‘4. My, shield is unbelief, or calling into question the +truth of the word, or all the sayings that speak of the judgment +that Shaddai has appointed for wicked men. Use this shield; +many attempts he has made upon it, and sometimes, it is true, it +has been bruised; but they that have writ of the wars of Emmanuel +against my servants, have testified that he could do no mighty +work there because of their unbelief. Now, to handle this +weapon of mine aright, it is not to believe things because they +are true, of what sort or by whomsoever asserted. If he +speaks of judgment, care not for it; if he speaks of mercy, care +not for it; if he promises, if he swears that he would do to +Mansoul, if it turns, no hurt, but good, regard not what is said, +question the truth of all, for it is to wield the shield of +unbelief aright, and as my servants ought and do; and he that +doth otherwise loves me not, nor do I count him but an enemy to +me.</p> +<p>‘5. Another part or piece,’ said Diabolus, +‘of mine excellent armour is a dumb and prayerless spirit, +a spirit that scorns to cry for mercy: wherefore be you, my +Mansoul, sure that you make use of this. What! cry for +quarter! Never do that, if you would be mine. I know +you are stout men, and am sure that I have clad you with that +which is armour of proof. Wherefore, to cry to Shaddai for +mercy, let that be far from you. Besides all this, I have a +maul, firebrands, arrows, and death, all good hand-weapons, and +such as will do execution.’</p> +<p>After he had thus furnished his men with armour and arms, he +addressed himself to them in such like words as these: +‘Remember,’ quoth he, ‘that I am your rightful +king, and that you have taken an oath and entered into covenant +to be true to me and my cause: I say, remember this, and show +yourselves stout and valiant men of Mansoul. Remember also +the kindness that I have always showed to you, and that without +your petition I have granted to you external things; wherefore +the privileges, grants, immunities, profits, and honours +wherewith I have endowed you do call for, at your hands, returns +of loyalty, my lion-like men of Mansoul: and when so fit a time +to show it as when another shall seek to take my dominion over +you into his own hands? One word more, and I have +done. Can we but stand, and overcome this one shock or +brunt, I doubt not but in little time all the world will be ours; +and when that day comes, my true hearts, I will make you kings, +princes, and captains, and what brave days shall we have +then!’</p> +<p>Diabolus having thus armed and forearmed his servants and +vassals in Mansoul against their good and lawful King Shaddai, in +the next place, he doubleth his guards at the gates of the town, +and he takes himself to the castle, which was his +stronghold. His vassals also, to show their wills, and +supposed (but ignoble) gallantry, exercise themselves in their +arms every day, and teach one another feats of war; they also +defied their enemies, and sang up the praises of their tyrant; +they threatened also what men they would be if ever things should +rise so high as a war between Shaddai and their king.</p> +<p>Now all this time the good King, the King Shaddai, was +preparing to send an army to recover the town of Mansoul again +from under the tyranny of their pretended king Diabolus; but he +thought good, at first, not to send them by the hand and conduct +of brave Emmanuel his Son, but under the hand of some of his +servants, to see first by them the temper of Mansoul, and whether +by them they would be won to the obedience of their King. +The army consisted of above forty thousand, all true men, for +they came from the King’s own court, and were those of his +own choosing.</p> +<p>They came up to Mansoul under the conduct of four stout +generals, each man being a captain of ten thousand men, and these +are their names and their ensigns. The name of the first +was Boanerges, the name of the second was Captain Conviction, the +name of the third was Captain Judgment, and the name of the +fourth was Captain Execution. These were the captains that +Shaddai sent to regain Mansoul.</p> +<p>These four captains, as was said, the King thought fit, in the +first place, to send to Mansoul, to make an attempt upon it; for +indeed generally in all his wars he did use to send these four +captains in the van, for they were very stout and rough-hewn men, +men that were fit to break the ice, and to make their way by dint +of sword, and their men were like themselves.</p> +<p>To each of these captains the King gave a banner, that it +might be displayed, because of the goodness of his cause, and +because of the right that he had to Mansoul.</p> +<p>First, to Captain Boanerges, for he was the chief, to him, I +say, were given ten thousand men. His ensign was Mr. +Thunder; he bare the black colours, and his scutcheon was the +three burning thunderbolts.</p> +<p>The second captain was Captain Conviction; to him also were +given ten thousand men. His ensign’s name was Mr. +Sorrow; he did bear the pale colours, and his scutcheon was the +book of the law wide open, from whence issued a flame of +fire.</p> +<p>The third captain was Captain Judgment; to him were given ten +thousand men. His ensign’s name was Mr. Terror; he +bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was a burning fiery +furnace.</p> +<p>The fourth captain was Captain Execution; to him were given +ten thousand men. His ensign was one Mr. Justice; he also +bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was a fruitless tree, +with an axe lying at the root thereof.</p> +<p>These four captains, as I said, had every one of them under +his command ten thousand men, all of good fidelity to the King, +and stout at their military actions.</p> +<p>Well, the captains and their forces, their men and under +officers, being had upon a day by Shaddai into the field, and +there called all over by their names, were then and there put +into such harness as became their degree and that service which +now they were going about for their King.</p> +<p>Now, when the King had mustered his forces, (for it is he that +mustereth the host to the battle,) he gave unto the captains +their several commissions, with charge and commandment in the +audience of all the soldiers, that they should take heed +faithfully and courageously to do and execute the same. +Their commissions were, for the substance of them, the same in +form, though, as to name, title, place and degree of the +captains, there might be some, but very small variation. +And here let me give you an account of the matter and sum +contained in their commission.</p> +<blockquote><p><i>A Commission from the great Shaddai</i>, +<i>King of Mansoul</i>, <i>to his trusty and noble Captain</i>, +<i>the Captain Boanerges</i>, <i>for his making War upon the town +of Mansoul</i>.</p> +<p>‘O, thou Boanerges, one of my stout and thundering +captains over one ten thousand of my valiant and faithful +servants, go thou in my name, with this thy force, to the +miserable town of Mansoul; and when thou comest thither, offer +them first conditions of peace; and command them that, casting +off the yoke and tyranny of the wicked Diabolus, they return to +me, their rightful Prince and Lord. Command them also that +they cleanse themselves from all that is his in the town of +Mansoul, and look to thyself, that thou hast good satisfaction +touching the truth of their obedience. Thus when thou hast +commanded them, (if they in truth submit thereto,) then do thou, +to the uttermost of thy power, what in thee lies to set up for me +a garrison in the famous town of Mansoul; nor do thou hurt the +least native that moveth or breatheth therein, if they will +submit themselves to me, but treat thou such as if they were thy +friend or brother; for all such I love, and they shall be dear +unto me, and tell them that I will take a time to come unto them, +and to let them know that I am merciful.</p> +<p>‘But if they shall, notwithstanding thy summons and the +producing of thy authority, resist, stand out against thee, and +rebel, then do I command thee to make use of all thy cunning, +power, might, and force, to bring them under by strength of +hand. Farewell.’</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Thus you see the sum of their commissions; for, as I said +before, for the substance of them, they were the same that the +rest of the noble captains had.</p> +<p>Wherefore they, having received each commander his authority +at the hand of their King, the day being appointed, and the place +of their rendezvous prefixed, each commander appeared in such +gallantry as became his cause and calling. So, after a new +entertainment from Shaddai, with flying colours they set forward +to march towards the famous town of Mansoul. Captain +Boanerges led the van, Captain Conviction and Captain Judgment +made up the main body, and Captain Execution brought up the +rear. They then, having a great way to go, (for the town of +Mansoul was far off from the court of Shaddai,) marched through +the regions and countries of many people, not hurting or abusing +any, but blessing wherever they came. They also lived upon +the King’s cost in all the way they went.</p> +<p>Having travelled thus for many days, at last they came within +sight of Mansoul; the which when they saw, the captains could for +their hearts do no less than for a while bewail the condition of +the town; for they quickly saw how that it was prostrate to the +will of Diabolus, and to his ways and designs.</p> +<p>Well, to be short, the captains came up before the town, march +up to Ear-gate, sit down there (for that was the place of +hearing). So, when they had pitched their tents and +entrenched themselves, they addressed themselves to make their +assault.</p> +<p>Now the townsfolk at first, beholding so gallant a company, so +bravely accoutred, and so excellently disciplined, having on +their glittering armour, and displaying of their flying colours, +could not but come out of their houses and gaze. But the +cunning fox Diabolus, fearing that the people, after this sight, +should, on a sudden summons, open the gates to the captains, came +down with all haste from the castle, and made them retire into +the body of the town, who, when he had them there, made this +lying and deceivable speech unto them:</p> +<p>‘Gentlemen,’ quoth he, ‘although you are my +trusty and well-beloved friends, yet I cannot but a little chide +you for your late uncircumspect action, in going out to gaze on +that great and mighty force that but yesterday sat down before, +and have now entrenched themselves in order to the maintaining of +a siege against the famous town of Mansoul. Do you know who +they are, whence they come, and what is their purpose in sitting +down before the town of Mansoul? They are they of whom I +have told you long ago, that they would come to destroy this +town, and against whom I have been at the cost to arm you with +<i>cap-a-pie</i> for your body, besides great fortifications for +your mind. Wherefore, then, did you not rather, even at the +first appearance of them, cry out, “Fire the +beacons!” and give the whole town an alarm concerning them, +that we might all have been in a posture of defence, and been +ready to have received them with the highest acts of +defiance? Then had you showed yourselves men to my liking; +whereas, by what you have done, you have made me half +afraid—I say, half afraid—that when they and we shall +come to push a pike, I shall find you want courage to stand it +out any longer. Wherefore have I commanded a watch, and +that you should double your guards at the gates? Wherefore +have I endeavoured to make you as hard as iron, and your hearts +as a piece of the nether millstone? Was it, think you, that +you might show yourselves women, and that you might go out like a +company of innocents to gaze on your mortal foes? Fie, fie! +put yourselves into a posture of defence, beat up the drum, +gather together in warlike manner, that our foes may know that, +before they shall conquer this corporation, there are valiant men +in the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘I will leave off now to chide, and will not further +rebuke you; but I charge you, that henceforwards you let me see +no more such actions. Let not henceforward a man of you, +without order first obtained from me, so much as show his head +over the wall of the town of Mansoul. You have now heard +me; do as I have commanded, and you shall cause me that I dwell +securely with you, and that I take care, as for myself, so for +your safety and honour also. Farewell.’</p> +<p>Now were the townsmen strangely altered; they were as men +stricken with a panic fear; they ran to and fro through the +streets of the town of Mansoul, crying out, ‘Help, help! +the men that turn the world upside down are come hither +also.’ Nor could any of them be quiet after; but +still, as men bereft of wit, they cried out, ‘The +destroyers of our peace and people are come.’ This +went down with Diabolus. ‘Ah,’ quoth he to +himself, ‘this I like well: now it is as I would have it; +now you show your obedience to your prince. Hold you but +here, and then let them take the town if they can.’</p> +<p>Well, before the King’s forces had sat before Mansoul +three days, Captain Boanerges commanded his trumpeter to go down +to Ear-gate, and there, in the name of the great Shaddai, to +summon Mansoul to give audience to the message that he, in his +Master’s name, was to them commanded to deliver. So +the trumpeter, whose name was Take-heed-what-you-hear, went up, +as he was commanded, to Ear-gate, and there sounded his trumpet +for a hearing; but there was none that appeared that gave answer +or regard, for so had Diabolus commanded. So the trumpeter +returned to his captain, and told him what he had done, and also +how he had sped; whereat the captain was grieved, but bid the +trumpeter go to his tent.</p> +<p>Again Captain Boanerges sendeth his trumpeter to Ear-gate, to +sound as before for a hearing; but they again kept close, came +not out, nor would they give him an answer, so observant were +they of the command of Diabolus their king.</p> +<p>Then the captains and other field officers called a council of +war, to consider what further was to be done for the gaining of +the town of Mansoul; and, after some close and thorough debate +upon the contents of their commissions, they concluded yet to +give to the town, by the hand of the fore-named trumpeter, +another summons to hear; but if that shall be refused, said they, +and that the town shall stand it out still, then they determined, +and bid the trumpeter tell them so, that they would endeavour, by +what means they could, to compel them by force to the obedience +of their King.</p> +<p>So Captain Boanerges commanded his trumpeter to go up to +Ear-gate again, and, in the name of the great King Shaddai, to +give it a very loud summons to come down without delay to +Ear-gate, there to give audience to the King’s most noble +captains. So the trumpeter went, and did as he was +commanded: he went up to Ear-gate, and sounded his trumpet, and +gave a third summons to Mansoul. He said, moreover, that if +this they should still refuse to do, the captains of his prince +would with might come down upon them, and endeavour to reduce +them to their obedience by force.</p> +<p>Then stood up my Lord Willbewill, who was the governor of the +town, (this Willbewill was that apostate of whom mention was made +before,) and the keeper of the gates of Mansoul. He +therefore, with big and ruffling words, demanded of the trumpeter +who he was, whence he came, and what was the cause of his making +so hideous a noise at the gate, and speaking such insufferable +words against the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>The trumpeter answered, ‘I am servant to the most noble +captain, Captain Boanerges, general of the forces of the great +King Shaddai, against whom both thyself, with the whole town of +Mansoul, have rebelled, and lift up the heel; and my master, the +captain, hath a special message to this town, and to thee, as a +member thereof; the which if you of Mansoul shall peaceably hear, +so; and if not, you must take what follows.’</p> +<p>Then said the Lord Willbewill, ‘I will carry thy words +to my lord, and will know what he will say.’</p> +<p>But the trumpeter soon replied, saying. ‘Our +message is not to the giant Diabolus, but to the miserable town +of Mansoul; nor shall we at all regard what answer by him is +made, nor yet by any for him. We are sent to this town to +recover it from under his cruel tyranny, and to persuade it to +submit, as in former times it did, to the most excellent King +Shaddai.’</p> +<p>Then said the Lord Willbewill, ‘I will do your errand to +the town.’</p> +<p>The trumpeter then replied, ‘Sir, do not deceive us, +lest, in so doing, you deceive yourselves much more.’ +He added, moreover, ‘For we are resolved, if in peaceable +manner you do not submit yourselves, then to make a war upon you, +and to bring you under by force. And of the truth of what I +now say, this shall be a sign unto you,—you shall see the +black flag, with its hot, burning thunder-bolts, set upon the +mount to-morrow, as a token of defiance against your prince, and +of our resolutions to reduce you to your Lord and rightful +King.’</p> +<p>So the said Lord Willbewill returned from off the wall, and +the trumpeter came into the camp. When the trumpeter was +come into the camp, the captains and officers of the mighty King +Shaddai came together to know if he had obtained a hearing, and +what was the effect of his errand. So the trumpeter told, +saying, ‘When I had sounded my trumpet, and had called +aloud to the town for a hearing, my Lord Willbewill, the governor +of the town, and he that hath charge of the gates, came up when +he heard me sound, and, looking over the wall, he asked me what I +was, whence I came, and what was the cause of my making this +noise. So I told him my errand, and by whose authority I +brought it. “Then,” said he, “I will tell +it to the governor and to Mansoul;” and then I returned to +my lords.’</p> +<p>Then said the brave Boanerges, ‘Let us yet for a while +lie still in our trenches, and see what these rebels will +do.’</p> +<p>Now when the time drew nigh that audience by Mansoul must be +given to the brave Boanerges and his companions, it was commanded +that all the men of war throughout the whole camp of Shaddai +should as one man stand to their arms, and make themselves ready, +if the town of Mansoul shall hear, to receive it forthwith to +mercy; but if not, to force a subjection. So the day being +come, the trumpeters sounded, and that throughout the whole camp, +that the men of war might be in a readiness for that which then +should be the work of the day. But when they that were in +the town of Mansoul heard the sound of the trumpets throughout +the camp of Shaddai, and thinking no other but that it must be in +order to storm the corporation, they at first were put to great +consternation of spirit; but after they a little were settled +again, they also made what preparation they could for a war, if +they did storm; else, to secure themselves.</p> +<p>Well, when the utmost time was come, Boanerges was resolved to +hear their answer; wherefore he sent out his trumpeter again to +summon Mansoul to a hearing of the message that they had brought +from Shaddai.</p> +<p>So he went and sounded, and the townsmen came up, but made +Ear-gate as sure as they could. Now when they were come up +to the top of the wall, Captain Boanerges desired to see the Lord +Mayor; but my Lord Incredulity was then Lord Mayor, for he came +in the room of my Lord Lustings. So Incredulity came up and +showed himself over the wall; but when the Captain Boanerges had +set his eyes upon him, he cried out aloud, ‘This is not he: +where is my Lord Understanding, the ancient Lord Mayor of the +town of Mansoul? for to him I would deliver my +message.’</p> +<p>Then said the giant (for Diabolus was also come down) to the +captain, ‘Mr. Captain, you have by your boldness given to +Mansoul at least four summonses to subject herself to your King, +by whose authority I know not, nor will I dispute that now. +I ask, therefore, what is the reason of all this ado, or what +would you be at if you knew yourselves?’</p> +<p>Then Captain Boanerges, whose were the black colours, and +whose scutcheon was the three burning thunderbolts, taking no +notice of the giant or of his speech, thus addressed himself to +the town of Mansoul: ‘Be it known unto you, O unhappy and +rebellious Mansoul, that the most gracious King, the great King +Shaddai, my Master, hath sent me unto you with commission’ +(and so he showed to the town his broad seal) ‘to reduce +you to his obedience; and he hath commanded me, in case you yield +upon my summons, to carry it to you as if you were my friends or +brethren; but he also hath bid, that if, after summons to submit +you still stand out and rebel, we should endeavour to take you by +force.’</p> +<p>Then stood forth Captain Conviction, and said, (his were the +pale colours, and for a scutcheon he had the book of the law wide +open, etc.,) ‘Hear, O Mansoul! Thou, O Mansoul, wast +once famous for innocency, but now thou art degenerated into lies +and deceit. Thou hast heard what my brother, the Captain +Boanerges, hath said; and it is your wisdom, and will be your +happiness, to stoop to, and accept of conditions of peace and +mercy when offered, specially when offered by one against whom +thou hast rebelled, and one who is of power to tear thee in +pieces, for so is Shaddai, our King; nor, when he is angry, can +anything stand before him. If you say you have not sinned, +or acted rebellion against our King, the whole of your doings +since the day that you cast off his service (and there was the +beginning of your sin) will sufficiently testify against +you. What else means your hearkening to the tyrant, and +your receiving him for your king? What means else your +rejecting of the laws of Shaddai, and your obeying of +Diabolus? Yea, what means this your taking up of arms +against, and the shutting of your gates upon us, the faithful +servants of your King? Be ruled then, and accept of my +brother’s invitation, and overstand not the time of mercy, +but agree with thine adversary quickly. Ah, Mansoul! suffer +not thyself to be kept from mercy, and to be run into a thousand +miseries, by the flattering wiles of Diabolus. Perhaps that +piece of deceit may attempt to make you believe that we seek our +own profit in this our service, but know it is obedience to our +King, and love to your happiness, that is the cause of this +undertaking of ours.</p> +<p>‘Again I say to thee, O Mansoul, consider if it be not +amazing grace that Shaddai should so humble himself as he doth: +now he, by us, reasons with you, in a way of entreaty and sweet +persuasions, that you would subject yourselves to him. Has +he that need of you that we are sure you have of him? No, +no; but he is merciful, and will not that Mansoul should die, but +turn to him and live.’</p> +<p>Then stood forth Captain Judgment, whose were the red colours, +and for a scutcheon he had the burning fiery furnace, and he +said, ‘O ye, the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, that +have lived so long in rebellion and acts of treason against the +King Shaddai, know that we come not to-day to this place, in this +manner, with our message of our own minds, or to revenge our own +quarrel; it is the King, my Master, that hath sent us to reduce +you to your obedience to him; the which if you refuse in a +peaceable way to yield, we have commission to compel you +thereto. And never think of yourselves, nor yet suffer the +tyrant Diabolus to persuade you to think, that our King, by his +power, is not able to bring you down, and to lay you under his +feet; for he is the former of all things, and if he touches the +mountains, they smoke. Nor will the gate of the +King’s clemency stand always open; for the day that shall +burn like an oven is before him; yea, it hasteth greatly, it +slumbereth not.</p> +<p>‘O Mansoul, is it little in thine eyes that our King +doth offer thee mercy, and that after so many provocations? +Yea, he still holdeth out his golden sceptre to thee, and will +not yet suffer his gate to be shut against thee: wilt thou +provoke him to do it? If so, consider of what I say; to +thee it is opened no more for ever. If thou sayest thou +shalt not see him, yet judgment is before him; therefore trust +thou in him. Yea, because there is wrath, beware lest he +take thee away with his stroke; then a great ransom cannot +deliver thee. Will he esteem thy riches? No, not +gold, nor all the forces of strength. He hath prepared his +throne for judgment, for he will come with fire, and with his +chariots like a whirlwind, to render his anger with fury, and his +rebukes with flames of fire. Therefore, O Mansoul, take +heed lest, after thou hast fulfilled the judgment of the wicked, +justice and judgment should take hold of thee.’</p> +<p>Now while the Captain Judgment was making this oration to the +town of Mansoul, it was observed by some that Diabolus trembled; +but he proceeded in his parable and said, ‘O thou woful +town of Mansoul, wilt thou not yet set open thy gate to receive +us, the deputies of thy King, and those that would rejoice to see +thee live? Can thine heart endure, or can thy hands be +strong, in the day that he shall deal in judgment with +thee? I say, canst thou endure to be forced to drink, as +one would drink sweet wine, the sea of wrath that our King has +prepared for Diabolus and his angels? Consider, betimes +consider.’</p> +<p>Then stood forth the fourth captain, the noble Captain +Execution, and said, ‘O town of Mansoul, once famous, but +now like the fruitless bough, once the delight of the high ones, +but now a den for Diabolus, hearken also to me, and to the words +that I shall speak to thee in the name of the great +Shaddai. Behold, the axe is laid to the root of the trees: +every tree, therefore, that bringeth not forth good fruit, is +hewn down and cast into the fire.</p> +<p>‘Thou, O town of Mansoul, hast hitherto been this +fruitless tree; thou bearest nought but thorns and briars. +Thy evil fruit bespeaks thee not to be a good tree; thy grapes +are grapes of gall, thy clusters are bitter. Thou hast +rebelled against thy King; and, lo! we, the power and force of +Shaddai, are the axe that is laid to thy root. What sayest +thou? Wilt thou turn? I say again, tell me, before +the first blow is given, wilt thou turn? Our axe must first +be laid <i>to</i> thy root before it be laid <i>at</i> thy root; +it must first be laid <i>to</i> thy root in a way of threatening, +before it is laid <i>at</i> thy root by way of execution; and +between these two is required thy repentance, and this is all the +time that thou hast. What wilt thou do? Wilt thou +turn, or shall I smite? If I fetch my blow, Mansoul, down +you go; for I have commission to lay my axe <i>at</i> as well as +<i>to</i> thy roots, nor will anything but yielding to our King +prevent doing of execution. What art thou fit for, O +Mansoul, if mercy preventeth not, but to be hewn down, and cast +into the fire and burned?</p> +<p>‘O Mansoul, patience and forbearance do not act for +ever: a year, or two, or three, they may; but if thou provoke by +a three years’ rebellion, (and thou hast already done more +than this,) then what follows but, ‘Cut it down’? +nay, ‘After that thou shalt cut it down.’ And +dost thou think that these are but threatenings, or that our King +has not power to execute his words? O Mansoul, thou wilt +find that in the words of our King, when they are by sinners made +little or light of, there is not only threatening, but burning +coals of fire.</p> +<p>‘Thou hast been a cumber-ground long already, and wilt +thou continue so still? Thy sin has brought this army to +thy walls, and shall it bring it in judgment to do execution into +thy town? Thou hast heard what the captains have said, but +as yet thou shuttest thy gates. Speak out, Mansoul; wilt +thou do so still, or wilt thou accept of conditions of +peace?’</p> +<p>These brave speeches of these four noble captains the town of +Mansoul refused to hear; yet a sound thereof did beat against +Ear-gate, though the force thereof could not break it open. +In fine, the town desired a time to prepare their answer to these +demands. The captains then told them, that if they would +throw out to them one Ill-Pause that was in the town, that they +might reward him according to his works, then they would give +them time to consider; but if they would not cast him to them +over the wall of Mansoul, then they would give them none; +‘for,’ said they, ‘we know that, so long as +Ill-Pause draws breath in Mansoul, all good consideration will be +confounded, and nothing but mischief will come +thereon.’</p> +<p>Then Diabolus, who was there present, being loath to lose his +Ill-Pause, because he was his orator, (and yet be sure he had, +could the captains have laid their fingers on him,) was resolved +at this instant to give them answer by himself; but then changing +his mind, he commanded the then Lord Mayor, the Lord Incredulity, +to do it, saying, ‘My lord, do you give these runagates an +answer, and speak out, that Mansoul may hear and understand +you.’</p> +<p>So Incredulity, at Diabolus’ command, began, and said, +‘Gentlemen, you have here, as we do behold, to the +disturbance of our prince and the molestation of the town of +Mansoul, camped against it: but from whence you come, we will not +know; and what you are, we will not believe. Indeed, you +tell us in your terrible speech that you have this authority from +Shaddai, but by what right he commands you to do it, of that we +shall yet be ignorant.</p> +<p>‘You have also, by the authority aforesaid, summoned +this town to desert her lord, and, for protection, to yield up +herself to the great Shaddai, your King; flatteringly telling +her, that if she will do it, he will pass by and not charge her +with her past offences.</p> +<p>‘Further, you have also, to the terror of the town of +Mansoul, threatened with great and sore destructions to punish +this corporation, if she consents not to do as your wills would +have her.</p> +<p>‘Now, captains, from whencesoever you come, and though +your designs be ever so right, yet know ye that neither my Lord +Diabolus, nor I, his servant, Incredulity, nor yet our brave +Mansoul, doth regard either your persons, message, or the King +that you say hath sent you. His power, his greatness, his +vengeance, we fear not; nor will we yield at all to your +summons.</p> +<p>‘As for the war that you threaten to make upon us, we +must therein defend ourselves as well as we can; and know ye, +that we are not without wherewithal to bid defiance to you; and, +in short, (for I will not be tedious,) I tell you, that we take +you to be some vagabond runagate crew, that having shaken off all +obedience to your King, have gotten together in tumultuous +manner, and are ranging from place to place to see if, through +the flatteries you are skilled to make on the one side, and +threats wherewith you think to fright on the other, to make some +silly town, city, or country, desert their place, and leave it to +you; but Mansoul is none of them.</p> +<p>‘To conclude: we dread you not, we fear you not, nor +will we obey your summons. Our gates we will shut upon you, +our place we will keep you out of. Nor will we long thus +suffer you to sit down before us: our people must live in quiet: +your appearance doth disturb them. Wherefore arise with bag +and baggage, and begone, or we will let fly from the walls +against you.’</p> +<p>This oration, made by old Incredulity, was seconded by +desperate Willbewill, in words to this effect: ‘Gentlemen, +we have heard your demands, and the noise of your threats, and +have heard the sound of your summons; but we fear not your force, +we regard not your threats, but will still abide as you found +us. And we command you, that in three days’ time you +cease to appear in these parts, or you shall know what it is once +to dare offer to rouse the lion Diabolus when asleep in his town +of Mansoul.’</p> +<p>The Recorder, whose name was Forget-Good, he also added as +followeth: ‘Gentlemen, my lords, as you see, have with mild +and gentle words answered your rough and angry speeches: they +have, moreover, in my hearing, given you leave quietly to depart +as you came; wherefore, take their kindness and be gone. We +might have come out with force upon you, and have caused you to +feel the dint of our swords; but as we love ease and quiet +ourselves, so we love not to hurt or molest others.’</p> +<p>Then did the town of Mansoul shout for joy, as if by Diabolus +and his crew some great advantage had been gotten of the +captains. They also rang the bells, and made merry, and +danced upon the walls.</p> +<p>Diabolus also returned to the castle, and the Lord Mayor and +Recorder to their place; but the Lord Willbewill took special +care that the gates should be secured with double guards, double +bolts, and double locks and bars; and that Ear-gate especially +might the better be looked to, for that was the gate in at which +the King’s forces sought most to enter. The Lord +Willbewill made one old Mr. Prejudice, an angry and +ill-conditioned fellow, captain of the ward at that gate, and put +under his power sixty men, called deaf men; men advantageous for +that service, forasmuch as they mattered no words of the +captains, nor of the soldiers.</p> +<p>Now when the captains saw the answer of the great ones, and +that they could not get a hearing from the old natives of the +town, and that Mansoul was resolved to give the King’s army +battle, they prepared themselves to receive them, and to try it +out by the power of the arm. And, first, they made their +force more formidable against Ear-gate; for they knew that, +unless they could penetrate that, no good could be done upon the +town. This done, they put the rest of their men in their +places; after which, they gave out the word, which was, +‘<span class="smcap">Ye must be born +again</span>.’ Then they sounded the trumpet; then +they in the town made them answer, with shout against shout, +charge against charge, and so the battle began. Now they in +the town had planted upon the tower over Ear-gate two great guns, +the one called High-mind, and the other Heady. Unto these +two guns they trusted much; they were cast in the castle by +Diabolus’ founder, whose name was Mr. Puff-up, and +mischievous pieces they were. But so vigilant and watchful, +when the captains saw them, were they, that though sometimes +their shot would go by their ears with a whiz, yet they did them +no harm. By these two guns the townsfolk made no question +but greatly to annoy the camp of Shaddai, and well enough to +secure the gate; but they had not much cause to boast of what +execution they did, as by what follows will be gathered.</p> +<p>The famous Mansoul had also some other small pieces in it, of +the which they made use against the camp of Shaddai.</p> +<p>They from the camp also did as stoutly, and with as much of +that as may in truth be called valour, let fly as fast at the +town and at Ear-gate; for they saw that, unless they could break +open Ear-gate, it would be but in vain to batter the wall. +Now the King’s captains had brought with them several +slings, and two or three battering-rams; with their slings, +therefore, they battered the houses and people of the town, and +with their rams they sought to break Ear-gate open.</p> +<p>The camp and the town had several skirmishes and brisk +encounters, while the captains with their engines made many brave +attempts to break open or beat down the tower that was over +Ear-gate, and at the said gate to make their entrance; but +Mansoul stood it out so lustily, through the rage of Diabolus, +the valour of the Lord Willbewill, and the conduct of old +Incredulity, the Mayor, and Mr. Forget-Good, the Recorder, that +the charge and expense of that summer’s wars, on the +King’s side, seemed to be almost quite lost, and the +advantage to return to Mansoul. But when the captains saw +how it was they made a fair retreat, and entrenched themselves in +their winter quarters. Now, in this war, you must needs +think there was much loss on both sides, of which be pleased to +accept of this brief account following.</p> +<p>The King’s captains, when they marched from the court to +come up against Mansoul to war, as they came crossing over the +country, they happened to light upon three young fellows that had +a mind to go for soldiers: proper men they were, and men of +courage and skill, to appearance. Their names were Mr. +Tradition, Mr. Human-Wisdom, and Mr. Man’s-Invention. +So they came up to the captains, and proffered their service to +Shaddai. The captains then told them of their design, and +bid them not to be rash in their offers; but the young men told +them they had considered the thing before, and that hearing they +were upon their march for such a design, came hither on purpose +to meet them, that they might be listed under their +excellencies. Then Captain Boanerges, for that they were +men of courage, listed them into his company, and so away they +went to the war.</p> +<p>Now, when the war was begun, in one of the briskest +skirmishes, so it was, that a company of the Lord +Willbewill’s men sallied out at the sallyport or postern of +the town, and fell in upon the rear of Captain Boanerges’ +men, where these three fellows happened to be; so they took them +prisoners, and away they carried them into the town, where they +had not lain long in durance, but it began to be noised about the +streets of the town what three notable prisoners the Lord +Willbewill’s men had taken, and brought in prisoners out of +the camp of Shaddai. At length tidings thereof were carried +to Diabolus to the castle, to wit what my Lord Willbewill’s +men had done, and whom they had taken prisoners.</p> +<p>Then Diabolus called for Willbewill, to know the certainty of +this matter. So he asked him, and he told him. Then +did the giant send for the prisoners, and, when they were come, +demanded of them who they were, whence they came, and what they +did in the camp of Shaddai; and they told him. Then he sent +them to ward again. Not many days after, he sent for them +to him again, and then asked them if they would be willing to +serve him against their former captains. They then told him +that they did not so much live by religion as by the fates of +fortune; and that since his lordship was willing to entertain +them, they should be willing to serve him. Now while things +were thus in hand, there was one Captain Anything, a great doer, +in the town of Mansoul; and to this Captain Anything did Diabolus +send these men, and a note under his hand, to receive them into +his company, the contents of which letter were thus:</p> +<p>‘Anything, my darling,—The three men that are the +bearers of this letter have a desire to serve me in the war; nor +know I better to whose conduct to commit them than to +thine. Receive them, therefore, in my name, and, as need +shall require, make use of them against Shaddai and his +men. Farewell.’</p> +<p>So they came, and he received them; and he made of two of them +sergeants; but he made Mr. Man’s-Invention his +ancient-bearer. But thus much for this, and now to return +to the camp.</p> +<p>They of the camp did also some execution upon the town; for +they did beat down the roof of the Lord Mayor’s house, and +so laid him more open than he was before. They had almost, +with a sling, slain my Lord Willbewill outright; but he made a +shift to recover again. But they made a notable slaughter +among the aldermen, for with one only shot they cut off six of +them; to wit, Mr. Swearing, Mr. Whoring, Mr. Fury, Mr. +Stand-to-Lies, Mr. Drunkenness, and Mr. Cheating.</p> +<p>They also dismounted the two guns that stood upon the tower +over Ear-gate, and laid them flat in the dirt. I told you +before that the King’s noble captains had drawn off to +their winter quarters, and had there entrenched themselves and +their carriages, so as with the best advantage to their King, and +the greatest annoyance to the enemy, they might give seasonable +and warm alarms to the town of Mansoul. And this design of +them did so hit, that I may say they did almost what they would +to the molestation of the corporation. For now could not +Mansoul sleep securely as before, nor could they now go to their +debaucheries with that quietness as in times past; for they had +from the camp of Shaddai such frequent, warm, and terrifying +alarms, yea, alarms upon alarms, first at one gate and then at +another, and again at all the gates at once, that they were +broken as to former peace. Yea, they had their alarms so +frequently, and that when the nights were at longest, the weather +coldest, and so consequently the season most unseasonable, that +that winter was to the town of Mansoul a winter by itself. +Sometimes the trumpets would sound, and sometimes the slings +would whirl the stones into the town. Sometimes ten +thousand of the King’s soldiers would be running round the +walls of Mansoul at midnight, shouting and lifting up the voice +for the battle. Sometimes, again, some of them in the town +would be wounded, and their cry and lamentable voice would be +heard, to the great molestation of the now languishing town of +Mansoul. Yea, so distressed with those that laid siege +against them were they, that, I dare say, Diabolus, their king, +had in these days his rest much broken.</p> +<p>In these days, as I was informed, new thoughts, and thoughts +that began to run counter one to another, began to possess the +minds of the men of the town of Mansoul. Some would say, +‘There is no living thus.’ Others would then +reply, ‘This will be over shortly.’ Then would +a third stand up and answer, ‘Let us turn to the King +Shaddai, and so put an end to these troubles.’ And a +fourth would come in with a fear, saying, ‘I doubt he will +not receive us.’ The old gentleman, too, the +Recorder, that was so before Diabolus took Mansoul, he also began +to talk aloud, and his words were now to the town of Mansoul as +if they were great claps of thunder. No noise now so +terrible to Mansoul as was his, with the noise of the soldiers +and shoutings of the captains.</p> +<p>Also things began to grow scarce in Mansoul; now the things +that her soul lusted after were departing from her. Upon +all her pleasant things there was a blast, and burning instead of +beauty. Wrinkles now, and some shows of the shadow of +death, were upon the inhabitants of Mansoul. And now, O how +glad would Mansoul have been to have enjoyed quietness and +satisfaction of mind, though joined with the meanest condition in +the world!</p> +<p>The captains also, in the deep of this winter, did send by the +mouth of Boanerges’ trumpeter a summons to Mansoul to yield +up herself to the King, the great King Shaddai. They sent +it once, and twice, and thrice; not knowing but that at some +times there might be in Mansoul some willingness to surrender up +themselves unto them, might they but have the colour of an +invitation to do it under. Yea, so far as I could gather, +the town had been surrendered up to them before now, had it not +been for the opposition of old Incredulity, and the fickleness of +the thoughts of my Lord Willbewill. Diabolus also began to +rave; wherefore Mansoul, as to yielding, was not yet all of one +mind; therefore they still lay distressed under these perplexing +fears.</p> +<p>I told you but now that they of the King’s army had this +winter sent three times to Mansoul to submit herself.</p> +<p>The first time the trumpeter went he went with words of peace, +telling them that the captains, the noble captains of Shaddai, +did pity and bewail the misery of the now perishing town of +Mansoul, and were troubled to see them so much to stand in the +way of their own deliverance. He said, moreover, that the +captains bid him tell them, that if now poor Mansoul would humble +herself and turn, her former rebellions and most notorious +treasons should by their merciful King be forgiven them, yea, and +forgotten too. And having bid them beware that they stood +not in their own way, that they opposed not themselves, nor made +themselves their own losers, he returned again into the camp.</p> +<p>The second time the trumpeter went, he did treat them a little +more roughly; for, after sound of trumpet, he told them that +their continuing in their rebellion did but chafe and heat the +spirit of the captains, and that they were resolved to make a +conquest of Mansoul, or to lay their bones before the town +walls.</p> +<p>He went again the third time, and dealt with them yet more +roughly; telling them that now, since they had been so horribly +profane, he did not know, not certainly know, whether the +captains were inclining to mercy or judgment. +‘Only,’ said he, ‘they commanded me to give you +a summons to open the gates unto them.’ So he +returned, and went into the camp.</p> +<p>These three summonses, and especially the last two, did so +distress the town that they presently call a consultation, the +result of which was this—That my Lord Willbewill should go +up to Ear-gate, and there, with sound of trumpet, call to the +captains of the camp for a parley. Well, the Lord +Willbewill sounded upon the wall; so the captains came up in +their harness, with their ten thousands at their feet. The +townsmen then told the captains that they had heard and +considered their summons, and would come to an agreement with +them, and with their King Shaddai, upon such certain terms, +articles, and propositions as, with and by the order of their +prince, they to them were appointed to propound; to wit, they +would agree upon these grounds to be one people with them.</p> +<p>1. If that those of their own company, as the now Lord Mayor +and their Mr. Forget-Good, with then brave Lord Willbewill, +might, under Shaddai, be still the governors of the town, castle, +and gates of Mansoul.</p> +<p>2. Provided that no man that now serveth under their great +giant Diabolus be by Shaddai cast out of house, harbour, or the +freedom that he hath hitherto enjoyed in the famous town of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>3. That it shall be granted them, that they of the town of +Mansoul shall enjoy certain of their rights and privileges; to +wit, such as have formerly been granted them, and that they have +long lived in the enjoyment of, under the reign of their king +Diabolus, that now is, and long has been, their only lord and +great defender.</p> +<p>4. That no new law, officer, or executioner of law or office, +shall have any power over them, without their own choice and +consent.</p> +<p>‘These be our propositions, or conditions of peace; and +upon these terms,’ said they, ‘we will submit to your +King.’</p> +<p>But when the captains had heard this weak and feeble offer of +the town of Mansoul, and their high and bold demands, they made +to them again, by their noble captain, the Captain Boanerges, +this speech following:</p> +<p>‘O ye inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, when I heard +your trumpet sound for a parley with us, I can truly say I was +glad; but when you said you were willing to submit yourselves to +our King and Lord, then I was yet more glad; but when, by your +silly provisos and foolish cavils, you laid the stumbling-block +of your iniquity before your own faces, then was my gladness +turned into sorrows, and my hopeful beginnings of your return, +into languishing fainting fears.</p> +<p>‘I count that old Ill-Pause, the ancient enemy of +Mansoul, did draw up those proposals that now you present us with +as terms of an agreement; but they deserve not to be admitted to +sound in the ear of any man that pretends to have service for +Shaddai. We do therefore jointly, and that with the highest +disdain, refuse and reject such things, as the greatest of +iniquities.</p> +<p>‘But, O Mansoul, if you will give yourselves into our +hands, or rather into the hands of our King, and will trust him +to make such terms with and for you as shall seem good in his +eyes, (and I dare say they shall be such as you shall find to be +most profitable to you,) then we will receive you, and be at +peace with you; but if you like not to trust yourselves in the +arms of Shaddai our King, then things are but where they were +before, and we know also what we have to do.’</p> +<p>Then cried out old Incredulity, the Lord Mayor, and said, +‘And who, being out of the hands of their enemies, as ye +see we are now, will be so foolish as to put the staff out of +their own hands into the hands of they know not who? I, for +my part, will never yield to so unlimited a proposition. Do +we know the manner and temper of their King? It is said by +some that he will be angry with his subjects if but the breadth +of an hair they chance to step out of the way; and by others, +that he requireth of them much more than they can perform. +Wherefore, it seems, O Mansoul, to be thy wisdom to take good +heed what thou dost in this matter; for if you once yield, you +give up yourselves to another, and so you are no more your +own. Wherefore, to give up yourselves to an unlimited +power, is the greatest folly in the world; for now you indeed may +repent, but can never justly complain. But do you indeed +know, when you are his, which of you he will kill, and which of +you he will save alive; or whether he will not cut off every one +of us, and send out of his own country another new people, and +cause them to inhabit this town?’</p> +<p>This speech of the Lord Mayor undid all, and threw flat to the +ground their hopes of an accord. Wherefore the captains +returned to their trenches, to their tents, and to their men, as +they were; and the Mayor to the castle and to his King.</p> +<p>Now Diabolus had waited for his return, for he had heard that +they had been at their points. So, when he was come into +the chamber of state, Diabolus saluted him +with—‘Welcome, my lord. How went matters +betwixt you to-day?’ So the Lord Incredulity, with a +low congee, told him the whole of the matter, saying, ‘Thus +and thus said the captains of Shaddai, and thus and thus said +I.’ The which when it was told to Diabolus, he was +very glad to hear it, and said, ‘My Lord Mayor, my faithful +Incredulity, I have proved thy fidelity above ten times already, +but never yet found thee false. I do promise thee, if we +rub over this brunt, to prefer thee to a place of honour, a place +far better than to be Lord Mayor of Mansoul. I will make +thee my universal deputy, and thou shalt, next to me, have all +nations under thy hand; yea, and thou shalt lay bands upon them, +that they may not resist thee; nor shall any of our vassals walk +more at liberty, but those that shall be content to walk in thy +fetters.’</p> +<p>Now came the Lord Mayor out from Diabolus, as if he had +obtained a favour indeed. Wherefore to his habitation he +goes in great state, and thinks to feed himself well enough with +hopes, until the time came that his greatness should be +enlarged.</p> +<p>But now, though the Lord Mayor and Diabolus did thus well +agree, yet this repulse to the brave captains put Mansoul into a +mutiny. For while old Incredulity went into the castle to +congratulate his lord with what had passed, the old Lord Mayor, +that was so before Diabolus came to the town, to wit, my Lord +Understanding, and the old Recorder, Mr. Conscience, getting +intelligence of what had passed at Ear-gate, (for you must know +that they might not be suffered to be at that debate, lest they +should then have mutinied for the captains; but, I say, they got +intelligence of what had passed there, and were much concerned +therewith,) wherefore they, getting some of the town together, +began to possess them with the reasonableness of the noble +captains’ demands, and with the bad consequences that would +follow upon the speech of old Incredulity, the Lord Mayor; to wit +how little reverence he showed therein either to the captains or +to their King; also how he implicitly charged them with +unfaithfulness and treachery. ‘For what less,’ +quoth they, ‘could be made of his words, when he said he +would not yield to their proposition; and added, moreover, a +supposition that he would destroy us, when before he had sent us +word that he would show us mercy!’ The multitude, +being now possessed with the conviction of the evil that old +Incredulity had done, began to run together by companies in all +places, and in every corner of the streets of Mansoul; and first +they began to mutter, then to talk openly, and after that they +run to and fro, and cried as they run, ‘Oh the brave +captains of Shaddai! would we were under the government of the +captains, and of Shaddai their King!’ When the Lord +Mayor had intelligence that Mansoul was in an uproar, down he +comes to appease the people, and thought to have quashed their +heat with the bigness and the show of his countenance; but when +they saw him, they came running upon him, and had doubtless done +him a mischief, had he not betaken himself to house. +However, they strongly assaulted the house where he was, to have +pulled it down about his ears; but the place was too strong, so +they failed of that. So he, taking some courage, addressed +himself, out at a window, to the people in this manner:</p> +<p>‘Gentlemen, what is the reason that there is here such +an uproar to-day?’</p> +<p>Then answered my Lord Understanding, ‘It is even because +that thou and thy master have carried it not rightly, and as you +should, to the captains of Shaddai; for in three things you are +faulty. First, in that you would not let Mr. Conscience and +myself be at the hearing of your discourse. Secondly, in +that you propounded such terms of peace to the captains that by +no means could be granted, unless they had intended that their +Shaddai should have been only a titular prince, and that Mansoul +should still have had power by law to have lived in all lewdness +and vanity before him, and so by consequence Diabolus should +still here be king in power, and the other only king in +name. Thirdly, for that thou didst thyself, after the +captains had showed us upon what conditions they would have +received us to mercy, even undo all again with thy unsavoury, +unseasonable, and ungodly speech.’</p> +<p>When old Incredulity had heard this speech, he cried out, +‘Treason! treason! To your arms! to your arms! +O ye, the trusty friends of Diabolus in Mansoul.’</p> +<p><i>Und.</i>—Sir, you may put upon my words what meaning +you please; but I am sure that the captains of such an high lord +as theirs is, deserved a better treatment at your hands.</p> +<p>Then said old Incredulity, ‘This is but little +better. But, Sir,’ quoth he, ‘what I spake I +spake for my prince, for his government, and the quieting of the +people, whom by your unlawful actions you have this day set to +mutiny against us.’</p> +<p>Then replied the old Recorder, whose name was Mr. Conscience, +and said, ‘Sir, you ought not thus to retort upon what my +Lord Understanding hath said. It is evident enough that he +hath spoken the truth, and that you are an enemy to +Mansoul. Be convinced, then, of the evil of your saucy and +malapert language, and of the grief that you have put the +captains to; yea, and of the damages that you have done to +Mansoul thereby. Had you accepted of the conditions, the +sound of the trumpet and the alarm of war had now ceased about +the town of Mansoul; but that dreadful sound abides, and your +want of wisdom in your speech has been the cause of +it.’</p> +<p>Then said old Incredulity, ‘Sir, if I live, I will do +your errand to Diabolus, and there you shall have an answer to +your words. Meanwhile we will seek the good of the town, +and not ask counsel of you.’</p> +<p><i>Und.</i>—Sir, your prince and you are both foreigners +to Mansoul, and not the natives thereof; and who can tell but +that, when you have brought us into greater straits, (when you +also shall see that yourselves can be safe by no other means than +by flight,) you may leave us and shift for yourselves, or set us +on fire, and go away in the smoke, or by the light of our +burning, and so leave us in our ruins?</p> +<p><i>Incred.</i>—Sir, you forget that you are under a +governor, and that you ought to demean yourself like a subject; +and know ye, when my lord the king shall hear of this day’s +work, he will give you but little thanks for your labour.</p> +<p>Now while these gentlemen were thus in their chiding words, +down come from the walls and gates of the town the Lord +Willbewill, Mr. Prejudice, old Ill-Pause, and several of the +new-made aldermen and burgesses, and they asked the reason of the +hubbub and tumult; and with that every man began to tell his own +tale, so that nothing could be heard distinctly. Then was a +silence commanded, and the old fox Incredulity began to +speak. ‘My lord,’ quoth he, ‘here are a +couple of peevish gentlemen, that have, as a fruit of their bad +dispositions, and, as I fear, through the advice of one Mr. +Discontent, tumultuously gathered this company against me this +day, and also attempted to run the town into acts of rebellion +against our prince.’</p> +<p>Then stood up all the Diabolonians that were present, and +affirmed these things to be true.</p> +<p>Now when they that took part with my Lord Understanding and +with Mr. Conscience perceived that they were like to come to the +worst, for that force and power was on the other side, they came +in for their help and relief; so a great company was on both +sides. Then they on Incredulity’s side would have had +the two old gentlemen presently away to prison; but they on the +other side said they should not. Then they began to cry up +parties again: the Diabolonians cried up old Incredulity, +Forget-Good, the new aldermen, and their great one Diabolus; and +the other party, they as fast cried up Shaddai, the captains, his +laws, their mercifulness, and applauded their conditions and +ways. Thus the bickerment went awhile; at last they passed +from words to blows, and now there were knocks on both +sides. The good old gentleman, Mr. Conscience, was knocked +down twice by one of the Diabolonians, whose name was Mr. +Benumbing; and my Lord Understanding had like to have been slain +with an arquebuse, but that he that shot did not take his aim +aright. Nor did the other side wholly escape; for there was +one Mr. Rashhead, a Diabolonian, that had his brains beaten out +by Mr. Mind, the Lord Willbewill’s servant; and it made me +laugh to see how old Mr. Prejudice was kicked and tumbled about +in the dirt; for though, a while since, he was made captain of a +company of the Diabolonians, to the hurt and damage of the town, +yet now they had got him under their feet, and, I’ll assure +you, he had, by some of the Lord Understanding’s party, his +crown cracked to boot. Mr. Anything also, he became a brisk +man in the broil; but both sides were against him, because he was +true to none. Yet he had, for his malapertness, one of his +legs broken, and he that did it wished it had been his +neck. Much more harm was done on both sides, but this must +not be forgotten; it was now a wonder to see my Lord Willbewill +so indifferent as he was: he did not seem to take one side more +than another, only it was perceived that he smiled to see how old +Prejudice was tumbled up and down in the dirt. Also, when +Captain Anything came halting up before him, he seemed to take +but little notice of him.</p> +<p>Now, when the uproar was over, Diabolus sends for my Lord +Understanding and Mr. Conscience, and claps them both up in +prison as the ringleaders and managers of this most heavy, +riotous rout in Mansoul. So now the town began to be quiet +again, and the prisoners were used hardly; yea, he thought to +have made them away, but that the present juncture did not serve +for that purpose, for that war was in all their gates.</p> +<p>But let us return again to our story. The captains, when +they were gone back from the gate, and were come into the camp +again, called a council of war, to consult what was further for +them to do. Now, some said, ‘Let us go up presently, +and fall upon the town;’ but the greatest part thought +rather better it would be to give them another summons to yield; +and the reason why they thought this to be best was, because +that, so far as could be perceived, the town of Mansoul now was +more inclinable than heretofore. ‘And if,’ said +they, ‘while some of them are in a way of inclination, we +should by ruggedness give them distaste, we may set them further +from closing with our summons than we would be willing they +should.’ Wherefore to this advice they agreed, and +called a trumpeter, put words into his mouth, set him his time, +and bid him God speed. Well, many hours were not expired +before the trumpeter addressed himself to his journey. +Wherefore, coming up to the wall of the town, he steereth his +course to Ear-gate, and there sounded, as he was commanded. +They then that were within came out to see what was the matter, +and the trumpeter made them this speech following:</p> +<p>‘O hard-hearted and deplorable town of Mansoul, how long +wilt thou love thy sinful, sinful simplicity, and, ye fools, +delight in your scorning? As yet despise you the offers of +peace and deliverance? As yet will ye refuse the golden +offers of Shaddai, and trust to the lies and falsehoods of +Diabolus? Think you, when Shaddai shall have conquered you, +that the remembrance of these your carriages towards him will +yield you peace and comfort, or that by ruffling language you can +make him afraid as a grasshopper? Doth he entreat you for +fear of you? Do you think that you are stronger than +he? Look to the heavens, and behold and consider the stars, +how high are they? Can you stop the sun from running his +course, and hinder the moon from giving her light? Can you +count the number of the stars, or stay the bottles of +heaven? Can you call for the waters of the sea, and cause +them to cover the face of the ground? Can you behold every +one that is proud, and abase him, and bind their faces in +secret? Yet these are some of the works of our King, in +whose name this day we come up unto you, that you may be brought +under his authority. In his name, therefore, I summon you +again to yield up yourselves to his captains.’</p> +<p>At this summons the Mansoulians seemed to be at a stand, and +knew not what answer to make. Wherefore Diabolus forthwith +appeared, and took upon him to do it himself; and thus he begins, +but turns his speech to them of Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘Gentlemen,’ quoth he, ‘and my faithful +subjects, if it is true that this summoner hath said concerning +the greatness of their King, by his terror you will always be +kept in bondage, and so be made to sneak. Yea, how can you +now, though he is at a distance, endure to think of such a mighty +one? And if not to think of him while at a distance, how +can you endure to be in his presence? I, your prince, am +familiar with you, and you may play with me as you would with a +grasshopper. Consider, therefore, what is for your profit, +and remember the immunities that I have granted you.</p> +<p>‘Farther, if all be true that this man hath said, how +comes it to pass that the subjects of Shaddai are so enslaved in +all places where they come? None in the universe so unhappy +as they, none so trampled upon as they.</p> +<p>‘Consider, my Mansoul: would thou wert as loath to leave +me as I am loath to leave thee. But consider, I say, the +ball is yet at thy foot; liberty you have, if you know how to use +it; yea, a king you have too, if you can tell how to love and +obey him.’</p> +<p>Upon this speech, the town of Mansoul did again harden their +hearts yet more against the captains of Shaddai. The +thoughts of his greatness did quite quash them, and the thoughts +of his holiness sunk them in despair. Wherefore, after a +short consult, they (of the Diabolonian party they were) sent +back this word by the trumpeter, That, for their parts, they were +resolved to stick to their king, but never to yield to Shaddai; +so it was but in vain to give them any further summons, for they +had rather die upon the place than yield. And now things +seemed to be gone quite back, and Mansoul to be out of reach or +call, yet the captains who knew what their Lord could do, would +not yet be beat out of heart; they therefore sent them another +summons, more sharp and severe than the last; but the oftener +they were sent to, to reconcile to Shaddai, the further off they +were. ‘As they called them, so they went from +them—yea, though they called them to the Most +High.’</p> +<p>So they ceased that way to deal with them any more, and +inclined to think of another way. The captains, therefore, +did gather themselves together, to have free conference among +themselves, to know what was yet to be done to gain the town, and +to deliver it from the tyranny of Diabolus; and one said after +this manner, and another after that. Then stood up the +right noble the Captain Conviction, and said, ‘My brethren, +mine opinion is this:</p> +<p>‘First, that we continually play our slings into the +town, and keep it in a continual alarm, molesting them day and +night. By thus doing, we shall stop the growth of their +rampant spirit; for a lion may be tamed by continual +molestation.</p> +<p>‘Secondly, this done, I advise that, in the next place, +we with one consent draw up a petition to our Lord Shaddai, by +which, after we have showed our King the condition of Mansoul and +of affairs here, and have begged his pardon for our no better +success, we will earnestly implore his Majesty’s help, and +that he will please to send us more force and power, and some +gallant and well-spoken commander to head them, that so his +Majesty may not lose the benefit of these his good beginnings, +but may complete his conquest upon the town of +Mansoul.’</p> +<p>To this speech of the noble Captain Conviction they as one man +consented, and agreed that a petition should forthwith be drawn +up, and sent by a fit man away to Shaddai with speed. The +contents of the petition were thus:—</p> +<p>‘Most gracious and glorious King, the Lord of the best +world, and the builder of the town of Mansoul, we have, dread +Sovereign, at thy commandment, put our lives in jeopardy, and at +thy bidding made a war upon the famous town of Mansoul. +When we went up against it, we did, according to our commission, +first offer conditions of peace unto it. But they, great +King, set light by our counsel, and would none of our +reproof. They were for shutting their gates, and for +keeping us out of the town. They also mounted their guns, +they sallied out upon us, and have done us what damage they +could; but we pursued them with alarm upon alarm, requiting them +with such retribution as was meet, and have done some execution +upon the town.</p> +<p>‘Diabolus, Incredulity, and Willbewill are the great +doers against us: now we are in our winter quarters, but so as +that we do yet with an high hand molest and distress the +town.</p> +<p>‘Once, as we think, had we had but one substantial +friend in the town, such as would but have seconded the sound of +our summons as they ought, the people might have yielded +themselves; but there were none but enemies there, nor any to +speak in behalf of our Lord to the town. Wherefore, though +we have done as we could, yet Mansoul abides in a state of +rebellion against thee.</p> +<p>‘Now, King of kings, let it please thee to pardon the +unsuccessfulness of thy servants, who have been no more +advantageous in so desirable a work as the conquering of Mansoul +is. And send, Lord, as we now desire, more forces to +Mansoul, that it may be subdued; and a man to head them, that the +town may both love and fear.</p> +<p>‘We do not thus speak because we are willing to +relinquish the wars, (for we are for laying of our bones against +the place,) but that the town of Mansoul may be won for thy +Majesty. We also pray thy Majesty, for expedition in this +matter, that, after their conquest, we may be at liberty to be +sent about other thy gracious designs. Amen.’</p> +<p>The petition, thus drawn up, was sent away with haste to the +King by the hand of that good man, Mr. Love-to-Mansoul.</p> +<p>When this petition was come to the palace of the King, who +should it be delivered to but to the King’s Son? So +he took it and read it, and because the contents of it pleased +him well, he mended, and also in some things added to the +petition himself. So, after he had made such amendments and +additions as he thought convenient, with his own hand, he carried +it in to the King; to whom, when he had with obeisance delivered +it, he put on authority, and spake to it himself.</p> +<p>Now the King, at the sight of the petition, was glad; but how +much more, think you, when it was seconded by his Son! It +pleased him also to hear that his servants who camped against +Mansoul were so hearty in the work, and so steadfast in their +resolves, and that they had already got some ground upon the +famous town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Wherefore the King called to him Emmanuel, his Son, who said, +‘Here am I, my Father.’ Then said the King, +‘Thou knowest, as I do myself, the condition of the town of +Mansoul, and what we have purposed, and what thou hast done to +redeem it. Come now, therefore, my Son, and prepare thyself +for the war, for thou shalt go to my camp at Mansoul. Thou +shalt also there prosper and prevail, and conquer the town of +Mansoul.’</p> +<p>Then said the King’s Son, ‘Thy law is within my +heart: I delight to do thy will. This is the day that I +have longed for, and the work that I have waited for all this +while. Grant me, therefore, what force thou shalt in thy +wisdom think meet; and I will go and will deliver from Diabolus, +and from his power, thy perishing town of Mansoul. My heart +has been often pained within me for the miserable town of +Mansoul; but now it is rejoiced, but now it is glad.’</p> +<p>And with that he leaped over the mountains for joy, saying, +‘I have not, in my heart, thought anything too dear for +Mansoul: the day of vengeance is in mine heart for thee, my +Mansoul: and glad am I that thou, my Father, hast made me the +Captain of their salvation. And I will now begin to plague +all those that have been a plague to my town of Mansoul, and will +deliver it from their hand.’</p> +<p>When the King’s Son had said thus to his Father, it +presently flew like lightning round about at court; yea, it there +became the only talk what Emmanuel was to go to do for the famous +town of Mansoul. But you cannot think how the courtiers, +too, were taken with this design of the Prince; yea, so affected +were they with this work, and with the justness of the war, that +the highest lord and greatest peer of the kingdom did covet to +have commissions under Emmanuel, to go to help to recover again +to Shaddai the miserable town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Then was it concluded that some should go and carry tidings to +the camp, that Emmanuel was to come to recover Mansoul, and that +he would bring along with him so mighty, so impregnable a force, +that he could not be resisted. But, oh! how ready were the +high ones at court to run like lackeys to carry these tidings to +the camp that was at Mansoul. Now, when the captains +perceived that the King would send Emmanuel his Son, and that it +also delighted the Son to be sent on this errand by the great +Shaddai his Father, they also, to show how they were pleased at +the thoughts of his coming gave a shout that made the earth rend +at the sound thereof. Yea, the mountains did answer again +by echo, and Diabolus himself did totter and shake.</p> +<p>For you must know, that though the town of Mansoul itself was +not much, if at all concerned with the project, (for, alas for +them! they were wofully besotted, for they chiefly regarded their +pleasure and their lusts,) yet Diabolus their governor was; for +he had his spies continually abroad, who brought him intelligence +of all things, and they told him what was doing at court against +him, and that Emmanuel would shortly certainly come with a power +to invade him. Nor was there any man at court, nor peer of +the kingdom, that Diabolus so feared as he feared this Prince; +for, if you remember, I showed you before that Diabolus had felt +the weight of his hand already; so that, since it was he that was +to come, this made him the more afraid.</p> +<p>Well, you see how I have told you that the King’s Son +was engaged to come from the court to save Mansoul, and that his +Father had made him the Captain of the forces. The time, +therefore, of his setting forth being now expired, he addressed +himself for his march, and taketh with him, for his power, five +noble captains and their forces.</p> +<p>1. The first was that famous captain, the noble Captain +Credence. His were the red colours, and Mr. Promise bare +them; and for a scutcheon he had the holy lamb and golden shield; +and he had ten thousand men at his feet.</p> +<p>2. The second was that famous captain, the Captain +Good-Hope. His were the blue colours; his standard-bearer +was Mr. Expectation, and for his scutcheon he had the three +golden anchors; and he had ten thousand men at his feet.</p> +<p>3. The third was that valiant captain, the Captain +Charity. His standard-bearer was Mr. Pitiful: his were the +green colours, and for his scutcheon he had three naked orphans +embraced in the bosom; and he had ten thousand men at his +feet.</p> +<p>4. The fourth was that gallant commander, the Captain +Innocent. His standard-bearer was Mr. Harmless: his were +the white colours, and for his scutcheon he had the three golden +doves.</p> +<p>5. The fifth was the truly loyal and well-beloved captain, the +Captain Patience. His standard-bearer was Mr. Suffer-Long: +his were the black colours, and for a scutcheon he had three +arrows through the golden heart.</p> +<p>These were Emmanuel’s captains; these their +standard-bearers, their colours, and their scutcheons; and these +the men under their command. So, as was said, the brave +Prince took his march to go to the town of Mansoul. Captain +Credence led the van, and Captain Patience brought up the rear; +so the other three, with their men, made up the main body, the +Prince himself riding in his chariot at the head of them.</p> +<p>But when they set out for their march, oh, how the trumpets +sounded, their armour glittered, and how the colours waved in the +wind! The Prince’s armour was all of gold, and it +shone like the sun in the firmament; the captains’ armour +was of proof, and was in appearance like the glittering +stars. There were also some from the court that rode +reformades for the love that they had to the King Shaddai, and +for the happy deliverance of the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Emmanuel also, when he had thus set forwards to go to recover +the town of Mansoul, took with him, at the commandment of his +Father, fifty-four battering-rams, and twelve slings to whirl +stones withal. Every one of these was made of pure gold, +and these they carried with them, in the heart and body of their +army, all along as they went to Mansoul.</p> +<p>So they marched till they came within less than a league of +the town; there they lay till the first four captains came +thither to acquaint them with matters. Then they took their +journey to go to the town of Mansoul, and unto Mansoul they came; +but when the old soldiers that were in the camp saw that they had +new forces to join with, they again gave such a shout before the +walls of the town of Mansoul, that it put Diabolus into another +fright. So they sat down before the town, not now as the +other four captains did, to wit, against the gates of Mansoul +only; but they environed it round on every side, and beset it +behind and before; so that now, let Mansoul look which way it +will, it saw force and power lie in siege against it. +Besides, there were mounts cast up against it. The Mount +Gracious was on the one side, and Mount Justice was on the +other. Further, there were several small banks and +advance-grounds, as Plain-Truth Hill and No-Sin Banks, where many +of the slings were placed against the town. Upon Mount +Gracious were planted four, and upon Mount Justice were placed as +many, and the rest were conveniently placed in several parts +round about the town. Five of the best battering-rams, that +is, of the biggest of them, were placed upon Mount Hearken, a +mount cast up hard by Ear-gate, with intent to break that +open.</p> +<p>Now when the men of the town saw the multitude of the soldiers +that were come up against the place, and the rams and slings, and +the mounts on which they were planted, together with the +glittering of the armour and the waving of their colours, they +were forced to shift, and shift, and again to shift their +thoughts; but they hardly changed for thoughts more stout, but +rather for thoughts more faint; for though before they thought +themselves sufficiently guarded, yet now they began to think that +no man knew what would be their hap or lot.</p> +<p>When the good Prince Emmanuel had thus beleaguered Mansoul, in +the first place he hangs out the white flag, which he caused to +be set up among the golden slings that were planted upon Mount +Gracious. And this he did for two reasons: 1. To give +notice to Mansoul that he could and would yet be gracious if they +turned to him. 2. And that he might leave them the more +without excuse, should he destroy them, they continuing in their +rebellion.</p> +<p>So the white flag, with the three golden doves in it, was hung +out for two days together, to give them time and space to +consider; but they, as was hinted before, as if they were +unconcerned, made no reply to the favourable signal of the +Prince.</p> +<p>Then he commanded, and they set the red flag upon that mount +called Mount Justice. It was the red flag of Captain +Judgment, whose scutcheon was the burning fiery furnace; and this +also stood waving before them in the wind for several days +together. But look how they carried it under the white +flag, when that was hung out, so did they also when the red one +was; and yet he took no advantage of them.</p> +<p>Then he commanded again that his servants should hang out the +black flag of defiance against them, whose scutcheon was the +three burning thunderbolts; but as unconcerned was Mansoul at +this as at those that went before. But when the Prince saw +that neither mercy nor judgment, nor execution of judgment, would +or could come near the heart of Mansoul, he was touched with much +compunction, and said, ‘Surely this strange carriage of the +town of Mansoul doth rather arise from ignorance of the manner +and feats of war, than from a secret defiance of us, and +abhorrence of their own lives; or if they know the manner of the +war of their own, yet not the rites and ceremonies of the wars in +which we are concerned, when I make wars upon mine enemy +Diabolus.’</p> +<p>Therefore he sent to the town of Mansoul, to let them know +what he meant by those signs and ceremonies of the flag; and also +to know of them which of the things they would choose, whether +grace and mercy, or judgment and the execution of judgment. +All this while they kept their gates shut with locks, bolts, and +bars, as fast as they could. Their guards also were +doubled, and their watch made as strong as they could. +Diabolus also did pluck up what heart he could, to encourage the +town to make resistance.</p> +<p>The townsmen also made answer to the Prince’s messenger, +in substance according to that which follows:—</p> +<p>‘Great Sir,—As to what, by your messenger, you +have signified to us, whether we will accept of your mercy, or +fall by your justice, we are bound by the law and custom of this +place, and can give you no positive answer; for it is against the +law, government, and the prerogative royal of our king, to make +either peace or war without him. But this we will +do,—we will petition that our prince will come down to the +wall, and there give you such treatment as he shall think fit and +profitable for us.’</p> +<p>When the good Prince Emmanuel heard this answer, and saw the +slavery and bondage of the people, and how much content they were +to abide in the chains of the tyrant Diabolus, it grieved him at +the heart; and, indeed, when at any time he perceived that any +were contented under the slavery of the giant, he would be +affected with it.</p> +<p>But to return again to our purpose. After the town had +carried this news to Diabolus, and had told him, moreover, that +the Prince, that lay in the leaguer without the wall, waited upon +them for an answer, he refused, and huffed as well as he could; +but in heart he was afraid.</p> +<p>Then said he, ‘I will go down to the gates myself, and +give him such an answer as I think fit.’ So he went +down to Mouth-gate, and there addressed himself to speak to +Emmanuel, (but in such language as the town understood not,) the +contents whereof were as follows:—</p> +<p>‘O thou great Emmanuel, Lord of all the world, I know +thee, that thou art the Son of the great Shaddai! Wherefore +art thou come to torment me, and to cast me out of my +possession? This town of Mansoul, as thou very well +knowest, is mine, and that by a twofold right. 1. It is mine by +right of conquest; I won it in the open field; and shall the prey +be taken from the mighty, or the lawful captive be +delivered? 2. This town of Mansoul is mine also by their +subjection. They have opened the gates of their town unto +me; they have sworn fidelity to me, and have openly chosen me to +be their king; they have also given their castle into my hands; +yea, they have put the whole strength of Mansoul under me.</p> +<p>‘Moreover, this town of Mansoul hath disavowed thee, +yea, they have cast thy law, thy name, thy image, and all that is +thine, behind their back, and have accepted and set up in their +room my law, my name, my image, and all that ever is mine. +Ask else thy captains, and they will tell thee that Mansoul hath, +in answer to all their summonses, shown love and loyalty to me, +but always disdain, despite, contempt, and scorn to thee and +thine. Now, thou art the Just One and the Holy, and +shouldest do no iniquity. Depart, then, I pray thee, +therefore, from me, and leave me to my just inheritance +peaceably.’</p> +<p>This oration was made in the language of Diabolus himself; for +although he can, to every man, speak in their own language, (else +he could not tempt them all as he does,) yet he has a language +proper to himself, and it is the language of the infernal cave, +or black pit.</p> +<p>Wherefore the town of Mansoul (poor hearts!) understood him +not; nor did they see how he crouched and cringed while he stood +before Emmanuel, their Prince.</p> +<p>Yea, they all this while took him to be one of that power and +force that by no means could be resisted. Wherefore, while +he was thus entreating that he might have yet his residence +there, and that Emmanuel would not take it from him by force, the +inhabitants boasted even of his valour, saying, ‘Who is +able to make war with him?’</p> +<p>Well, when this pretended king had made an end of what he +would say, Emmanuel, the golden Prince, stood up and spake; the +contents of whose words follow:—</p> +<p>‘Thou deceiving one,’ said he, ‘I have, in +my Father’s name, in mine own name, and on the behalf and +for the good of this wretched town of Mansoul, somewhat to say +unto thee. Thou pretendest a right, a lawful right, to the +deplorable town of Mansoul, when it is most apparent to all my +Father’s court that the entrance which thou hast obtained +in at the gates of Mansoul was through thy lie and falsehood; +thou beliedst my Father, thou beliedst his law, and so deceivedst +the people of Mansoul. Thou pretendest that the people have +accepted thee for their king, their captain, and right liege +lord; but that also was by the exercise of deceit and +guile. Now, if lying, wiliness, sinful craft, and all +manner of horrible hypocrisy, will go in my Father’s court +(in which court thou must be tried) for equity and right, then +will I confess unto thee that thou hast made a lawful +conquest. But, alas! what thief, what tyrant, what devil is +there that may not conquer after this sort? But I can make +it appear, O Diabolus, that thou, in all thy pretences to a +conquest of Mansoul, hast nothing of truth to say. Thinkest +thou this to be right, that that didst put the lie upon my +Father, and madest him (to Mansoul) the greatest deluder in the +world? And what sayest thou to thy perverting knowingly the +right purport and intent of the law? Was it good also that +thou madest a prey of the innocency and simplicity of the now +miserable town of Mansoul? Yea, thou didst overcome Mansoul +by promising to them happiness in their transgressions against my +Father’s law, when thou knewest, and couldest not but know, +hadst thou consulted nothing but thine own experience, that that +was the way to undo them. Thou hast also thyself, O thou +master of enmity, of spite defaced my Father’s image in +Mansoul, and set up thy own in its place, to the great contempt +of my Father, the heightening of thy sin, and to the intolerable +damage of the perishing town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘Thou hast, moreover, (as if all these were but little +things with thee,) not only deluded and undone this place, but, +by thy lies and fradulent carriage, hast set them against their +own deliverance. How hast thou stirred them up against my +Father’s captains, and made them to fight against those +that were sent of him to deliver them from their bondage! +All these things, and very many more, thou hast done against thy +light, and in contempt of my Father and of his law, yea, and with +design to bring under his displeasure for ever the miserable town +of Mansoul. I am therefore come to avenge the wrong that +thou hast done to my Father, and to deal with thee for the +blasphemies wherewith thou hast made poor Mansoul blaspheme his +name. Yea, upon thy head, thou prince of the infernal cave, +will I requite it.</p> +<p>‘As for myself, O Diabolus, I am come against thee by +lawful power, and to take, by strength of hand, this town of +Mansoul out of thy burning fingers; for this town of Mansoul is +mine, O Diabolus, and that by undoubted right, as all shall see +that will diligently search the most ancient and most authentic +records, and I will plead my title to it, to the confusion of thy +face.</p> +<p>‘First, for the town of Mansoul, my Father built and did +fashion it with his hand. The palace also that is in the +midst of that town, he built it for his own delight. This +town of Mansoul, therefore, is my Father’s, and that by the +best of titles, and he that gainsays the truth of this must lie +against his soul.</p> +<p>‘Secondly, O thou master of the lie, this town of +Mansoul is mine.</p> +<p>‘1. For that I am my Father’s heir, his firstborn, +and the only delight of his heart. I am therefore come up +against thee in mine own right, even to recover mine own +inheritance out of thine hand.</p> +<p>‘2. But further, as I have a right and title to Mansoul +by being my Father’s heir, so I have also by my +Father’s donation. His it was, and he gave it me; nor +have I at any time offended my Father, that he should take it +from me, and give it to thee. Nor have I been forced, by +playing the bankrupt, to sell or set to sale to thee my beloved +town of Mansoul. Mansoul is my desire, my delight, and the +joy of my heart. But,</p> +<p>‘3. Mansoul is mine by right of purchase. I have +bought it, O Diabolus, I have bought it to myself. Now, +since it was my Father’s and mine, as I was his heir, and +since also I have made it mine by virtue of a great purchase, it +followeth that, by all lawful right, the town of Mansoul is mine, +and that thou art an usurper, a tyrant, and traitor, in thy +holding possession thereof. Now, the cause of my purchasing +of it was this: Mansoul had trespassed against my Father; now my +Father had said, that in the day that they broke his law they +should die. Now, it is more possible for heaven and earth +to pass away than for my Father to break his word. +Wherefore when Mansoul had sinned indeed by hearkening to thy +lie, I put in and became a surety to my Father, body for body, +and soul for soul, that I would make amends for Mansoul’s +transgressions, and my Father did accept thereof. So, when +the time appointed was come, I gave body for body, soul for soul, +life for life, blood for blood, and so redeemed my beloved +Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘4. Nor did I do this by halves: my Father’s law +and justice, that were both concerned in the threatening upon +transgression, are both now satisfied, and very well content that +Mansoul should be delivered.</p> +<p>‘5. Nor am I come out this day against thee, but by +commandment of my Father; it was he that said unto me, “Go +down and deliver Mansoul.”</p> +<p>‘Wherefore be it known unto thee, O thou fountain of +deceit, and be it also known to the foolish town of Mansoul, that +I am not come against thee this day without my Father.</p> +<p>‘And now,’ said the golden-headed Prince, ‘I +have a word to the town of Mansoul.’ But so soon as +mention was made that he had a word to speak to the besotted town +of Mansoul, the gates were double-guarded, and all men commanded +not to give him audience. So he proceeded and said, +‘O unhappy town of Mansoul, I cannot but be touched with +pity and compassion for thee. Thou hast accepted of +Diabolus for thy king, and art become a nurse and minister of +Diabolonians against thy sovereign Lord. Thy gates thou +hast opened to him, but hast shut them fast against me; thou hast +given him an hearing, but hast stopped thine ears at my +cry. He brought to thee thy destruction, and thou didst +receive both him and it: I am come to thee bringing salvation, +but thou regardest me not. Besides, thou hast, as with +sacrilegious hands, taken thyself, with all that was mine in +thee, and hast given all to my foe, and to the greatest enemy my +Father has. You have bowed and subjected yourselves to him, +you have vowed and sworn yourselves to be his. Poor +Mansoul! what shall I do unto thee? Shall I save +thee?—shall I destroy thee? What shall I do unto +thee? Shall I fall upon thee, and grind thee to powder, or +make thee a monument of the richest grace? What shall I do +unto thee? Hearken, therefore, thou town of Mansoul, +hearken to my word, and thou shalt live. I am merciful, +Mansoul, and thou shalt find me so: shut me not out of thy +gates.</p> +<p>‘O Mansoul, neither is my commission nor inclination at +all to do thee hurt. Why fliest thou so fast from thy +friend, and stickest so close to thine enemy? Indeed, I +would have thee, because it becomes thee to be sorry for thy sin, +but do not despair of life; this great force is not to hurt thee, +but to deliver thee from thy bondage, and to reduce thee to thy +obedience.</p> +<p>‘My commission, indeed, is to make a war upon Diabolus +thy king, and upon all Diabolonians with him; for he is the +strong man armed that keeps the house, and I will have him out: +his spoils I must divide, his armour I must take from him, his +hold I must cast him out of, and must make it a habitation for +myself. And this, O Mansoul, shall Diabolus know when he +shall be made to follow me in chains, and when Mansoul shall +rejoice to see it so.</p> +<p>‘I could, would I now put forth my might, cause that +forthwith he should leave you and depart; but I have it in my +heart so to deal with him, as that the justice of the war that I +shall make upon him may be seen and acknowledged by all. He +hath taken Mansoul by fraud, and keeps it by violence and deceit, +and I will make him bare and naked in the eyes of all +observers.</p> +<p>‘All my words are true. I am mighty to save, and +will deliver my Mansoul out of his hand.’</p> +<p>This speech was intended chiefly for Mansoul, but Mansoul +would not have the hearing of it. They shut up Ear-gate, +they barricaded it up, they kept it locked and bolted, they set a +guard thereat, and commanded that no Mansoulonian should go out +to him, nor that any from the camp should be admitted into the +town. All this they did, so horribly had Diabolus enchanted +them to do, and seek to do for him, against their rightful Lord +and Prince; wherefore no man, nor voice, nor sound of man that +belonged to the glorious host, was to come into the town.</p> +<p>So when Emmanuel saw that Mansoul was thus involved in sin, he +calls his army together, (since now also his words were +despised,) and gave out a commandment throughout all his host to +be ready against the time appointed. Now, forasmuch as +there was no way lawfully to take the town of Mansoul but to get +in by the gates, and at Ear-gate as the chief, therefore he +commanded his captains and commanders to bring their rams, their +slings and their men, and place them at Eye-gate and Ear-gate, in +order to his taking the town.</p> +<p>When Emmanuel had put all things in a readiness to give +Diabolus battle, he sent again to know of the town of Mansoul, if +in peaceable manner they would yield themselves, or whether they +were yet resolved to put him to try the utmost extremity? +They then, together with Diabolus their king, called a council of +war, and resolved upon certain propositions that should be +offered to Emmanuel, if he will accept thereof, so they agreed; +and then the next was, who should be sent on this errand. +Now, there was in the town of Mansoul an old man, a Diabolonian, +and his name was Mr. Loth-to-stoop, a stiff man in his way, and a +great doer for Diabolus; him, therefore, they sent, and put into +his mouth what he should say. So he went and came to the +camp to Emmanuel, and when he was come, a time was appointed to +give him audience. So at the time he came, and after a +Diabolonian ceremony or two, he thus began and said, ‘Great +sir, that it may be known unto all men how good-natured a prince +my master is, he has sent me to tell your lordship that he is +very willing, rather than go to war, to deliver up into your +hands one half of the town of Mansoul. I am therefore to +know if your Mightiness will accept of this +proposition.’</p> +<p>Then said Emmanuel, ‘The whole is mine by gift and +purchase, wherefore I will never lose one half.’</p> +<p>Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, ‘Sir, my master hath said +that he will be content that you shall be the nominal and titular +Lord of all, if he may possess but a part.’</p> +<p>Then Emmanuel answered, ‘The whole is mine really, not +in name and word only; wherefore I will be the sole lord and +possessor of all, or of none at all, of Mansoul.’</p> +<p>Then Mr. Loth-to-stoop said again, ‘Sir, behold the +condescension of my master! He says, that he will be +content, if he may but have assigned to him some place in Mansoul +as a place to live privately in, and you shall be Lord of all the +rest.’</p> +<p>Then said the golden Prince, ‘All that the Father giveth +me shall come to me; and of all that he giveth me I will lose +nothing—no, not a hoof nor a hair. I will not, +therefore, grant him, no, not the least corner of Mansoul to +dwell in; I will have all to myself.’</p> +<p>Then Loth-to-stoop said again, ‘But, sir, suppose that +my Lord should resign the whole town to you, only with this +proviso, that he sometimes, when he comes into this country, may, +for old acquaintance’ sake, be entertained as a wayfaring +man for two days, or ten days or a month, or so. May not +this small matter be granted?’</p> +<p>Then said Emmanuel, ‘No. He came as a wayfaring +man to David, nor did he stay long with him, and yet it had like +to have cost David his soul. I will not consent that he +ever should have any harbour more there.’</p> +<p>Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, ‘Sir, you seem to be very +hard. Suppose my master should yield to all that your +lordship hath said, provided that his friends and kindred in +Mansoul may have liberty to trade in the town, and to enjoy their +present dwellings. May not that be granted, sir?’</p> +<p>Then said Emmanuel, ‘No; that is contrary to my +Father’s will; for all, and all manner of Diabolonians that +now are, or that at any time shall be found in Mansoul, shall not +only lose their lands and liberties, but also their +lives.’</p> +<p>Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop again, ‘But, sir, may not my +master and great lord, by letters, by passengers, by accidental +opportunities, and the like, maintain, if he shall deliver up all +unto thee, some kind of old friendship with Mansoul?’</p> +<p>Emmanuel answered, ‘No, by no means; forasmuch as any +such fellowship, friendship, intimacy, or acquaintance, in what +way, sort, or mode soever maintained, will tend to the corrupting +of Mansoul, the alienating of their affections from me, and the +endangering of their peace with my Father.’</p> +<p>Mr. Loth-to-stoop yet added further, saying, ‘But, great +sir, since my master hath many friends, and those that are dear +to him, in Mansoul, may he not, if he shall depart from them, +even of his bounty and good-nature, bestow upon them, as he sees +fit, some tokens of his love and kindness that he had for them, +to the end that Mansoul, when he is gone, may look upon such +tokens of kindness once received from their old friend, and +remember him who was once their king, and the merry times that +they sometimes enjoyed one with another, while he and they lived +in peace together?’</p> +<p>Then said Emmanuel, ‘No; for if Mansoul come to be mine, +I shall not admit of nor consent that there should be the least +scrap, shred, or dust of Diabolus left behind, as tokens of gifts +bestowed upon any in Mansoul, thereby to call to remembrance the +horrible communion that was betwixt them and him.’</p> +<p>‘Well, sir,’ said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, ‘I have +one thing more to propound, and then I am got to the end of my +commission. Suppose that, when my master is gone from +Mansoul, any that shall yet live in the town should have such +business of high concerns to do, that if they be neglected the +party shall be undone; and suppose, sir, that nobody can help in +that case so well as my master and lord, may not now my master be +sent for upon so urgent an occasion as this? Or if he may +not be admitted into the town, may not he and the person +concerned meet in some of the villages near Mansoul, and there +lay their heads together, and there consult of +matters?’</p> +<p>This was the last of those ensnaring propositions that Mr. +Loth-to-stoop had to propound to Emmanuel on behalf of his master +Diabolus; but Emmanuel would not grant it; for he said, +‘There can be no case, or thing, or matter fall out in +Mansoul, when thy master shall be gone, that may not be solved by +my Father; besides, it will be a great disparagement to my +Father’s wisdom and skill to admit any from Mansoul to go +out to Diabolus for advice, when they are bid before, in +everything, by prayer and supplication to let their requests be +made known to my Father. Further, this, should it be +granted, would be to grant that a door should be set open for +Diabolus, and the Diabolonians in Mansoul, to hatch, and plot, +and bring to pass treasonable designs, to the grief of my Father +and me, and to the utter destruction of Mansoul.’</p> +<p>When Mr. Loth-to-stoop had heard this answer, he took his +leave of Emmanuel, and departed, saying that he would carry word +to his master concerning this whole affair. So he departed, +and came to Diabolus to Mansoul, and told him the whole of the +matter, and how Emmanuel would not admit, no, not by any means, +that he, when he was once gone out, should for ever have anything +more to do either in, or with any that are of the town of +Mansoul. When Mansoul and Diabolus had heard this relation +of things, they with one consent concluded to use their best +endeavour to keep Emmanuel out of Mansoul, and sent old +Ill-Pause, of whom you have heard before, to tell the Prince and +his captains so. So the old gentleman came up to the top of +Ear-gate, and called to the camp for a hearing, who when they +gave audience, he said, ‘I have in commandment from my high +lord to bid you tell it to your Prince Emmanuel, that Mansoul and +their king are resolved to stand and fall together; and that it +is in vain for your Prince to think of ever having Mansoul in his +hand, unless he can take it by force.’ So some went +and told to Emmanuel what old Ill-Pause, a Diabolonian in +Mansoul, had said. Then said the Prince, ‘I must try +the power of my sword, for I will not (for all the rebellions and +repulses that Mansoul has made against me) raise my siege and +depart, but will assuredly take my Mansoul, and deliver it from +the hand of her enemy.’ And with that he gave out a +commandment that Captain Boanerges, Captain Conviction, Captain +Judgment, and Captain Execution should forthwith march up to +Ear-gate with trumpets sounding, colours flying, and with +shouting for the battle. Also he would that Captain +Credence should join himself with them. Emmanuel, moreover, +gave order that Captain Good-Hope and Captain Charity should draw +themselves up before Eye-gate. He bid also that the rest of +his captains and their men should place themselves for the best +of their advantage against the enemy round about the town; and +all was done as he had commanded.</p> +<p>Then he bid that the word should be given forth, and the word +was at that time, ‘<span +class="smcap">Emmanuel</span>.’ Then was an alarm +sounded, and the battering-rams were played, and the slings did +whirl stones into the town amain, and thus the battle +began. Now Diabolus himself did manage the townsmen in the +war, and that at every gate; wherefore their resistance was the +more forcible, hellish, and offensive to Emmanuel. Thus was +the good Prince engaged and entertained by Diabolus and Mansoul +for several days together; and a sight worth seeing it was to +behold how the captains of Shaddai behaved themselves in this +war.</p> +<p>And first for Captain Boanerges, (not to under-value the +rest,) he made three most fierce assaults, one after another, +upon Ear-gate, to the shaking of the posts thereof. Captain +Conviction, he also made up as fast with Boanerges as possibly he +could, and both discerning that the gate began to yield, they +commanded that the rams should still be played against it. +Now, Captain Conviction, going up very near to the gate, was with +great force driven back, and received three wounds in the +mouth. And those that rode reformades, they went about to +encourage the captains.</p> +<p>For the valour of the two captains, made mention of before, +the Prince sent for them to his pavilion, and commanded that a +while they should rest themselves, and that with somewhat they +should be refreshed. Care also was taken for Captain +Conviction, that he should be healed of his wounds. The +Prince also gave to each of them a chain of gold, and bid them +yet be of good courage.</p> +<p>Nor did Captain Good-Hope nor Captain Charity come behind in +this most desperate fight, for they so well did behave themselves +at Eye-gate, that they had almost broken it quite open. +These also had a reward from their Prince, as also had the rest +of the captains, because they did valiantly round about the +town.</p> +<p>In this engagement several of the officers of Diabolus were +slain, and some of the townsmen wounded. For the officers, +there was one Captain Boasting slain. This Boasting thought +that nobody could have shaken the posts of Ear-gate, nor have +shaken the heart of Diabolus. Next to him there was one +Captain Secure slain: this Secure used to say that the blind and +lame in Mansoul were able to keep the gates of the town against +Emmanuel’s army. This Captain Secure did Captain +Conviction cleave down the head with a two-handed sword, when he +received himself three wounds in his mouth.</p> +<p>Besides these there was one Captain Bragman, a very desperate +fellow, and he was captain over a band of those that threw +firebrands, arrows, and death: he also received, by the hand of +Captain Good-Hope at Eye-gate, a mortal wound in the breast.</p> +<p>There was, moreover, one Mr. Feeling; but he was no captain, +but a great stickler to encourage Mansoul to rebellion. He +received a wound in the eye by the hand of one of +Boanerges’ soldiers, and had by the captain himself been +slain, but that he made a sudden retreat.</p> +<p>But I never saw Willbewill so daunted in all my life; he was +not able to do as he was wont, and some say that he also received +a wound in the leg, and that some of the men in the +Prince’s army have certainly seen him limp as he afterwards +walked on the wall.</p> +<p>I shall not give you a particular account of the names of the +soldiers that were slain in the town, for many were maimed, and +wounded, and slain; for when they saw that the posts of Ear-gate +did shake, and Eye-gate was well-nigh broken quite open, and also +that their captains were slain, this took away the hearts of many +of the Diabolonians; they fell also by the force of the shot that +were sent by the golden slings into the midst of the town of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>Of the townsmen, there was one Love-no-Good; he was a +townsman, but a Diabolonian; he also received his mortal wound in +Mansoul, but he died not very soon.</p> +<p>Mr. Ill-Pause also, who was the man that came along with +Diabolus when at first he attempted the taking of Mansoul, he +also received a grievous wound in the head; some say that his +brain-pan was cracked. This I have taken notice of, that he +was never after this able to do that mischief to Mansoul as he +had done in times past. Also old Prejudice and Mr. Anything +fled.</p> +<p>Now, when the battle was over, the Prince commanded that yet +once more the white flag should be set upon Mount Gracious in +sight of the town of Mansoul, to show that yet Emmanuel had grace +for the wretched town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>When Diabolus saw the white flag hung out again, and knowing +that it was not for him, but Mansoul, he cast in his mind to play +another prank, to wit, to see if Emmanuel would raise his siege +and begone, upon promise of reformation. So he comes down +to the gate one evening, a good while after the sun was gone +down, and calls to speak with Emmanuel, who presently came down +to the gate, and Diabolus saith unto him:</p> +<p>‘Forasmuch as thou makest it appear by thy white flag +that thou art wholly given to peace and quiet, I thought meet to +acquaint thee that we are ready to accept thereof upon terms +which thou mayest admit.</p> +<p>‘I know that thou art given to devotion, and that +holiness pleaseth thee; yea, that thy great end in making a war +upon Mansoul is, that it may be a holy habitation. Well, +draw off thy forces from the town, and I will bend Mansoul to thy +bow.</p> +<p>‘First, I will lay down all acts of hostility against +thee, and will be willing to become thy deputy, and will, as I +have formerly been against thee, now serve thee in the town of +Mansoul. And more particularly,</p> +<p>‘1. I will persuade Mansoul to receive thee for their +Lord; and I know that they will do it the sooner when they shall +understand that I am thy deputy.</p> +<p>‘2. I will show them wherein they have erred, and that +transgression stands in the way to life.</p> +<p>‘3. I will show them the holy law unto which they must +conform, even that which they have broken.</p> +<p>‘4. I will press upon them the necessity of a +reformation according to thy law.</p> +<p>‘5. And, moreover, that none of these things may fail, I +myself, at my own proper cost and charge, will set up and +maintain a sufficient ministry, besides lectures, in Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘6. Thou shalt receive, as a token of our subjection to +thee, year by year, what thou shalt think fit to lay and levy +upon us in token of our subjection to thee.’</p> +<p>Then said Emmanuel to him, ‘O full of deceit, how +movable are thy ways! How often hast thou changed and +rechanged, if so be thou mightest still keep possession of my +Mansoul, though, as has been plainly declared before, I am the +right heir thereof! Often hast thou made thy proposals +already, nor is this last a whit better than they. And +failing to deceive when thou showedst thyself in thy black, thou +hast now transformed thyself into an angel of light, and wouldst, +to deceive, be now as a minister of righteousness.</p> +<p>‘But know thou, O Diabolus, that nothing must be +regarded that thou canst propound, for nothing is done by thee +but to deceive. Thou neither hast conscience to God, nor +love to the town of Mansoul; whence, then, should these thy +sayings arise but from sinful craft and deceit? He that can +of list and will propound what he pleases, and that wherewith he +may destroy them that believe him, is to be abandoned, with all +that he shall say. But if righteousness be such a +beauty-spot in thine eyes now, how is it that wickedness was so +closely stuck to by thee before? But this is +by-the-bye.</p> +<p>‘Thou talkest now of a reformation in Mansoul, and that +thou thyself, if I will please, wilt be at the head of that +reformation; all the while knowing that the greatest proficiency +that man can make in the law, and the righteousness thereof, will +amount to no more, for the taking away of the curse from Mansoul, +than just nothing at all; for a law being broken by Mansoul, that +had before, upon a supposition of the breach thereof, a curse +pronounced against him for it of God, can never, by his obeying +of the law, deliver himself therefrom (to say nothing of what a +reformation is like to be set up in Mansoul when the devil is +become corrector of vice). Thou knowest that all that thou +hast now said in this matter is nothing but guile and deceit; and +is, as it was the first, so is it the last card that thou hast to +play. Many there be that do soon discern thee when thou +showest them thy cloven foot; but in thy white, thy light, and in +thy transformation, thou art seen but of a few. But thou +shalt not do thus with my Mansoul, O Diabolus; for I do still +love my Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘Besides, I am not come to put Mansoul upon works to +live thereby; should I do so, I should be like unto thee: but I +am come that by me, and by what I have and shall do for Mansoul, +they may to my Father be reconciled, though by their sin they +have provoked him to anger, and though by the law they cannot +obtain mercy.</p> +<p>‘Thou talkest of subjecting of this town to good, when +none desireth it at thy hands. I am sent by my Father to +possess it myself, and to guide it by the skilfulness of my hands +into such a conformity to him as shall be pleasing in his +sight. I will therefore possess it myself; I will +dispossess and cast thee out; I will set up mine own standard in +the midst of them; I will also govern them by new laws, new +officers, new motives, and new ways; yea, I will pull down this +town, and build it again; and it shall be as though it had not +been, and it shall then be the glory of the whole +universe.’</p> +<p>When Diabolus heard this, and perceived that he was discovered +in all his deceits, he was confounded, and utterly put to a +nonplus; but having in himself the fountain of iniquity, rage, +and malice against both Shaddai and his Son, and the beloved town +of Mansoul, what doth he but strengthen himself what he could to +give fresh battle to the noble Prince Emmanuel? So, then, +now we must have another fight before the town of Mansoul is +taken. Come up, then, to the mountains, you that love to +see military actions, and behold by both sides how the fatal blow +is given, while one seeks to hold, and the other seeks to make +himself master of the famous town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Diabolus, therefore, having withdrawn himself from the wall to +his force that was in the heart of the town of Mansoul, Emmanuel +also returned to the camp; and both of them, after their divers +ways, put themselves into a posture fit to give battle one to +another.</p> +<p>Diabolus, as filled with despair of retaining in his hands the +famous town of Mansoul, resolved to do what mischief he could +(if, indeed, he could do any) to the army of the Prince and to +the famous town of Mansoul; for, alas! it was not the happiness +of the silly town of Mansoul that was designed by Diabolus, but +the utter ruin and overthrow thereof, as now is enough in +view. Wherefore, he commands his officers that they should +then, when they see that they could hold the town no longer, do +it what harm and mischief they could, rendering and tearing men, +women, and children. ‘For,’ said he, ‘we +had better quite demolish the place, and leave it like a ruinous +heap, than so leave it that it may be an habitation for +Emmanuel.’</p> +<p>Emmanuel again, knowing that the next battle would issue in +his being made master of the place, gave out a royal commandment +to all his officers, high captains, and men of war, to be sure to +show themselves men of war against Diabolus and all Diabolonians; +but favourable, merciful, and meek to the old inhabitants of +Mansoul. ‘Bend, therefore,’ said the noble +Prince, ‘the hottest front of the battle against Diabolus +and his men.’</p> +<p>So the day being come, the command was given, and the +Prince’s men did bravely stand to their arms, and did, as +before, bend their main force against Ear-gate and +Eye-gate. The word was then, ‘Mansoul is won!’ +so they made their assault upon the town. Diabolus also, as +fast as he could, with the main of his power, made resistance +from within; and his high lords and chief captains for a time +fought very cruelly against the Prince’s army.</p> +<p>But after three or four notable charges by the Prince and his +noble captains, Ear-gate was broken open, and the bars and bolts +wherewith it was used to be fast shut up against the Prince, were +broken into a thousand pieces. Then did the Prince’s +trumpets sound, the captains shout, the town shake, and Diabolus +retreat to his hold. Well, when the Prince’s forces +had broken open the gate, himself came up and did set his throne +in it; also he set his standard thereby, upon a mount that before +by his men was cast up to place the mighty slings thereon. +The mount was called Mount Hear-well. There, therefore, the +Prince abode, to wit, hard by the going in at the gate. He +commanded also that the golden slings should yet be played upon +the town, especially against the castle, because for shelter +thither was Diabolus retreated. Now, from Ear-gate the +street was straight even to the house of Mr. Recorder that so was +before Diabolus took the town; and hard by his house stood the +castle, which Diabolus for a long time had made his irksome +den. The captains, therefore, did quickly clear that street +by the use of their slings, so that way was made up to the heart +of the town. Then did the Prince command that Captain +Boanerges, Captain Conviction, and Captain Judgment, should +forthwith march up the town to the old gentleman’s +gate. Then did the captains in the most warlike manner +enter into the town of Mansoul, and marching in with flying +colours, they came up to the Recorder’s house, and that was +almost as strong as was the castle. Battering-rams they +took also with them, to plant against the castle gates. +When they were come to the house of Mr. Conscience, they knocked, +and demanded entrance. Now, the old gentleman, not knowing +as yet fully their design, kept his gates shut all the time of +this fight. Wherefore Boanerges demanded entrance at his +gates; and no man making answer, he gave it one stroke with the +head of a ram, and this made the old gentleman shake, and his +house to tremble and totter. Then came Mr. Recorder down to +the gates, and, as he could, with quivering lips he asked who was +there? Boanerges answered, ‘We are the captains and +commanders of the great Shaddai and of the blessed Emmanuel, his +Son, and we demand possession of your house for the use of our +noble Prince.’ And with that the battering-ram gave +the gate another shake. This made the old gentleman tremble +the more, yet durst he not but open the gate: then the +King’s forces marched in, namely, the three brave captains +mentioned before. Now, the Recorder’s house was a +place of much convenience for Emmanuel, not only because it was +near to the castle and strong, but also because it was large, and +fronted the castle, the den where now Diabolus was, for he was +now afraid to come out of his hold. As for Mr. Recorder, +the captains carried it very reservedly to him; as yet he knew +nothing of the great designs of Emmanuel, so that he did not know +what judgment to make, nor what would be the end of such +thundering beginnings. It was also presently noised in the +town how the Recorder’s house was possessed, his rooms +taken up, and his palace made the seat of the war; and no sooner +was it noised abroad, but they took the alarm as warmly, and gave +it out to others of his friends, and you know, as a snowball +loses nothing by rolling, so in little time the whole town was +possessed that they must expect nothing from the Prince but +destruction; and the ground of the business was this, the +Recorder was afraid, the Recorder trembled, and the captains +carried it strangely to the Recorder. So many came to see, +but when they with their own eyes did behold the captains in the +palace, and their battering-rams ever playing at the castle gates +to beat them down, they were riveted in their fears, and it made +them all in amaze. And, as I said, the man of the house +would increase all this; for whoever came to him, or discoursed +with him, nothing would he talk of, tell them, or hear, but that +death and destruction now attended Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘For,’ quoth the old gentleman, ‘you are all +of you sensible that we all have been traitors to that once +despised, but now famously victorious and glorious Prince +Emmanuel; for he now, as you see, doth not only lie in close +siege about us, but hath forced his entrance in at our +gates. Moreover, Diabolus flees before him; and he hath, as +you behold, made of my house a garrison against the castle where +he is. I, for my part, have transgressed greatly, and he +that is clean, it is well for him. But I say I have +transgressed greatly in keeping silence when I should have +spoken, and in perverting justice when I should have executed the +same. True, I have suffered something at the hand of +Diabolus for taking part with the laws of King Shaddai; but that, +alas! what will that do? Will that make compensation for the +rebellions and treasons that I have done, and have suffered +without gainsaying to be committed in the town of Mansoul? Oh! I +tremble to think what will be the end of this so dreadful and so +ireful a beginning!’</p> +<p>Now, while these brave captains were thus busy in the house of +the old Recorder, Captain Execution was as busy in other parts of +the town, in securing the back streets and the walls. He +also hunted the Lord Willbewill sorely; he suffered him not to +rest in any corner; he pursued him so hard that he drove his men +from him, and made him glad to thrust his head into a hole. +Also this mighty warrior did cut three of the Lord +Willbewill’s officers down to the ground: one was old Mr. +Prejudice, he that had his crown cracked in the mutiny. +This man was made by Lord Willbewill keeper of the Ear-gate, and +fell by the hand of Captain Execution. There was also one +Mr. Backward-to-all-but-naught, and he also was one of Lord +Willbewill’s officers, and was the captain of the two guns +that once were mounted on the top of Ear-gate; he also was cut +down to the ground by the hands of Captain Execution. +Besides these two there was another, a third, and his name was +Captain Treacherous; a vile man this was, but one that Willbewill +did put a great deal of confidence in; but him also did this +Captain Execution cut down to the ground with the rest.</p> +<p>He also made a very great slaughter among my Lord +Willbewill’s soldiers, killing many that were stout and +sturdy, and wounding many that for Diabolus were nimble and +active. But all these were Diabolonians; there was not a +man, a native of Mansoul, hurt.</p> +<p>Other feats of war were also likewise performed by other of +the captains, as at Eye-gate, where Captain Good-Hope and Captain +Charity had a charge, was great execution done; for the Captain +Good-Hope, with his own hands, slew one Captain Blindfold, the +keeper of that gate. This Blindfold was captain of a +thousand men, and they were they that fought with mauls; he also +pursued his men, slew many, and wounded more, and made the rest +hide their heads in corners.</p> +<p>There was also at that gate Mr. Ill-Pause, of whom you have +heard before. He was an old man, and had a beard that +reached down to his girdle: the same was he that was orator to +Diabolus: he did much mischief in the town of Mansoul, and fell +by the hand of Captain Good-Hope.</p> +<p>What shall I say? The Diabolonians in these days lay +dead in every corner, though too many yet were alive in +Mansoul.</p> +<p>Now, the old Recorder and my Lord Understanding, with some +others of the chief of the town, to wit, such as knew they must +stand and fall with the famous town of Mansoul, came together +upon a day, and after consultation had, did jointly agree to draw +up a petition, and to send it to Emmanuel, now while he sat in +the gate of Mansoul. So they drew up their petition to +Emmanuel, the contents whereof were these: That they, the old +inhabitants of the now deplorable town of Mansoul, confessed +their sin, and were sorry that they had offended his princely +Majesty, and prayed that he would spare their lives.</p> +<p>Unto this petition he gave no answer at all, and that did +trouble them yet so much the more. Now, all this while the +captains that were in the Recorder’s house were playing +with the battering-rams at the gates of the castle, to beat them +down. So after some time, labour, and travail, the gate of +the castle that was called Impregnable was beaten open, and +broken into several splinters, and so a way made to go up to the +hold in which Diabolus had hid himself. Then were tidings +sent down to Ear-gate, for Emmanuel still abode there, to let him +know that a way was made in at the gates of the castle of +Mansoul. But, oh! how the trumpets at the tidings sounded +throughout the Prince’s camp, for that now the war was so +near an end, and Mansoul itself of being set free.</p> +<p>Then the Prince arose from the place where he was, and took +with him such of his men of war as were fittest for that +expedition, and marched up the street of Mansoul to the old +Recorder’s house.</p> +<p>Now, the Prince himself was clad all in armour of gold, and so +he marched up the town with his standard borne before him; but he +kept his countenance much reserved all the way as he went, so +that the people could not tell how to gather to themselves love +or hatred by his looks. Now, as he marched up the street, +the townsfolk came out at every door to see, and could not but be +taken with his person and the glory thereof, but wondered at the +reservedness of his countenance; for as yet he spake more to them +by his actions and works than he did by words or smiles. +But also poor Mansoul, (as in such cases all are apt to do,) they +interpreted the carriage of Emmanuel to them as did +Joseph’s brethren his to them, even all the quite contrary +way. ‘For,’ thought they, ‘if Emmanuel +loved us, he would show it to us by word of carriage; but none of +these he doth, therefore Emmanuel hates us. Now, if +Emmanuel hates us, then Mansoul shall be slain, then Mansoul +shall become a dunghill.’ They knew that they had +transgressed his Father’s law, and that against him they +had been in with Diabolus, his enemy. They also knew that +the Prince Emmanuel knew all this; for they were convinced that +he was an angel of God, to know all things that are done in the +earth; and this made them think that their condition was +miserable, and that the good Prince would make them desolate.</p> +<p>‘And,’ thought they, ‘what time so fit to do +this in as now, when he has the bridle of Mansoul in his +hand?’ And this I took special notice of, that the +inhabitants, notwithstanding all this, could not—no, they +could not, when they see him march through the town, but cringe, +bow, bend, and were ready to lick the dust of his feet. +They also wished a thousand times over that he would become their +Prince and Captain, and would become their protection. They +would also one to another talk of the comeliness of his person, +and how much for glory and valour he outstripped the great ones +of the world. But, poor hearts, as to themselves, their +thoughts would chance, and go upon all manner of extremes. +Yea, through the working of them backward and forward, Mansoul +became as a ball tossed, and as a rolling thing before the +whirlwind.</p> +<p>Now, when he was come to the castle gates, he commanded +Diabolus to appear, and to surrender himself into his +hands. But, oh! how loath was the beast to appear! how he +stuck at it! how he shrank! how he cringed! yet out he came to +the Prince. Then Emmanuel commanded, and they took Diabolus +and bound him fast in chains, the better to reserve him to the +judgment that he had appointed for him. But Diabolus stood +up to entreat for himself that Emmanuel would not send him into +the deep, but suffer him to depart out of Mansoul in peace.</p> +<p>When Emmanuel had taken him and bound him in chains, he led +him into the marketplace, and there, before Mansoul, stripped him +of his armour in which he boasted so much before. This now +was one of the acts of triumph of Emmanuel over his enemy; and +all the while that the giant was stripping, the trumpets of the +golden Prince did sound amain; the captains also shouted, and the +soldiers did sing for joy.</p> +<p>Then was Mansoul called upon to behold the beginning of +Emmanuel’s triumph over him in whom they so much had +trusted, and of whom they so much had boasted in the days when he +flattered them.</p> +<p>Thus having made Diabolus naked in the eyes of Mansoul, and +before the commanders of the Prince, in the next place, he +commands that Diabolus should be bound with chains to his chariot +wheels. Then leaving some of his forces, to wit, Captain +Boanerges and Captain Conviction, as a guard for the +castle-gates, that resistance might be made on his behalf, (if +any that heretofore followed Diabolus should make an attempt to +possess it,) he did ride in triumph over him quite through the +town of Mansoul, and so out at and before the gate called +Eye-gate, to the plain where his camp did lie.</p> +<p>But you cannot think, unless you had been there, as I was, +what a shout there was in Emmanuel’s camp when they saw the +tyrant bound by the hand of their noble Prince, and tied to his +chariot wheels!</p> +<p>And they said, ‘He hath led captivity captive, he hath +spoiled principalities and powers. Diabolus is subjected to +the power of his sword, and made the object of all +derision.’</p> +<p>Those also that rode reformades, and that came down to see the +battle, they shouted with that greatness of voice, and sung with +such melodious notes, that they caused them that dwell in the +highest orbs to open their windows, put out their heads, and look +to see the cause of that glory.</p> +<p>The townsmen also, so many of them as saw this sight, were, as +it were, while they looked, betwixt the earth and the +heavens. True, they could not tell what would be the issue +of things as to them; but all things were done in such excellent +methods, and I cannot tell how, but things in the management of +them seemed to cast a smile towards the town, so that their eyes, +their heads, their hearts, and their minds, and all that they +had, were taken and held while they observed Emmanuel’s +order.</p> +<p>So, when the brave Prince had finished this part of his +triumph over Diabolus his foe, he turned him up in the midst of +his contempt and shame, having given him a charge no more to be a +possessor of Mansoul. Then went he from Emmanuel, and out +of the midst of his camp, to inherit the parched places in a salt +land, seeking rest, but finding none.</p> +<p>Now, Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction were, both of +them, men of very great majesty; their faces were like the faces +of lions, and their words like the roaring of the sea; and they +still quartered in Mr. Conscience’s house, of whom mention +was made before. When, therefore, the high and mighty +Prince had thus far finished his triumph over Diabolus, the +townsmen had more leisure to view and to behold the actions of +these noble captains. But the captains carried it with that +terror and dread in all that they did, (and you may be sure that +they had private instructions so to do,) that they kept the town +under continual heart-aching, and caused (in their apprehension) +the well-being of Mansoul for the future to hang in doubt before +them, so that for some considerable time they neither knew what +rest, or ease, or peace, or hope meant.</p> +<p>Nor did the Prince himself as yet abide in the town of +Mansoul, but in his royal pavilion in the camp, and in the midst +of his Father’s forces. So, at a time convenient, he +sent special orders to Captain Boanerges to summons Mansoul, the +whole of the townsmen, into the castle-yard, and then and there, +before their faces, to take my Lord Understanding, Mr. +Conscience, and that notable one, the Lord Willbewill, and put +them all three in ward, and that they should set a strong guard +upon them there, until his pleasure concerning them was further +known: the which orders, when the captains had put them in +execution, made no small addition to the fears of the town of +Mansoul; for now, to their thinking, were their former fears of +the ruin of Mansoul confirmed. Now, what death they should +die, and how long they should be in dying, was that which most +perplexed their heads and hearts; yea, they were afraid that +Emmanuel would command them all into the deep, the place that the +prince Diabolus was afraid of, for they knew that they had +deserved it. Also to die by the sword in the face of the +town, and in the open way of disgrace, from the hand of so good +and so holy a prince, that, too, troubled them sore. The +town was also greatly troubled for the men that were committed to +ward, for that they were their stay and their guide, and for that +they believed that, if those men were cut off, their execution +would be but the beginning of the ruin of the town of +Mansoul. Wherefore, what do they, but, together with the +men in prison, draw up a petition to the Prince, and sent it to +Emmanuel by the hand of Mr. Would-live. So he went, and +came to the Prince’s quarters, and presented the petition, +the sum of which was this:</p> +<p>‘Great and wonderful Potentate, victor over Diabolus, +and conqueror of the town of Mansoul, We, the miserable +inhabitants of that most woful corporation, do humbly beg that we +may find favour in thy sight, and remember not against us former +transgressions, nor yet the sins of the chief of our town: but +spare us according to the greatness of thy mercy, and let us not +die, but live in thy sight. So shall we be willing to be +thy servants, and, if thou shalt think fit, to gather our meat +under thy table. Amen.’</p> +<p>So the petitioner went, as was said, with his petition to the +Prince; and the Prince took it at his hand, but sent him away +with silence. This still afflicted the town of Mansoul; but +yet, considering that now they must either petition or die, for +now they could not do anything else, therefore they consulted +again, and sent another petition; and this petition was much +after the form and method of the former.</p> +<p>But when the petition was drawn up, By whom should they send +it? was the next question; for they would not send this by him by +whom they sent the first, for they thought that the Prince had +taken some offence at the manner of his deportment before him: so +they attempted to make Captain Conviction their messenger with +it; but he said that he neither durst nor would petition Emmanuel +for traitors, nor be to the Prince an advocate for rebels. +‘Yet withal,’ said he, ‘our Prince is good, and +you may adventure to send it by the hand of one of your town, +provided he went with a rope about his head, and pleaded nothing +but mercy.’</p> +<p>Well, they made, through fear, their delays as long as they +could, and longer than delays were good; but fearing at last the +dangerousness of them, they thought, but with many a fainting in +their minds, to send their petition by Mr. Desires-awake; so they +sent for Mr. Desires-awake. Now he dwelt in a very mean +cottage in Mansoul, and he came at his neighbour’s +request. So they told him what they had done, and what they +would do, concerning petitioning, and that they did desire of him +that he would go therewith to the Prince.</p> +<p>Then said Mr. Desires-awake, ‘Why should not I do the +best I can to save so famous a town as Mansoul from deserved +destruction?’ They therefore delivered the petition +to him, and told him how he must address himself to the Prince, +and wished him ten thousand good speeds. So he comes to the +Prince’s pavilion, as the first, and asked to speak with +his Majesty. So word was carried to Emmanuel, and the +Prince came out to the man. When Mr. Desires-awake saw the +Prince, he fell flat with his face to the ground, and cried out, +‘Oh that Mansoul might live before thee!’ and with +that he presented the petition; the which when the Prince had +read, he turned away for a while and wept; but refraining +himself, he turned again to the man, who all this while lay +crying at his feet, as at the first, and said to him, ‘Go +thy way to thy place, and I will consider of thy +requests.’</p> +<p>Now, you may think that they of Mansoul that had sent him, +what with guilt, and what with fear lest their petition should be +rejected, could not but look with many a long look, and that, +too, with strange workings of heart, to see what would become of +their petition. At last they saw their messenger coming +back. So, when he was come, they asked him how he fared, +what Emmanuel said, and what was become of the petition. +But he told them that he would be silent till he came to the +prison to my Lord Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and Mr. +Recorder. So he went forwards towards the prison-house, +where the men of Mansoul lay bound. But, oh! what a +multitude flocked after, to hear what the messenger said. +So, when he was come, and had shown himself at the gate of the +prison, my Lord Mayor himself looked as white as a clout; the +Recorder also did quake. But they asked and said, +‘Come, good sir, what did the great Prince say to +you?’ Then said Mr. Desires-awake, ‘When I came +to my Lord’s pavilion, I called, and he came forth. +So I fell prostrate at his feet, and delivered to him my +petition; for the greatness of his person, and the glory of his +countenance, would not suffer me to stand upon my legs. +Now, as he received the petition, I cried, “Oh that Mansoul +might live before thee!” So, when for a while he had +looked thereon, he turned him about, and said to his servant, +“Go thy way to thy place again, and I will consider of thy +requests.”’ The messenger added, moreover, and +said, ‘The Prince to whom you sent me is such a one for +beauty and glory, that whoso sees him must both love and fear +him. I, for my part, can do no less; but I know not what +will be the end of these things.’</p> +<p>At this answer they were all at a stand, both they in prison, +and they that followed the messenger thither to hear the news; +nor knew they what, or what manner of interpretation to put upon +what the Prince had said. Now, when the prison was cleared +of the throng, the prisoners among themselves began to comment +upon Emmanuel’s words. My Lord Mayor said, that the +answer did not look with a rugged face; but Willbewill said that +it betokened evil; and the Recorder, that it was a messenger of +death. Now, they that were left, and that stood behind, and +so could not so well hear what the prisoners said, some of them +catched hold of one piece of a sentence, and some on a bit of +another; some took hold of what the messenger said, and some of +the prisoners’ judgment thereon; so none had the right +understanding of things. But you cannot imagine what work +these people made, and what a confusion there was in Mansoul +now.</p> +<p>For presently they that had heard what was said flew about the +town, one crying one thing, and another the quite contrary; and +both were sure enough they told true; for they did hear, they +said, with their ears what was said, and therefore could not be +deceived. One would say, ‘We must all be +killed;’ another would say, ‘We must all be +saved;’ and a third would say that the Prince would not be +concerned with Mansoul; and a fourth, that the prisoners must be +suddenly put to death. And, as I said, every one stood to +it that he told his tale the rightest, and that all others but he +were out. Wherefore Mansoul had now molestation upon +molestation, nor could any man know on what to rest the sole of +his foot; for one would go by now, and as he went, if he heard +his neighbour tell his tale, to be sure he would tell the quite +contrary, and both would stand in it that he told the +truth. Nay, some of them had got this story by the end, +that the Prince did intend to put Mansoul to the sword. And +now it began to be dark, wherefore poor Mansoul was in sad +perplexity all that night until the morning.</p> +<p>But, so far as I could gather by the best information that I +could get, all this hubbub came through the words that the +Recorder said when he told them that, in his judgment, the +Prince’s answer was a messenger of death. It was this +that fired the town, and that began the fright in Mansoul; for +Mansoul in former times did use to count that Mr. Recorder was a +seer, and that his sentence was equal to the best of orators; and +thus was Mansoul a terror to itself.</p> +<p>And now did they begin to feel what were the effects of +stubborn rebellion, and unlawful resistance against their +Prince. I say, they now began to feel the effects thereof +by guilt and fear, that now had swallowed them up; and who more +involved in the one but they that were most in the other, to wit, +the chief of the town of Mansoul?</p> +<p>To be brief: when the fame of the fright was out of the town, +and the prisoners had a little recovered themselves, they take to +themselves some heart, and think to petition the Prince for life +again. So they did draw up a third petition, the contents +whereof were these:—</p> +<p>‘Prince Emmanuel the Great, Lord of all worlds, and +Master of mercy, we, thy poor, wretched, miserable, dying town of +Mansoul, do confess unto thy great and glorious Majesty that we +have sinned against thy Father and thee, and are no more worthy +to be called thy Mansoul, but rather to be cast into the +pit. If thou wilt slay us, we have deserved it. If +thou wilt condemn us to the deep, we cannot but say thou art +righteous. We cannot complain whatever thou dost, or +however thou carriest it towards us. But, oh! let mercy +reign, and let it be extended to us! Oh! let mercy take +hold upon us, and free us from our transgressions, and we will +sing of thy mercy and of thy judgment. Amen.’</p> +<p>This petition, when drawn up, was designed to be sent to the +Prince as the first. But who should carry it?—that +was the question. Some said, ‘Let him do it that went +with the first,’ but others thought not good to do that, +and that because he sped no better. Now, there was an old +man in the town, and his name was Mr. Good-Deed; a man that bare +only the name, but had nothing of the nature of the thing. +Now, some were for sending him; but the Recorder was by no means +for that. ‘For,’ said he, ‘we now stand +in need of, and are pleading for mercy: wherefore, to send our +petition by a man of this name, will seem to cross the petition +itself. Should we make Mr. Good-Deed our messenger, when +our petition cries for mercy?</p> +<p>‘Besides,’ quoth the old gentleman, ‘should +the Prince now, as he receives the petition, ask him, and say, +“What is thy name?” as nobody knows but he will, and +he should say, “Old Good-Deed,” what, think you, +would Emmanuel say but this? “Ay! is old Good-Deed +yet alive in Mansoul? then let old Good-Deed save you from your +distresses.” And if he says so, I am sure we are +lost; nor can a thousand of old Good-Deeds save +Mansoul.’</p> +<p>After the Recorder had given in his reasons why old Good-Deed +should not go with this petition to Emmanuel, the rest of the +prisoners and chief of Mansoul opposed it also, and so old +Good-Deed was laid aside, and they agreed to send Mr. +Desires-awake again. So they sent for him, and desired him +that he would a second time go with their petition to the Prince, +and he readily told them he would. But they bid him that in +anywise he should take heed that in no word or carriage he gave +offence to the Prince; ‘For by doing so, for ought we can +tell, you may bring Mansoul into utter destruction,’ said +they.</p> +<p>Now Mr. Desires-awake, when he saw that he must go on this +errand, besought that they would grant that Mr. Wet-Eyes might go +with him. Now this Mr. Wet-Eyes was a near neighbour of Mr. +Desires, a poor man, a man of a broken spirit, yet one that could +speak well to a petition; so they granted that he should go with +him. Wherefore, they address themselves to their business: +Mr. Desires put a rope upon his head, and Mr. Wet-Eyes went with +his hands wringing together. Thus they went to the +Prince’s pavilion.</p> +<p>Now, when they went to petition this third time, they were not +without thoughts that, by often coming, they might be a burden to +the Prince. Wherefore, when they were come to the door of +his pavilion, they first made their apology for themselves, and +for their coming to trouble Emmanuel so often; and they said, +that they came not hither to-day for that they delighted in being +troublesome, or for that they delighted to hear themselves talk, +but for that necessity caused them to come to his Majesty. +They could, they said, have no rest day nor night because of +their transgressions against Shaddai and against Emmanuel, his +Son. They also thought that some misbehaviour of Mr. +Desires-awake the last time might give distaste to his Highness, +and so cause that he returned from so merciful a Prince empty, +and without countenance. So, when they had made this +apology, Mr. Desires-awake cast himself prostrate upon the +ground, as at the first, at the feet of the mighty Prince, +saying, ‘Oh! that Mansoul might live before thee!’ +and so he delivered his petition. The Prince then, having +read the petition, turned aside awhile as before, and coming +again to the place where the petitioner lay on the ground, he +demanded what his name was, and of what esteem in the account of +Mansoul, for that he, above all the multitude in Mansoul, should +be sent to him upon such an errand. Then said the man to +the Prince, ‘Oh let not my Lord be angry; and why inquirest +thou after the name of such a dead do—as I am? Pass +by, I pray thee, and take not notice of who I am, because there +is, as thou very well knowest, so great a disproportion between +me and thee. Why the townsmen chose to send me on this +errand to my Lord is best known to themselves, but it could not +be for that they thought that I had favour with my Lord. +For my part, I am out of charity with myself; who, then, should +be in love with me? Yet live I would, and so would I that +my townsmen should; and because both they and myself are guilty +of great transgressions, therefore they have sent me, and I am +come in their names to beg of my Lord for mercy. Let it +please thee, therefore, to incline to mercy; but ask not what thy +servants are.’</p> +<p>Then said the Prince, ‘And what is he that is become thy +companion in this so weighty a matter?’ So Mr. +Desires told Emmanuel that he was a poor neighbour of his, and +one of his most intimate associates. ‘And his +name,’ said he, ‘may it please your most excellent +Majesty, is Wet-Eyes, of the town of Mansoul, I know that there +are many of that name that are naught; but I hope it will be no +offence to my Lord that I have brought my poor neighbour with +me.’</p> +<p>Then Mr. Wet-Eyes fell on his face to the ground, and made +this apology for his coming with his neighbour to his +Lord:—</p> +<p>‘O, my Lord,’ quoth he, ‘what I am I know +not myself, nor whether my name be feigned or true, especially +when I begin to think what some have said, namely, That this name +was given me because Mr. Repentance was my father. Good men +have bad children, and the sincere do oftentimes beget +hypocrites. My mother also called me by this name from the +cradle; but whether because of the moistness of my brain, or +because of the softness of my heart, I cannot tell. I see +dirt in mine own tears, and filthiness in the bottom of my +prayers. But I pray thee (and all this while the gentleman +wept) that thou wouldest not remember against us our +transgressions, nor take offence at the unqualifiedness of thy +servants, but mercifully pass by the sin of Mansoul, and refrain +from the glorifying of thy grace no longer.’</p> +<p>So at his bidding they arose, and both stood trembling before +him, and he spake to them to this purpose:—</p> +<p>‘The town of Mansoul hath grievously rebelled against my +Father, in that they have rejected him from being their King, and +did choose to themselves for their captain a liar, a murderer, +and a runagate slave. For this Diabolus, your pretended +prince, though once so highly accounted of by you, made rebellion +against my Father and me, even in our palace and highest court +there, thinking to become a prince and king. But being +there timely discovered and apprehended, and for his wickedness +bound in chains, and separated to the pit with those that were +his companions, he offered himself to you, and you have received +him.</p> +<p>‘Now this is, and for a long time hath been, a high +affront to my Father; wherefore my Father sent to you a powerful +army to reduce you to your obedience. But you know how +these men, their captains and their counsels, were esteemed of +you, and what they received at your hand. You rebelled +against them, you shut your gates upon them, you bid them battle, +you fought them, and fought for Diabolus against them. So +they sent to my Father for more power, and I, with my men, are +come to subdue you. But as you treated the servants, so you +treated their Lord. You stood up in hostile manner against +me, you shut up your gates against me, you turned the deaf ear to +me, and resisted as long as you could; but now I have made a +conquest of you. Did you cry me mercy so long as you had +hopes that you might prevail against me? But now I have +taken the town, you cry; but why did you not cry before, when the +white flag of my mercy, the red flag of justice, and the black +flag that threatened execution, were set up to cite you to +it? Now I have conquered your Diabolus, you come to me for +favour; but why did you not help me against the mighty? Yet +I will consider your petition, and will answer it so as will be +for my glory.</p> +<p>‘Go, bid Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction bring +the prisoners out to me into the camp to-morrow, and say you to +Captain Judgment and Captain Execution, “Stay you in the +castle, and take good heed to yourselves that you keep all quiet +in Mansoul until you shall hear further from +me.”’ And with that he turned himself from +them, and went into his royal pavilion again.</p> +<p>So the petitioners, having received this answer from the +Prince, returned, as at the first, to go to their companions +again. But they had not gone far, but thoughts began to +work in their minds that no mercy as yet was intended by the +Prince to Mansoul. So they went to the place where the +prisoners lay bound; but these workings of mind about what would +become of Mansoul had such strong power over them, that by that +they were come unto them that sent them, they were scarce able to +deliver their message.</p> +<p>But they came at length to the gates of the town, (now the +townsmen with earnestness were waiting for their return,) where +many met them, to know what answer was made to the +petition. Then they cried out to those that were sent, +‘What news from the Prince? and what hath Emmanuel +said?’ But they said that they must, as afore, go up +to the prison, and there deliver their message. So away +they went to the prison, with a multitude at their heels. +Now, when they were come to the gates of the prison, they told +the first part of Emmanuel’s speech to the prisoners, to +wit, how he reflected upon their disloyalty to his Father and +himself, and how they had chosen and closed with Diabolus, had +fought for him, hearkened to him, and been ruled by him; but had +despised him and his men. This made the prisoners look +pale; but the messengers proceeded and said, ‘He, the +Prince, said, moreover, that yet he would consider your petition, +and give such answer thereto as would stand with his +glory.’ And as these words were spoken, Mr. Wet-Eyes +gave a great sigh. At this they were all of them struck +into their dumps, and could not tell what to say: fear also +possessed them in a marvellous manner, and death seemed to sit +upon some of their eyebrows. Now, there was in the company +a notable, sharp-witted fellow, a mean man of estate, and his +name was old Inquisitive. This man asked the petitioners if +they had told out every whit of what Emmanuel said, and they +answered, ‘Verily, no.’ Then said Inquisitive, +‘I thought so, indeed. Pray, what was it more that he +said unto you?’ Then they paused awhile; but at last +they brought out all, saying, ‘The Prince bade us bid +Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction bring the prisoners down +to him to-morrow; and that Captain Judgment and Captain Execution +should take charge of the castle and town till they should hear +further from him. They said also that when the Prince had +commanded them thus to do, he immediately turned his back upon +them, and went into his royal pavilion.</p> +<p>But, oh! how this return, and specially this last clause of +it, that the prisoners must go out to the Prince into the camp, +brake all their loins in pieces! Wherefore, with one voice +they set up a cry that reached up to the heavens. This +done, each of the three prepared himself to die; (and the +Recorder said unto them, ‘This was the thing that I +feared;’) for they concluded that to-morrow, by that the +sun went down, they should be tumbled out of the world. The +whole town also counted of no other, but that, in their time and +order, they must all drink of the same cup. Wherefore the +town of Mansoul spent that night in mourning, and sackcloth and +ashes. The prisoners also, when the time was come for them +to go down before the Prince, dressed themselves in mourning +attire, with ropes upon their heads. The whole town of +Mansoul also showed themselves upon the wall, all clad in +mourning weeds, if, perhaps, the Prince with the sight thereof +might be moved with compassion. But, oh! how the +busy-bodies that were in the town of Mansoul did now concern +themselves! They did run here and there through the streets +of the town by companies, crying out as they ran in tumultuous +wise, one after one manner, and another the quite contrary, to +the almost utter distraction of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Well, the time is come that the prisoners must go down to the +camp, and appear before the Prince. And thus was the manner +of their going down: Captain Boanerges went with a guard before +them, and Captain Conviction came behind, and the prisoners went +down, bound in chains, in the midst. So I say, the +prisoners went in the midst, and the guard went with flying +colours behind and before, but the prisoners went with drooping +spirits.</p> +<p>Or, more particularly, thus: The prisoners went down all in +mourning: they put ropes upon themselves; they went on, smiting +themselves on the breasts, but durst not lift up their eyes to +heaven. Thus they went out at the gate of Mansoul, till +they came into the midst of the Prince’s army, the sight +and glory of which did greatly heighten their affliction. +Nor could they now longer forbear, but cry out aloud, ‘O +unhappy men! O wretched men of Mansoul!’ Their +chains, still mixing their dolorous notes with the cries of the +prisoners, made the noise more lamentable.</p> +<p>So, when they were come to the door of the Prince’s +pavilion, they cast themselves prostrate upon the place; then one +went in and told his Lord that the prisoners were come +down. The Prince then ascended a throne of state, and sent +for the prisoners in; who, when they came, did tremble before +him, also they covered their faces with shame. Now, as they +drew near to the place where he sat, they threw themselves down +before him. Then said the Prince to the Captain Boanerges, +‘Bid the prisoners stand upon their feet.’ Then +they stood trembling before him, and he said, ‘Are you the +men that heretofore were the servants of Shaddai?’ +And they said, ‘Yes, Lord, yes.’ Then said the +Prince again, ‘Are you the men that did suffer yourselves +to be corrupted and defiled by that abominable one, +Diabolus?’ And they said, ‘We did more than +suffer it, Lord; for we chose it of our own mind.’ +The Prince asked further, saying, ‘Could you have been +content that your slavery should have continued under his tyranny +as long as you had lived?’ Then said the prisoners, +‘Yes, Lord, yes; for his ways were pleasing to our flesh, +and we were grown aliens to a better +state.’—‘And did you,’ said he, +‘when I came up against this town of Mansoul, heartily wish +that I might not have the victory over +you?’—‘Yes, Lord, yes,’ said they. +Then said the Prince, ‘And what punishment is it, think +you, that you deserve at my hand, for these and other your high +and mighty sins?’—And they said, ‘Both death +and the deep, Lord; for we have deserved no less.’ He +asked again if they had aught to say for themselves why the +sentence, that they confessed that they had deserved, should not +be passed upon them? And they said, ‘We can say +nothing, Lord: thou art just, for we have sinned.’ +Then said the Prince, ‘And for what are those ropes on your +heads?’ The prisoners answered, ‘These ropes +are to bind us withal to the place of execution, if mercy be not +pleasing in thy sight.’ So he further asked if all +the men in the town of Mansoul were in this confession, as +they? And they answered, ‘All the natives, Lord; but +for the Diabolonians that came into our town when the tyrant got +possession of us, we can say nothing for them.’</p> +<p>Then the Prince commanded that a herald should be called, and +that he should, in the midst and throughout the camp of Emmanuel, +proclaim, and that with sound of trumpet, that the Prince, the +Son of Shaddai, had, in his Father’s name, and for his +Father’s glory, gotten a perfect conquest and victory over +Mansoul; and that the prisoners should follow him, and say +Amen. So, this was done as he had commanded. And +presently the music that was in the upper region sounded +melodiously, the captains that were in the camp shouted, and the +soldiers did sing songs of triumph to the Prince; the colours +waved in the wind, and great joy was everywhere, only it was +wanting as yet in the hearts of the men of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Then the Prince called for the prisoners to come and to stand +again before him, and they came and stood trembling. And he +said unto them, ‘The sins, trespasses, iniquities, that +you, with the whole town of Mansoul, have from time to time +committed against my Father and me, I have power and commandment +from my Father to forgive to the town of Mansoul, and do forgive +you accordingly.’ And having so said, he gave them, +written in parchment, and sealed with seven seals, a large and +general pardon, commanding my Lord Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and +Mr. Recorder, to proclaim and cause it to be proclaimed +to-morrow, by that the sun is up, throughout the whole town of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>Moreover, the Prince stripped the prisoners of their mourning +weeds, and gave them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for +mourning, and the garment of praise for the spirit of +heaviness.</p> +<p>Then he gave to each of the three jewels of gold and precious +stones, and took away their ropes, and put chains of gold about +their necks, and ear-rings in their ears. Now, the +prisoners, when they did hear the gracious words of Prince +Emmanuel, and had beheld all that was done unto them, fainted +almost quite away; for the grace, the benefit, the pardon, was +sudden, glorious, and so big, that they were not able, without +staggering, to stand up under it. Yea, my Lord Willbewill +swooned outright; but the Prince stepped to him, put his +everlasting arms under him, embraced him, kissed him, and bid him +be of good cheer, for all should be performed according to his +word. He also did kiss, and embrace, and smile upon the +other two that were Willbewill’s companions, saying, +‘Take these as further tokens of my love, favour, and +compassions to you; and I charge you that you, Mr. Recorder, tell +in the town of Mansoul what you have heard and seen.’</p> +<p>Then were their fetters broken to pieces before their faces, +and cast into the air, and their steps were enlarged under +them. Then they fell down at the feet of the Prince, and +kissed his feet, and wetted them with tears: also they cried out +with a mighty strong voice, saying, ‘Blessed be the glory +of the Lord from this place.’ So they were bid rise +up, and go to the town, and tell to Mansoul what the Prince had +done. He commanded also that one with a pipe and tabor +should go and play before them all the way into the town of +Mansoul. Then was fulfilled what they never looked for, and +they were made to possess that which they never dreamed of.</p> +<p>The Prince also called for the noble Captain Credence, and +commanded that he and some of his officers should march before +the noble men of Mansoul with flying colours into the town. +He gave also unto Captain Credence a charge, that about that time +that the Recorder did read the general pardon in the town of +Mansoul, that at that very time he should with flying colours +march in at Eye-gate with his ten thousands at his feet and that +he should so go until he came by the high street of the town, up +to the castle gates, and that himself should take possession +thereof against his Lord came thither. He commanded, +moreover, that he should bid Captain Judgment and Captain +Execution to leave the stronghold to him, and to withdraw from +Mansoul, and to return into the camp with speed unto the +Prince.</p> +<p>And now was the town of Mansoul also delivered from the terror +of the first four captains and their men.</p> +<p>Well, I told you before how the prisoners were entertained by +the noble Prince Emmanuel, and how they behaved themselves before +him, and how he sent them away to their home with pipe and tabor +going before them. And now you must think that those of the +town that had all this while waited to hear of their death, could +not but be exercised with sadness of mind, and with thoughts that +pricked like thorns. Nor could their thoughts be kept to +any one point; the wind blew with them all this while at great +uncertainties; yea, their hearts were like a balance that had +been disquieted with a shaking hand. But at last, as they +with many a long look looked over the wall of Mansoul, they +thought that they saw some returning to the town; and thought +again, Who should they be, too? Who should they be? +At last they discerned that they were the prisoners: but can you +imagine how their hearts were surprised with wonder, specially +when they perceived also in what equipage and with what honour +they were sent home. They went down to the camp in black, +but they came back to the town in white; they went down to the +camp in ropes, they came back in chains of gold; they went down +to the camp with their feet in fetters, but came back with their +steps enlarged under them; they went also to the camp looking for +death, but they came back from thence with assurance of life; +they went down to the camp with heavy hearts, but came back again +with pipe and tabor playing before them. So as soon as they +were come to Eye-gate, the poor and tottering town of Mansoul +adventured to give a shout; and they gave such a shout as made +the captains in the Prince’s army leap at the sound +thereof. Alas! for them, poor hearts! who could blame them? +since their dead friends were come to life again; for it was to +them as life from the dead to see the ancients of the town of +Mansoul shine in such splendour. They looked for nothing +but the axe and the block; but, behold, joy and gladness, comfort +and consolation, and such melodious notes attending them that was +sufficient to make a sick man well.</p> +<p>So, when they came up, they saluted each other with, +‘Welcome, welcome! and blessed be he that has spared +you!’ They added also, ‘We see it is well with +you; but how must it go with the town of Mansoul? And will +it go well with the town of Mansoul?’ said they. Then +answered them the Recorder and my Lord Mayor, ‘Oh! tidings! +glad tidings! good tidings of good, and of great joy to poor +Mansoul!’ Then they gave another shout, that made the +earth to ring again. After this, they inquired yet more +particularly how things went in the camp, and what message they +had from Emmanuel to the town. So they told them all +passages that had happened to them at the camp, and everything +that the Prince did to them. This made Mansoul wonder at +the wisdom and grace of the Prince Emmanuel. Then they told +them what they had received at his hands for the whole town of +Mansoul, and the Recorder delivered it in these words: +‘<span class="smcap">Pardon</span>, <span +class="smcap">Pardon</span>, <span class="smcap">Pardon</span> +for Mansoul! and this shall Mansoul know to-morrow!’ +Then he commanded, and they went and summoned Mansoul to meet +together in the market-place to-morrow, then to hear their +general pardon read.</p> +<p>But who can think what a turn, what a change, what an +alteration this hint of things did make in the countenance of the +town of Mansoul! No man of Mansoul could sleep that night +for joy; in every house there was joy and music, singing and +making merry: telling and hearing of Mansoul’s happiness +was then all that Mansoul had to do; and this was the burden of +all their song: ‘Oh! more of this at the rising of the sun! +more of this to-morrow!’ ‘Who thought +yesterday,’ would one say, ‘that this day would have +been such a day to us? And who thought, that saw our +prisoners go down in irons, that they would have returned in +chains of gold? Yea, they that judged themselves as they +went to be judged of their judge, were by his mouth acquitted, +not for that they were innocent, but of the Prince’s mercy, +and sent home with pipe and tabor. But is this the common +custom of princes? Do they use to show such kind of favours to +traitors? No; this is only peculiar to Shaddai, and unto +Emmanuel, his Son!’</p> +<p>Now morning drew on apace; wherefore the Lord Mayor, the Lord +Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder came down to the market-place at the +time that the Prince had appointed, where the townsfolk were +waiting for them: and when they came, they came in that attire, +and in that glory that the Prince had put them into the day +before, and the street was lightened with their glory. So +the Mayor, Recorder, and my Lord Willbewill drew down to +Mouth-gate, which was at the lower end of the market-place, +because that of old time was the place where they used to read +public matters. Thither, therefore, they came in their +robes, and their tabrets went before them. Now, the +eagerness of the people to know the full of the matter was +great.</p> +<p>Then the Recorder stood up upon his feet, and, first beckoning +with his hand for silence, he read out with a loud voice the +pardon. But when he came to these words: ‘The Lord, +the Lord God, merciful and gracious, pardoning iniquity, +transgressions, and sins, and to them all manner of sin and +blasphemy shall be forgiven,’ etc., they could not forbear +leaping for joy. For this you must know, that there was +conjoined herewith every man’s name in Mansoul; also the +seals of the pardon made a brave show.</p> +<p>When the Recorder had made an end of reading the pardon, the +townsmen ran up upon the walls of the town, and leaped and +skipped thereon for joy, and bowed themselves seven times with +their faces toward Emmanuel’s pavilion, and shouted out +aloud for joy, and said, ‘Let Emmanuel live for +ever!’ Then order was given to the young men in +Mansoul that they should ring the bells for joy. So the +bells did ring, and the people sing, and the music go in every +house in Mansoul.</p> +<p>When the Prince had sent home the three prisoners of Mansoul +with joy, and pipe and tabor, he commanded his captains, with all +the field officers and soldiers throughout his army, to be ready +in that morning, that the Recorder should read the pardon in +Mansoul, to do his further pleasure. So the morning, as I +have showed, being come, just as the Recorder had made an end of +reading the pardon, Emmanuel commanded that all the trumpets in +the camp should sound, that the colours should be displayed, half +of them upon Mount Gracious, and half of them upon Mount +Justice. He commanded also that all the captains should +show themselves in all their harness, and that the soldiers +should shout for joy. Nor was Captain Credence, though in +the castle, silent in such a day; but he, from the top of the +hold, showed himself with sound of trumpet to Mansoul and to the +Prince’s camp.</p> +<p>Thus have I showed you the manner and way that Emmanuel took +to recover the town of Mansoul from under the hand and power of +the tyrant Diabolus.</p> +<p>Now, when the Prince had completed these, the outward +ceremonies of his joy, he again commanded that his captains and +soldiers should show unto Mansoul some feats of war: so they +presently addressed themselves to this work. But oh! with +what agility, nimbleness, dexterity, and bravery did these +military men discover their skill in feats of war to the now +gazing town of Mansoul!</p> +<p>They marched, they counter-marched; they opened to the right +and left; they divided and subdivided; they closed, they wheeled, +made good their front and rear with their right and left wings, +and twenty things more, with that aptness, and then were all as +the were again, that they took—yea, ravished, the hearts +that were in Mansoul to behold it. But add to this, the +handling of their arms, the managing of their weapons of war, +were marvellously taking to Mansoul and me.</p> +<p>When this action was over, the whole town of Mansoul came out +as one man to the Prince in the camp to thank him, and praise him +for his abundant favour, and to beg that it would please his +grace to come unto Mansoul with his men, and there to take up +their quarters for ever: and this they did in most humble manner, +bowing themselves seven times to the ground before him. +Then said he, ‘All peace be to you.’ So the town came +nigh, and touched with the hand the top of his golden sceptre; +and they said, ‘Oh! that the Prince Emmanuel, with his +captains and men of war, would dwell in Mansoul for ever; and +that his battering-rams and slings might be lodged in her for the +use and service of the Prince, and for the help and strength of +Mansoul. For,’ said they, ‘we have room for +thee, we have room for thy men, we have also room for thy weapons +of war, and a place to make a magazine for thy carriages. +Do it, Emmanuel, and thou shalt be King and Captain in Mansoul +for ever. Yea, govern thou also according to all the desire +of thy soul, and make thou governors and princes under thee of +thy captains and men of war, and we will become thy servants, and +thy laws shall be our direction.’</p> +<p>They added, moreover, and prayed his Majesty to consider +thereof; ‘for,’ said they, ‘if now, after all +this grace bestowed upon us, thy miserable town of Mansoul, thou +shouldest withdraw, thou and thy captains, from us, the town of +Mansoul will die. Yea,’ said they, ‘our blessed +Emmanuel, if thou shouldest depart from us now, now thou hast +done so much good for us, and showed so much mercy unto us, what +will follow but that our joy will be as if it had not been, and +our enemies will a second time come upon us with more rage than +at the first? Wherefore, we beseech thee, O thou, the +desire of our eyes, and the strength and life of our poor town, +accept of this motion that now we have made unto our Lord, and +come and dwell in the midst of us, and let us be thy +people. Besides, Lord, we do not know but that to this day +many Diabolonians may be yet lurking in the town of Mansoul, and +they will betray us, when thou shalt leave us, into the hand of +Diabolus again; and who knows what designs, plots, or +contrivances have passed betwixt them about these things +already? Loath we are to fall again into his horrible +hands. Wherefore, let it please thee to accept of our +palace for thy place of residence, and of the houses of the best +men in our town for the reception of thy soldiers and their +furniture.’</p> +<p>Then said the Prince, ‘If I come to your town, will you +suffer me further to prosecute that which is in mine heart +against mine enemies and yours?—yea, will you help me in +such undertakings?’</p> +<p>They answered, ‘We know not what we shall do; we did not +think once that we should have been such traitors to Shaddai as +we have proved to be. What, then, shall we say to our +Lord? Let him put no trust in his saints; let the Prince +dwell in our castle, and make of our town a garrison; let him set +his noble captains and his warlike soldiers over us; yea, let him +conquer us with his love, and overcome us with his grace, and +then surely shall he be but with us, and help us, as he was and +did that morning that our pardon was read unto us. We shall +comply with this our Lord, and with his ways, and fall in with +his word against the mighty.</p> +<p>‘One word more, and thy servants have done, and in this +will trouble our Lord no more. We know not the depth of the +wisdom of thee, our Prince. Who could have thought, that +had been ruled by his reason, that so much sweet as we do now +enjoy should have come out of those bitter trials wherewith we +were tried at the first! But, Lord, let light go before, +and let love come after: yea, take us by the hand, and lead us by +thy counsels, and let this always abide upon us, that all things +shall be the best for thy servants, and come to our Mansoul, and +do as it pleaseth thee. Or, Lord, come to our Mansoul, do +what thou wilt, so thou keepest us from sinning, and makest us +serviceable to thy Majesty.’</p> +<p>Then said the Prince to the town of Mansoul again, ‘Go, +return to your houses in peace. I will willingly in this +comply with your desires; I will remove my royal pavilion, I will +draw up my forces before Eye-gate to-morrow, and so will march +forwards into the town of Mansoul. I will possess myself of +your castle of Mansoul, and will set my soldiers over you: yea, I +will yet do things in Mansoul that cannot be paralleled in any +nation, country, or kingdom under heaven.’ Then did +the men of Mansoul give a shout, and returned unto their houses +in peace; they also told to their kindred and friends the good +that Emmanuel had promised to Mansoul. ‘And +to-morrow,’ said they, ‘he will march into our town, +and take up his dwelling, he and his men, in Mansoul.’</p> +<p>Then went out the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul with +haste to the green trees and to the meadows, to gather boughs and +flowers, therewith to strew the streets against their Prince, the +Son of Shaddai, should come; they also made garlands and other +fine works to betoken how joyful they were, and should be to +receive their Emmanuel into Mansoul; yea, they strewed the street +quite from Eye-gate to the castle-gate, the place where the +Prince should be. They also prepared for his coming what +music the town of Mansoul would afford, that they might play +before him to the palace, his habitation.</p> +<p>So, at the time appointed he makes his approach to Mansoul, +and the gates were set open for him; there also the ancients and +elders of Mansoul met him to salute him with a thousand +welcomes. Then he arose and entered Mansoul, he and all his +servants. The elders of Mansoul did also go dancing before +him till he came to the castle gates. And this was the +manner of his going up thither:—He was clad in his golden +armour, he rode in his royal chariot, the trumpets sounded about +him, the colours were displayed, his ten thousands went up at his +feet, and the elders of Mansoul danced before him. And now +were the walls of the famous town of Mansoul filled with the +tramplings of the inhabitants thereof, who went up thither to +view the approach of the blessed Prince and his royal army. +Also the casements, windows, balconies, and tops of the houses, +were all now filled with persons of all sorts, to behold how +their town was to be filled with good.</p> +<p>Now, when he was come so far into the town as to the +Recorder’s house, he commanded that one should go to +Captain Credence, to know whether the castle of Mansoul was +prepared to entertain his royal presence (for the preparation of +that was left to that captain), and word was brought that it +was. Then was Captain Credence commanded also to come forth +with his power to meet the Prince, the which was, as he had +commanded, done; and he conducted him into the castle. This +done, the Prince that night did lodge in the castle with his +mighty captains and men of war, to the joy of the town of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>Now, the next care of the townsfolk was, how the captains and +soldiers of the Prince’s army should be quartered among +them; and the care was not how they should shut their hands of +them, but how they should fill their houses with them; for every +man in Mansoul now had that esteem of Emmanuel and his men that +nothing grieved them more than because they were not enlarged +enough, every one of them to receive the whole army of the +Prince; yea, they counted it their glory to be waiting upon them, +and would, in those days, run at their bidding like lackeys.</p> +<p>At last they came to this result:—</p> +<p>1. That Captain Innocency should quarter at Mr. +Reason’s.</p> +<p>2. That Captain Patience should quarter at Mr. +Mind’s. This Mr. Mind was formerly the Lord +Willbewill’s clerk in time of the late rebellion.</p> +<p>3. It was ordered that Captain Charity should quarter at Mr. +Affection’s house.</p> +<p>4. That Captain Good-Hope should quarter at my Lord +Mayor’s. Now, for the house of the Recorder, himself +desired, because his house was next to the castle, and because +from him it was ordered by the Prince that, if need be, the alarm +should be given to Mansoul,—it was, I say, desired by him +that Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction should take up +their quarters with him, even they and all their men.</p> +<p>5. As for Captain Judgment and Captain Execution, my Lord +Willbewill took them and their men to him, because he was to rule +under the Prince for the good of the town of Mansoul now, as he +had before under the tyrant Diabolus for the hurt and damage +thereof.</p> +<p>6. And throughout the rest of the town were quartered +Emmanuel’s forces; but Captain Credence, with his men, +abode still in the castle. So the Prince, his captains, and +his soldiers, were lodged in the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Now, the ancients and elders of the town of Mansoul thought +that they never should have enough of the Prince Emmanuel; his +person, his actions, his words, and behaviour, were so pleasing, +so taking, so desirable to them. Wherefore they prayed him, +that though the castle of Mansoul was his place of residence, +(and they desired that he might dwell there for ever,) yet that +he would often visit the streets, houses, and people of +Mansoul. ‘For,’ said they, ‘dread +Sovereign, thy presence, thy looks, thy smiles, thy words, are +the life, and strength, and sinews of the town of +Mansoul.’</p> +<p>Besides this, they craved that they might have, without +difficulty or interruption, continual access unto him, (so for +that very purpose he commanded that the gates should stand open,) +that they might there see the manner of his doings, the +fortifications of the place, and the royal mansion-house of the +Prince.</p> +<p>When he spake, they all stopped their mouths and gave +audience; and when he walked, it was their delight to imitate him +in his goings.</p> +<p>Now, upon a time, Emmanuel made a feast for the town of +Mansoul; and upon the feasting-day the townsfolk were come to the +castle to partake of his banquet; and he feasted them with all +manner of outlandish food;—food that grew not in the fields +of Mansoul; nor in all the whole Kingdom of Universe; it was food +that came from his Father’s court. And so there was +dish after dish set before them, and they were commanded freely +to eat. But still, when a fresh dish was set before them, +they would whisperingly say to each other, ‘What is +it?’ for they wist not what to call it. They drank +also of the water that was made wine, and were very merry with +him. There was music also all the while at the table; and +man did eat angels’ food, and had honey given him out of +the rock. So Mansoul did eat the food that was peculiar to +the court; yea, they had now thereof to the full.</p> +<p>I must not forget to tell you, that as at this table there +were musicians, so they were not those of the country, nor yet of +the town of Mansoul; but they were the masters of the songs that +were sung at the court of Shaddai.</p> +<p>Now, after the feast was over, Emmanuel was for entertaining +the town of Mansoul with some curious riddles of secrets drawn up +by his Father’s secretary, by the skill and wisdom of +Shaddai; the like to these there is not in any kingdom. +These riddles were made upon the King Shaddai himself, and upon +Emmanuel his Son, and upon his wars and doings with Mansoul.</p> +<p>Emmanuel also expounded unto them some of those riddles +himself; but, oh! how they were lightened! They saw what +they never saw; they could not have thought that such rarities +could have been couched in so few and such ordinary words. +I told you before, whom these riddles did concern; and as they +were opened, the people did evidently see it was so. Yea, +they did gather that the things themselves were a kind of a +portraiture, and that of Emmanuel himself; for when they read in +the scheme where the riddles were writ, and looked in the face of +the Prince, things looked so like the one to the other, that +Mansoul could not forbear but say, ‘This is the lamb! this +is the sacrifice! this is the rock! this is the red cow! this is +the door! and this is the way!’ with a great many other +things more.</p> +<p>And thus he dismissed the town of Mansoul. But can you +imagine how the people of the corporation were taken with this +entertainment! Oh! they were transported with joy, they +were drowned with wonderment, while they saw and understood, and +considered what their Emmanuel entertained them withal, and what +mysteries he opened to them. And when they were at home in +their houses, and in their most retired places, they could not +but sing of him and of his actions. Yea, so taken were the +townsmen now with their Prince, that they would sing of him in +their sleep.</p> +<p>Now, it was in the heart of the Prince Emmanuel to new-model +the town of Mansoul, and to put it into such a condition as might +be most pleasing to him, and that might best stand with the +profit and security of the now flourishing town of Mansoul. +He provided also against insurrections at home, and invasions +from abroad, such love had he for the famous town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Wherefore he first of all commanded that the great slings that +were brought from his Father’s court, when he came to the +war of Mansoul, should be mounted, some upon the battlements of +the castle, some upon the towers; for there were towers in the +town of Mansoul, towers, new-built by Emmanuel since he came +hither. There was also an instrument, invented by Emmanuel, +that was to throw stones from the castle of Mansoul, out at +Mouth-gate; an instrument that could not be resisted, nor that +would miss of execution. Wherefore, for the wonderful +exploits that it did when used, it went without a name; and it +was committed to the care of, and to be managed by the brave +captain, the Captain Credence, in case of war.</p> +<p>This done, Emmanuel called the Lord Willbewill to him, and +gave him in commandment to take care of the gates, the wall, and +towers in Mansoul; also the Prince gave him the militia into his +hand, and a special charge to withstand all insurrections and +tumults that might be made in Mansoul against the peace of our +Lord the King, and the peace and tranquillity of the town of +Mansoul. He also gave him in commission, that if he found +any of the Diabolonians lurking in any corner of the famous town +of Mansoul, he should forthwith apprehend them, and stay them, or +commit them to safe custody, that they may be proceeded against +according to law.</p> +<p>Then he called unto him the Lord Understanding, who was the +old Lord Mayor, he that was put out of place when Diabolus took +the town, and put him into his former office again, and it became +his place for his lifetime. He bid him also that he should +build him a palace near Eye-gate; and that he should build it in +fashion like a tower for defence. He bid him also that he +should read in the Revelation of Mysteries all the days of his +life, that he might know how to perform his office aright.</p> +<p>He also made Mr. Knowledge the Recorder, not of contempt to +old Mr. Conscience, who had been Recorder before, but for that it +was in his princely mind to confer upon Mr. Conscience another +employ, of which he told the old gentleman he should know more +hereafter.</p> +<p>Then he commanded that the image of Diabolus should be taken +down from the place where it was set up, and that they should +destroy it utterly, beating it into powder, and casting it into +the wind without the town wall; and that the image of Shaddai, +his Father, should be set up again, with his own, upon the castle +gates; and that it should be more fairly drawn than ever, +forasmuch as both his Father and himself were come to Mansoul in +more grace and mercy than heretofore. He would also that +his name should be fairly engraven upon the front of the town, +and that it should be done in the best of gold, for the honour of +the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>After this was done, Emmanuel gave out a commandment that +those three great Diabolonians should be apprehended, namely, the +two late Lord Mayors, to wit, Mr. Incredulity, Mr. Lustings, and +Mr. Forget-Good, the Recorder. Besides these, there were +some of them that Diabolus made burgesses and aldermen in +Mansoul, that were committed to ward by the hand of the now +valiant and now right noble, the brave Lord Willbewill.</p> +<p>And these were their names: Alderman Atheism, Alderman +Hard-Heart, and Alderman False-Peace. The burgesses were, +Mr. No-Truth, Mr. Pitiless, Mr. Haughty, with the like. +These were committed to close custody, and the gaoler’s +name was Mr. True-Man. This True-Man was one of those that +Emmanuel brought with him from his Father’s court when at +the first he made a war upon Diabolus in the town or Mansoul.</p> +<p>After this, the Prince gave a charge that the three +strongholds that, at the command of Diabolus, the Diabolonians +built in Mansoul, should be demolished and utterly pulled down; +of which holds and their names, with their captains and +governors, you read a little before. But this was long in +doing, because of the largeness of the places, and because the +stones, the timber, the iron, and all rubbish, was to be carried +without the town.</p> +<p>When this was done, the Prince gave order that the Lord Mayor +and aldermen of Mansoul should call a court of judicature for the +trial and execution of the Diabolonians in the corporation now +under the charge of Mr. True-Man, the gaoler.</p> +<p>Now, when the time was come, and the court set, commandment +was sent to Mr. True-Man, the gaoler, to bring the prisoners down +to the bar. Then were the prisoners brought down, pinioned +and chained together, as the custom of the town of Mansoul +was. So, when they were presented before the Lord Mayor, +the Recorder, and the rest of the honourable bench, first, the +jury was empannelled, and then the witnesses sworn. The +names of the jury were these: Mr. Belief, Mr. True-Heart, Mr. +Upright, Mr. Hate-Bad, Mr. Love-God, Mr. See-Truth, Mr. +Heavenly-Mind, Mr. Moderate, Mr. Thankful, Mr. Good-Work, Mr. +Zeal-for-God, and Mr. Humble.</p> +<p>The names of the witnesses were—Mr. Know-All, Mr. +Tell-True, Mr. Hate-Lies, with my Lord Willbewill and his man, if +need were.</p> +<p>So the prisoners were set to the bar. Then said Mr. +Do-Right, (for he was the Town-Clerk,) ‘Set Atheism to the +bar, gaoler.’ So he was set to the bar. Then +said the Clerk, ‘Atheism, hold up thy hand. Thou art +here indicted by the name of Atheism, (an intruder upon the town +of Mansoul,) for that thou hast perniciously and doltishly taught +and maintained that there is no God, and so no heed to be taken +to religion. This thou hast done against the being, honour, +and glory of the King, and against the peace and safety of the +town of Mansoul. What sayest thou? Art thou guilty of +this indictment, or not?</p> +<p><i>Atheism</i>. Not guilty.</p> +<p><i>Crier</i>. Call Mr. Know-All, Mr. Tell-True, and Mr. +Hate-Lies into the court.</p> +<p>So they were called, and they appeared.</p> +<p>Then said the Clerk, ‘You, the witnesses for the King, +look upon the prisoner at the bar; do you know him?’</p> +<p>Then said Mr. Know-All, ‘Yes, my lord, we know him; his +name is Atheism; he has been a very pestilent fellow for many +years in the miserable town of Mansoul.’</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. You are sure you know him?</p> +<p><i>Know</i>. Know him! Yes my lord; I have +heretofore too often been in his company to be at this time +ignorant of him. He is a Diabolonian, the son of a +Diabolonian: I knew his grandfather and his father.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Well said. He standeth here indicted +by the name of Atheism, etc., and is charged that he hath +maintained and taught that there is no God, and so no heed need +be taken to any religion. What say you, the King’s +witnesses, to this? Is he guilty or not?</p> +<p><i>Know</i>. My lord, I and he were once in +Villain’s Lane together, and he at that time did briskly +talk of divers opinions; and then and there I heard him say, +that, for his part, he did believe that there was no God. +‘But,’ said he, ‘I can profess one, and be as +religious too, if the company I am in, and the circumstances of +other things,’ said he, ‘shall put me upon +it.’</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. You are sure you heard him say thus?</p> +<p><i>Know</i>. Upon mine oath, I heard him say thus.</p> +<p>Then said the Clerk, ‘Mr. Tell-True, what say you to the +King’s judges touching the prisoner at the bar?’</p> +<p><i>Tell</i>. My lord, I formerly was a great companion +of his, for the which I now repent me, and I have often heard him +say, and that with very great stomachfulness, that he believed +there was neither God, angel, nor spirit.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Where did you hear him say so?</p> +<p><i>Tell</i>. In Blackmouth Lane and in +Blasphemer’s Row, and in many other places besides.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Have you much knowledge of him?</p> +<p><i>Tell</i>. I know him to be a Diabolonian, the son of +a Diabolonian, and a horrible man to deny a Deity. His +father’s name was Never-be-good, and he had more children +than this Atheism. I have no more to say.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Hate-Lies, look upon the prisoner at +the bar; do you know him?</p> +<p><i>Hate</i>. My lord, this Atheism is one of the vilest +wretches that ever I came near, or had to do with in my +life. I have heard him say that there is no God; I have +heard him say that there is no world to come, no sin, nor +punishment hereafter, and, moreover, I have heard him say that it +was as good to go to a whore-house as to go to hear a sermon.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Where did you hear him say these +things?</p> +<p><i>Hate</i>. In Drunkard’s Row, just at +Rascal-Lane’s End, at a house in which Mr. Impiety +lived.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Lustings +to the bar. Mr. Lustings, thou art here indicted by the +name of Lustings, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for +that thou hast devilishly and traitorously taught, by practice +and filthy words, that it is lawful and profitable to man to give +way to his carnal desires; and that thou, for thy part, hast not, +nor never wilt, deny thyself of any sinful delight as long as thy +name is Lustings. How sayest thou? Art thou guilty of +this indictment, or not?</p> +<p>Then said Mr. Lustings, ‘My lord, I am a man of high +birth, and have been used to pleasures and pastimes of +greatness. I have not been wont to be snubbed for my +doings, but have been left to follow my will as if it were +law. And it seems strange to me that I should this day be +called into question for that, that not only I, but almost all +men, do either secretly or openly countenance, love, and approve +of.’</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Sir, we concern not ourselves with your +greatness; (though the higher, the better you should have been;) +but we are concerned, and so are you now, about an indictment +preferred against you. How say you? Are you guilty of +it, or not?</p> +<p><i>Lust</i>. Not guilty.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Crier, call upon the witnesses to stand +forth and give their evidence.</p> +<p><i>Crier</i>. Gentlemen, you, the witnesses for the +King, come in and give in your evidence for our Lord the King +against the prisoner at the bar.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Come, Mr. Know-All, look upon the prisoner +at the bar; do you know him?</p> +<p><i>Know</i>. Yes, my lord, I know him.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. What is his name?</p> +<p><i>Know</i>. His name is Lustings; he was the son of one +Beastly, and his mother bare him in Flesh Street: she was one +Evil-Concupiscence’s daughter. I knew all the +generation of them.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Well said. You have heard his +indictment; what say you to it? Is he guilty of the things +charged against him, or not?</p> +<p><i>Know</i>. My lord, he has, as he saith, been a great +man indeed, and greater in wickedness than by pedigree more than +a thousandfold.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. But what do you know of his particular +actions, and especially with reference to his indictment?</p> +<p><i>Know</i>. I know him to be a swearer, a liar, a +Sabbath-breaker; I know him to be a fornicator and an unclean +person; I know him to be guilty of abundance of evils. He +has been, to my knowledge, a very filthy man.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. But where did he use to commit his +wickedness? in some private corners, or more open and +shamelessly?</p> +<p><i>Know</i>. All the town over, my lord.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Come, Mr. Tell-True, what have you to say +for our Lord the King against the prisoner at the bar?</p> +<p><i>Tell</i>. My lord, all that the first witness has +said I know to be true, and a great deal more besides.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Lustings, do you hear what these +gentlemen say?</p> +<p><i>Lust</i>. I was ever of opinion that the happiest +life that a man could live on earth was to keep himself back from +nothing that he desired in the world; nor have I been false at +any time to this opinion of mine, but have lived in the love of +my notions all my days. Nor was I ever so churlish, having +found such sweetness in them myself, as to keep the commendations +of them from others.</p> +<p>Then said the Court, ‘There hath proceeded enough from +his own mouth to lay him open to condemnation; wherefore, set him +by, gaoler, and set Mr. Incredulity to the bar.’</p> +<p>Incredulity set to the bar.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Incredulity, thou art here indicted by +the name of Incredulity, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) +for that thou hast feloniously and wickedly, and that when thou +wert an officer in the town of Mansoul, made head against the +captains of the great King Shaddai when they came and demanded +possession of Mansoul; yea, thou didst bid defiance to the name, +forces, and cause of the King, and didst also, as did Diabolus +thy captain, stir up and encourage the town of Mansoul to make +head against and resist the said force of the King. What +sayest thou to this indictment? Art thou guilty of it, or +not?</p> +<p>Then said Incredulity, ‘I know not Shaddai; I love my +old prince; I thought it my duty to be true to my trust, and to +do what I could to possess the minds of the men of Mansoul to do +their utmost to resist strangers and foreigners, and with might +to fight against them. Nor have I, nor shall I, change mine +opinion for fear of trouble, though you at present are possessed +of place and power.’</p> +<p>Then said the Court, ‘The man, as you see, is +incorrigible; he is for maintaining his villainies by stoutness +of words, and his rebellion with impudent confidence; and +therefore set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Forget-Good to the +bar.</p> +<p>Forget-Good set to the bar.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Forget-Good, thou art here indicted by +the name of Forget-Good, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) +for that thou, when the whole affairs of the town of Mansoul were +in thy hand, didst utterly forget to serve them in what was good, +and didst fall in with the tyrant Diabolus against Shaddai the +King, against his captains, and all his host, to the dishonour of +Shaddai, the breach of his law, and the endangering of the +destruction of the famous town of Mansoul. What sayest thou +to this indictment? Art thou guilty or not guilty?</p> +<p>Then said Forget-Good: ‘Gentlemen, and at this time my +judges, as to the indictment by which I stand of several crimes +accused before you, pray attribute my forgetfulness to mine age, +and not to my wilfulness; to the craziness of my brain, and not +to the carelessness of my mind; and then I hope I may be by your +charity excused from great punishment, though I be +guilty.’</p> +<p>Then said the Court, ‘Forget-Good, Forget-Good, thy +forgetfulness of good was not simply of frailty, but of purpose, +and for that thou didst loathe to keep virtuous things in thy +mind. What was bad thou couldst retain, but what was good +thou couldst not abide to think of; thy age, therefore, and thy +pretended craziness, thou makest use of to blind the court +withal, and as a cloak to cover thy knavery. But let us +hear what the witnesses have to say for the King against the +prisoner at the bar. Is he guilty of this indictment, or +not?’</p> +<p><i>Hate</i>. My lord, I have heard this Forget-Good say, +that he could never abide to think of goodness, no, not for a +quarter of an hour.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Where did you hear him say so?</p> +<p><i>Hate</i>. In All-base Lane, at a house next door to +the sign of the Conscience seared with a hot iron.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Know-All, what can you say for our +Lord the King against the prisoner at the bar?</p> +<p><i>Know</i>. My lord, I know this man well. He is +a Diabolonian, the son of a Diabolonian: his father’s name +was Love-Naught; and for him, I have often heard him say, that he +counted the very thoughts of goodness the most burdensome thing +in the world.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Where have you heard him say these +words?</p> +<p><i>Know</i>. In Flesh Lane, right opposite to the +church.</p> +<p>Then said the Clerk, ‘Come, Mr. Tell-True, give in your +evidence concerning the prisoner at the bar, about that for which +he stands here, as you see, indicted by this honourable +Court.’</p> +<p><i>Tell</i>. My lord, I have heard him often say he had +rather think of the vilest thing than of what is contained in the +Holy Scriptures.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Where did you hear him say such grievous +words?</p> +<p><i>Tell</i>. Where?—in a great many places, +particularly in Nauseous Street, in the house of one Shameless, +and in Filth Lane, at the sign of the Reprobate, next door to the +Descent into the Pit.</p> +<p><i>Court</i>. Gentlemen, you have heard the indictment, +his plea, and the testimony of the witnesses. Gaoler, set +Mr. Hard-Heart to the bar.</p> +<p>He is set to the bar.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Hard-Heart, thou art here indicted by +the name of Hard-Heart, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) +for that thou didst most desperately and wickedly possess the +town of Mansoul with impenitency and obdurateness; and didst keep +them from remorse and sorrow for their evils, all the time of +their apostacy from and rebellion against the blessed King +Shaddai. What sayest thou to this indictment? Art +thou guilty, or not guilty?</p> +<p><i>Hard</i>. My lord, I never knew what remorse or +sorrow meant in all my life. I am impenetrable. I +care for no man; nor can I be pierced with men’s griefs; +their groans will not enter into my heart. Whomsoever I +mischief, whomsoever I wrong, to me it is music, when to others +mourning.</p> +<p><i>Court</i>. You see the man is a right Diabolonian, +and has convicted himself. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. +False-Peace to the bar.</p> +<p>False-Peace set to the bar.</p> +<p>‘Mr. False-Peace, thou art here indicted by the name of +False-Peace, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that +thou didst most wickedly and satanically bring, hold, and keep +the town of Mansoul, both in her apostacy and in her hellish +rebellion, in a false, groundless, and dangerous peace, and +damnable security, to the dishonour of the King, the +transgression of his law, and the great damage of the town of +Mansoul. What sayest thou? Art thou guilty of this +indictment, or not?</p> +<p>Then said Mr. False-Peace: ‘Gentlemen, and you now +appointed to be my judges, I acknowledge that my name is Mr. +Peace; but that my name is False-Peace I utterly deny. If +your honours shall please to send for any that do intimately know +me, or for the midwife that laid my mother of me, or for the +gossips that were at my christening, they will, any or all of +them, prove that my name is not False-Peace, but Peace. +Wherefore I cannot plead to this indictment, forasmuch as my name +is not inserted therein; and as is my true name, so are also my +conditions. I was always a man that loved to live at quiet, +and what I loved myself, that I thought others might love +also. Wherefore, when I saw any of my neighbours to labour +under a disquieted mind, I endeavoured to help them what I could; +and instances of this good temper of mine many I could give; +as,</p> +<p>‘1. When, at the beginning, our town of Mansoul did +decline the ways of Shaddai, they, some of them, afterwards began +to have disquieting reflections upon themselves for what they had +done; but I, as one troubled to see them disquieted, presently +sought out means to get them quiet again.</p> +<p>‘2. When the ways of the old world, and of Sodom, were +in fashion, if anything happened to molest those that were for +the customs of the present times, I laboured to make them quiet +again, and to cause them to act without molestation.</p> +<p>‘3. To come nearer home: when the wars fell out between +Shaddai and Diabolus, if at any time I saw any of the town of +Mansoul afraid of destruction, I often used, by some way, device, +invention, or other, to labour to bring them to peace +again. Wherefore, since I have been always a man of so +virtuous a temper as some say a peace-maker is, and if a +peace-maker be so deserving a man as some have been bold to +attest he is, then let me, gentlemen, be accounted by you, who +have a great name for justice and equity in Mansoul, for a man +that deserveth not this inhuman way of treatment, but liberty, +and also a license to seek damage of those that have been my +accusers.’</p> +<p>Then said the clerk, ‘Crier, make a +proclamation.’</p> +<p><i>Crier</i>. Oyes! Forasmuch as the prisoner at +the bar hath denied his name to be that which is mentioned in the +indictment, the Court requireth that if there be any in this +place that can give information to the Court of the original and +right name of the prisoner, they would come forth and give in +their evidence; for the prisoner stands upon his own +innocency.</p> +<p>Then came two into the court, and desired that they might have +leave to speak what they knew concerning the prisoner at the bar: +the name of the one was Search-Truth, and the name of the other +Vouch-Truth. So the Court demanded of these men if they +knew the prisoner, and what they could say concerning him, +‘for he stands,’ said they, ‘upon his own +vindication.’</p> +<p>Then said Mr. Search-Truth, ‘My Lord, +I—’</p> +<p><i>Court</i>. Hold! give him his oath.</p> +<p>Then they sware him. So he proceeded.</p> +<p><i>Search</i>. My lord, I know and have known this man +from a child, and can attest that his name is False-Peace. +I know his father; his name was Mr. Flatter: and his mother, +before she was married, was called by the name of Mrs. Sooth-Up: +and these two, when they came together, lived not long without +this son; and when he was born, they called his name +False-Peace. I was his play-fellow, only I was somewhat +older than he; and when his mother did use to call him home from +his play, she used to say, ‘False-Peace, False-Peace, come +home quick, or I’ll fetch you.’ Yea, I knew him +when he sucked; and though I was then but little, yet I can +remember that when his mother did use to sit at the door with +him, or did play with him in her arms, she would call him, twenty +times together, ‘My little False-Peace! my pretty +False-Peace!’ and, ‘Oh! my sweet rogue, +False-Peace!’ and again, ‘Oh! my little bird, +False-Peace!’ and ‘How do I love my +child!’ The gossips also know it is thus, though he +has had the face to deny it in open court.</p> +<p>Then Mr. Vouch-Truth was called upon to speak what he knew of +him. So they sware him.</p> +<p>Then said Mr. Vouch-Truth, ‘My lord, all that the former +witness hath said is true. His name is False-Peace, the son +of Mr. Flatter, and of Mrs. Sooth-Up, his mother: and I have in +former times seen him angry with those that have called him +anything else but False-Peace, for he would say that all such did +mock and nickname him; but this was in the time when Mr. +False-Peace was a great man, and when the Diabolonians were the +brave men in Mansoul.</p> +<p><i>Court</i>. Gentlemen, you have heard what these two +men have sworn against the prisoner at the bar. And now, +Mr. False-Peace, to you: you have denied your name to be +False-Peace, yet you see that these honest men have sworn that +that is your name. As to your plea, in that you are quite +besides the matter of your indictment, you are not by it charged +for evil-doing because you are a man of peace, or a peace-maker +among your neighbours; but for that you did wickedly and +satanically bring, keep, and hold the town of Mansoul, both under +its apostasy from, and in its rebellion against its King, in a +false, lying, and damnable peace, contrary to the law of Shaddai, +and to the hazard of the destruction of the then miserable town +of Mansoul. All that you have pleaded for yourself is, that +you have denied your name, etc.; but here, you see, we have +witnesses to prove that you are the man. For the peace that +you so much boast of making among your neighbours, know that +peace that is not a companion of truth and holiness, but that +which is without this foundation, is grounded upon a lie, and is +both deceitful and damnable, as also the great Shaddai hath +said. Thy plea, therefore, has not delivered thee from what +by the indictment thou art charged with, but rather it doth +fasten all upon thee. But thou shalt have very fair +play. Let us call the witnesses that are to testify as to +matter of fact, and see what they have to say for our Lord the +King against the prisoner at the bar.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Know-All, what say you for our Lord +the King against the prisoner at the bar?</p> +<p><i>Know</i>. My lord, this man hath of a long time made +it, to my knowledge, his business to keep the town of Mansoul in +a sinful quietness in the midst of all her lewdness, filthiness, +and turmoils, and hath said, and that in my hearing, Come, come, +let us fly from all trouble, on what ground soever it comes, and +let us be for a quiet and peaceable life, though it wanteth a +good foundation.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Come, Mr. Hate-Lies, what have you to +say?</p> +<p><i>Hate</i>. My lord, I have heard him say, that peace, +though in a way of unrighteousness, is better than trouble with +truth.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Where did you hear him say this?</p> +<p><i>Hate</i>. I heard him say it in Folly-yard, at the +house of one Mr. Simple, next door to the sign of the +Self-deceiver. Yea, he hath said this to my knowledge +twenty times in that place.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. We may spare further witness; this +evidence is plain and full. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. +No-Truth to the bar. Mr. No-Truth, thou art here indicted +by the name of No-Truth, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) +for that thou hast always, to the dishonour of Shaddai, and the +endangering of the utter ruin of the famous town of Mansoul, set +thyself to deface, and utterly to spoil, all the remainders of +the law and image of Shaddai that have been found in Mansoul +after her deep apostasy from her king to Diabolus, the envious +tyrant. What sayest thou, art thou guilty of this +indictment, or not?</p> +<p><i>No</i>. Not guilty, my lord.</p> +<p>Then the witnesses were called, and Mr. Know-All did first +give in his evidence against him.</p> +<p><i>Know</i>. My lord, this man was at the pulling down +of the image of Shaddai; yea, this is he that did it with his own +hands. I myself stood by and saw him do it, and he did it +at the commandment of Diabolus. Yea, this Mr. No-Truth did +more than this, he did also set up the horned image of the beast +Diabolus in the same place. This also is he that, at the +bidding of Diabolus, did rend and tear, and cause to be consumed, +all that he could of the remainders of the law of the King, even +whatever he could lay his hands on in Mansoul.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Who saw him do this besides yourself?</p> +<p><i>Hate</i>. I did, my lord, and so did many more +besides; for this was not done by stealth, or in a corner, but in +the open view of all; yea, he chose himself to do it publicly, +for he delighted in the doing of it.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Mr. No-Truth, how could you have the face +to plead not guilty, when you were so manifestly the doer of all +this wickedness?</p> +<p><i>No</i>. Sir, I thought I must say something, and as +my name is, so I speak. I have been advantaged thereby +before now, and did not know but by speaking no truth, I might +have reaped the same benefit now.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Pitiless +to the bar. Mr. Pitiless, thou art here indicted by the +name of Pitiless, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for +that thou didst most traitorously and wickedly shut up all bowels +of compassion, and wouldest not suffer poor Mansoul to condole +her own misery when she had apostatised from her rightful King, +but didst evade, and at all times turn her mind awry from those +thoughts that had in them a tendency to lead her to +repentance. What sayest thou to this indictment? +Guilty or not guilty?</p> +<p>‘Not guilty of pitilessness: all I did was to cheer up, +according to my name, for my name is not Pitiless, but Cheer-up; +and I could not abide to see Mansoul inclined to +melancholy.’</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. How! do you deny your name, and say it is +not Pitiless, but Cheer-up? Call for the witnesses. What +say you, the witnesses, to this plea?</p> +<p><i>Know</i>. My lord, his name is Pitiless; so he hath +written himself in all papers of concern wherein he has had to +do. But these Diabolonians love to counterfeit their names: +Mr. Covetousness covers himself with the name of Good-Husbandry, +or the like; Mr. Pride can, when need is, call himself Mr. Neat, +Mr. Handsome, or the like; and so of all the rest of them.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Tell-True, what say you?</p> +<p><i>Tell</i>. His name is Pitiless, my lord. I have +known him from a child, and he hath done all that wickedness +whereof he stands charged in the indictment; but there is a +company of them that are not acquainted with the danger of +damning, therefore they call all those melancholy that have +serious thoughts how that state should be shunned by them.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Set Mr. Haughty to the bar, gaoler. +Mr. Haughty, thou art here indicted by the name of Haughty, (an +intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou didst most +traitorously and devilishly teach the town of Mansoul to carry it +loftily and stoutly against the summons that was given them by +the captains of the King Shaddai. Thou didst also teach the +town of Mansoul to speak contemptuously and vilifyingly of their +great King Shaddai; and didst moreover encourage, both by words +and examples, Mansoul, to take up arms both against the King and +his son Emmanuel. How sayest thou, art thou guilty of this +indictment, or not?</p> +<p><i>Haughty</i>. Gentlemen, I have always been a man of +courage and valour, and have not used, when under the greatest +clouds, to sneak or hang down the head like a bulrush; nor did it +at all at any time please me to see men veil their bonnets to +those that have opposed them; yea, though their adversaries +seemed to have ten times the advantage of them. I did not +use to consider who was my foe, nor what the cause was in which I +was engaged. It was enough to me if I carried it bravely, +fought like a man, and came off a victor.</p> +<p><i>Court</i>. Mr. Haughty, you are not here indicted for +that you have been a valiant man, nor for your courage and +stoutness in times of distress, but for that you have made use of +this your pretended valour to draw the town of Mansoul into acts +of rebellion both against the great King, and Emmanuel his +Son. This is the crime and the thing wherewith thou art +charged in and by the indictment.</p> +<p>But he made no answer to that.</p> +<p>Now when the Court had thus far proceeded against the +prisoners at the bar, then they put them over to the verdict of +their jury, to whom they did apply themselves after this +manner:</p> +<p>‘Gentlemen of the jury, you have been here, and have +seen these men; you have heard their indictments, their pleas, +and what the witnesses have testified against them: now what +remains, is, that you do forthwith withdraw yourselves to some +place, where without confusion you may consider of what verdict, +in a way of truth and righteousness, you ought to bring in for +the King against them, and so bring it in accordingly.’</p> +<p>Then the jury, to wit, Mr. Belief, Mr. True-Heart, Mr. +Upright, Mr. Hate-bad, Mr. Love-God, Mr. See-Truth, Mr. +Heavenly-Mind, Mr. Moderate, Mr. Thankful, Mr. Humble, Mr. +Good-Work, and Mr. Zeal-for-God, withdrew themselves in order to +their work. Now when they were shut up by themselves, they +fell to discourse among themselves in order to the drawing up of +their verdict.</p> +<p>And thus Mr. Belief (for he was the foreman) began: +‘Gentlemen,’ quoth he, ‘for the men, the +prisoners at the bar, for my part I believe that they all deserve +death.’ ‘Very right,’ said Mr. +True-Heart; ‘I am wholly of your opinion.’ +‘Oh what a mercy is it,’ said Mr. Hate-Bad, +‘that such villains as these are apprehended!’ +‘Ay! ay!’ said Mr. Love-God, ‘this is one of +the joyfullest days that ever I saw in my life.’ Then +said Mr. See-Truth, ‘I know that if we judge them to death, +our verdict shall stand before Shaddai himself’ +‘Nor do I at all question it,’ said Mr. +Heavenly-Mind; he said, moreover, ‘When all such beasts as +these are cast out of Mansoul, what a goodly town will it be +then!’ ‘Then,’ said Mr. Moderate, +‘it is not my manner to pass my judgment with rashness; but +for these their crimes are so notorious, and the witness so +palpable, that that man must be wilfully blind who saith the +prisoners ought not to die.’ ‘Blessed be +God,’ said Mr. Thankful, ‘that the traitors are in +safe custody.’ ‘And I join with you in this +upon my bare knees,’ said Mr. Humble. ‘I am +glad also,’ said Mr. Good-Work. Then said the warm +man, and true-hearted Mr. Zeal-for-God, ‘Cut them off; they +have been the plague, and have sought the destruction of +Mansoul.’</p> +<p>Thus, therefore, being all agreed in their verdict, they come +instantly into the Court.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Gentlemen of the jury, answer all to your +names: Mr. Belief, one; Mr. True-Heart, two; Mr. Upright, three; +Mr. Hate-Bad, four; Mr. Love-God, five; Mr. See-Truth, six; Mr. +Heavenly-mind, seven; Mr. Moderate, eight; Mr. Thankful, nine; +Mr. Humble, ten; Mr. Good-Work, eleven; and Mr. Zeal-for-God, +twelve. Good men and true, stand together in your verdict: +are you all agreed?</p> +<p><i>Jury</i>. Yes, my lord.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Who shall speak for you?</p> +<p><i>Jury</i>. Our foreman.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. You, the gentlemen of the jury, being +empannelled for our Lord the King, to serve here in a matter of +life and death, have heard the trials of each of these men, the +prisoners at the bar: what say you? are they guilty of that, and +those crimes for which they stand here indicted, or are they not +guilty?</p> +<p><i>Foreman</i>. Guilty, my lord.</p> +<p><i>Clerk</i>. Look to your prisoners, gaoler.</p> +<p>This was done in the morning, and in the afternoon they +received the sentence of death according to the law.</p> +<p>The gaoler, therefore, having received such a charge, put them +all in the inward prison, to preserve them there till the day of +execution, which was to be the next day in the morning.</p> +<p>But now to see how it happened, one of the prisoners, +Incredulity by name, in the interim betwixt the sentence and the +time of execution, brake prison and made his escape, and gets him +away quite out of the town of Mansoul, and lay lurking in such +places and holes as he might, until he should again have +opportunity to do the town of Mansoul a mischief for their thus +handling of him as they did.</p> +<p>Now when Mr. Trueman, the gaoler, perceived that he had lost +his prisoner, he was in a heavy taking, because that prisoner +was, to speak on, the very worst of all the gang: wherefore first +he goes and acquaints my Lord Mayor, Mr. Recorder, and my Lord +Willbewill, with the matter, and to get of them an order to make +search for him throughout the town of Mansoul. So an order +he got, and search was made, but no such man could now be found +in all the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>All that could be gathered was, that he had lurked a while +about the outside of the town, and that here and there one or +other had a glimpse of him as he did make his escape out of +Mansoul; one or two also did affirm that they saw him without the +town, going apace quite over the plain. Now when he was +quite gone, it was affirmed by one Mr. Did-see, that he ranged +all over dry places, till he met with Diabolus, his friend, and +where should they meet one another but just upon Hell-gate +hill.</p> +<p>But oh! what a lamentable story did the old gentleman tell to +Diabolus concerning what sad alteration Emmanuel had made in +Mansoul!</p> +<p>As, first, how Mansoul had, after some delays, received a +general pardon at the hands of Emmanuel, and that they had +invited him into the town, and that they had given him the castle +for his possession. He said, moreover, that they had called +his soldiers into the town, coveted who should quarter the most +of them; they also entertained him with the timbrel, song, and +dance. ‘But that,’ said Incredulity, +‘which is the sorest vexation to me is, that he hath pulled +down, O father, thy image, and set up his own; pulled down thy +officers and set up his own. Yea, and Willbewill, that +rebel, who, one would have thought, should never have turned from +us, he is now in as great favour with Emmanuel as ever he was +with thee. But, besides all this, this Willbewill has +received a special commission from his master to search for, to +apprehend, and to put to death all, and all manner of +Diabolonians that he shall find in Mansoul: yea, and this +Willbewill has taken and committed to prison already eight of my +Lord’s most trusty friends in Mansoul. Nay, further, +my Lord, with grief I speak it, they have been all arraigned, +condemned, and, I doubt, before this executed in Mansoul. I +told my Lord of eight, and myself was the ninth, who should +assuredly have drunk of the same cup, but that through craft, I, +as thou seest, have made mine escape from them.’</p> +<p>When Diabolus had heard this lamentable story, he yelled and +snuffed up the wind like a dragon, and made the sky to look dark +with his roaring; he also sware that he would try to be revenged +on Mansoul for this. So they, both he and his old friend +Incredulity, concluded to enter into great consultation, how they +might get the town of Mansoul again.</p> +<p>Now, before this time, the day was come in which the prisoners +in Mansoul were to be executed. So they were brought to the +cross, and that by Mansoul, in most solemn manner; for the Prince +said that this should be done by the hand of the town of Mansoul, +‘that I may see,’ said he, ‘the forwardness of +my now redeemed Mansoul to keep my word, and to do my +commandments; and that I may bless Mansoul in doing this +deed. Proof of sincerity pleases me well; let Mansoul +therefore first lay their hands upon these Diabolonians to +destroy them.’</p> +<p>So the town of Mansoul slew them, according to the word of +their Prince; but when the prisoners were brought to the cross to +die, you can hardly believe what troublesome work Mansoul had of +it to put the Diabolonians to death; for the men, knowing that +they must die, and every of them having implacable enmity in +their hearts to Mansoul, what did they but took courage at the +cross, and there resisted the men of the town of Mansoul? +Wherefore the men of Mansoul were forced to cry out for help to +the captains and men of war. Now the great Shaddai had a +secretary in the town, and he was a great lover of the men of +Mansoul, and he was at the place of execution also; so he, +hearing the men of Mansoul cry out against the strugglings and +unruliness of the prisoners, rose up from his place, and came and +put his hands upon the hands of the men of Mansoul. So they +crucified the Diabolonians that had been a plague, a grief, and +an offence to the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Now, when this good work was done, the Prince came down to +see, to visit, and to speak comfortably to the men of Mansoul, +and to strengthen their hands in such work. And he said to +them that, by this act of theirs he had proved them, and found +them to be lovers of his person, observers of his laws, and such +as had also respect to his honour. He said, moreover, (to +show them that they by this should not be losers, nor their town +weakened by the loss of them,) that he would make them another +captain, and that of one of themselves. And that this +captain should be the ruler of a thousand, for the good and +benefit of the now flourishing town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>So he called one to him whose name was Waiting, and bid him, +‘Go quickly up to the castle gate, and inquire there for +one Mr. Experience, that waiteth upon that noble captain, the +Captain Credence, and bid him come hither to me.’ So +the messenger that waited upon the good Prince Emmanuel went and +said as he was commanded. Now the young gentleman was +waiting to see the captain train and muster his men in the castle +yard. Then said Mr. Waiting to him, ‘Sir, the Prince +would that you should come down to his highness +forthwith.’ So he brought him down to Emmanuel, and +he came and made obeisance before him. Now the men of the +town knew Mr. Experience well, for he was born and bred in +Mansoul; they also knew him to be a man of conduct, of valour, +and a person prudent in matters; he was also a comely person, +well-spoken, and very successful in his undertakings.</p> +<p>Wherefore the hearts of the townsmen were transported with joy +when they saw that the Prince himself was so taken with Mr. +Experience, that he would needs make him a captain over a band of +men.</p> +<p>So with one consent they bowed the knee before Emmanuel, and +with a shout said, ‘Let Emmanuel live for +ever!’ Then said the Prince to the young gentleman, +whose name was Mr. Experience, ‘I have thought good to +confer upon thee a place of trust and honour in this my town of +Mansoul.’ Then the young man bowed his head and +worshipped. ‘It is,’ said Emmanuel, ‘that +thou shouldest be a captain, a captain over a thousand men in my +beloved town of Mansoul.’ Then said the captain, +‘Let the King live!’ So the Prince gave out +orders forthwith to the King’s secretary, that he should +draw up for Mr. Experience a commission to make him a captain +over a thousand men. ‘And let it be brought to +me,’ said he, ‘that I may set to my +seal.’ So it was done as it was commanded. The +commission was drawn up, brought to Emmanuel, and he set his seal +thereto. Then, by the hand of Mr. Waiting, he sent it away +to the captain.</p> +<p>Now as soon as the captain had received his commission, he +sounded his trumpet for volunteers, and young men came to him +apace; yea, the greatest and chief men in the town sent their +sons, to be listed under his command. Thus Captain +Experience came under command to Emmanuel, for the good of the +town of Mansoul. He had for his lieutenant one Mr. Skilful, +and for his cornet one Mr. Memory. His under officers I +need not name. His colours were the white colours for the +town of Mansoul; and his scutcheon was the dead lion and dead +bear. So the Prince returned to his royal palace again.</p> +<p>Now when he was returned thither, the elders of the town of +Mansoul, to wit, the Lord Mayor, the Recorder, and the Lord +Willbewill, went to congratulate him, and in special way to thank +him for his love, care, and the tender compassion which he showed +to his ever-obliged town of Mansoul. So after a while, and +some sweet communion between them, the townsmen having solemnly +ended their ceremony, returned to their place again.</p> +<p>Emmanuel also at this time appointed them a day wherein he +would renew their charter, yea, wherein he would renew and +enlarge it, mending several faults therein, that Mansoul’s +yoke might be yet more easy. And this he did without any +desire of theirs, even of his own frankness and noble mind. +So when he had sent for and seen their old one, he laid it by, +and said, ‘Now that which decayeth and waxeth old is ready +to vanish away.’ He said, moreover, ‘The town +of Mansoul shall have another, a better, a new one, more steady +and firm by far.’ An epitome hereof take as +follows:—</p> +<p>‘Emmanuel, Prince of Peace, and a great lover of the +town of Mansoul, I do in the name of my Father, and of mine own +clemency, give, grant, and bequeath to my beloved town of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘First. Free, full, and everlasting forgiveness of +all wrongs, injuries, and offences done by them against my +Father, me, their neighbour, or themselves.</p> +<p>‘Second. I do give them the holy law and my +testament, with all that therein is contained, for their +everlasting comfort and consolation.</p> +<p>‘Third. I do also give them a portion of the +self-same grace and goodness that dwells in my Father’s +heart and mine.</p> +<p>‘Fourth. I do give, grant, and bestow upon them +freely, the world and what is therein, for their good; and they +shall have that power over them, as shall stand with the honour +of my Father, my glory, and their comfort: yea, I grant them the +benefits of life and death, and of things present, and things to +come. This privilege no other city, town, or corporation, +shall have, but my Mansoul only.</p> +<p>‘Fifth. I do give and grant them leave, and free +access to me in my palace at all seasons—to my palace above +or below—there to make known their wants to me, and I give +them, moreover, a promise that I will hear and redress all their +grievances.</p> +<p>‘Sixth. I do give, grant to, and invest the town +of Mansoul with full power and authority to seek out, take, +enslave, and destroy all, and all manner of Diabolonians that at +any time, from whencesoever, shall be found straggling in or +about the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘Seventh. I do further grant to my beloved town of +Mansoul, that they shall have authority not to suffer any +foreigner, or stranger, or their seed, to be free in, and of the +blessed town of Mansoul, nor to share in the excellent privileges +thereof. But that all the grants, privileges, and +immunities that I bestow upon the famous town of Mansoul, shall +be for those the old natives, and true inhabitants thereof; to +them, I say, and to their right seed after them.</p> +<p>‘But all Diabolonians, of what sort, birth, country, or +kingdom soever, shall be debarred a share therein.’</p> +<p>So when the town of Mansoul had received at the hand of +Emmanuel their gracious charter, (which in itself is infinitely +more large than by this lean epitome is set before you,) they +carried it to audience, that is, to the market place, and there +Mr. Recorder read it in the presence of all the people. +This being done, it was had back to the castle gates, and there +fairly engraven upon the doors thereof, and laid in letters of +gold, to the end that the town of Mansoul, with all the people +thereof, might have it always in their view, or might go where +they might see what a blessed freedom their Prince had bestowed +upon them, that their joy might be increased in themselves, and +their love renewed to their great and good Emmanuel.</p> +<p>But what joy, what comfort, what consolation, think you, did +now possess the hearts of the men of Mansoul! The bells +rung, the minstrels played, the people danced, the captains +shouted, the colours waved in the wind, and the silver trumpets +sounded; and the Diabolonians now were glad to hide their heads, +for they looked like them that had been long dead.</p> +<p>When this was over, the Prince sent again for the elders of +the town of Mansoul, and communed with them about a ministry that +he intended to establish among them; such a ministry that might +open unto them, and that might instruct them in the things that +did concern their present and future state.</p> +<p>‘For,’ said he, ‘you, of yourselves, unless +you have teachers and guides, will not be able to know, and, if +not to know, to be sure not to do the will of my +Father.’</p> +<p>At this news, when the elders of Mansoul brought it to the +people, the whole town came running together, (for it pleased +them well, as whatever the Prince now did pleased the people,) +and all with one consent implored his Majesty that he would +forthwith establish such a ministry among them as might teach +them both law and judgment, statute and commandment; that they +might be documented in all good and wholesome things. So he +told them that he would grant them their requests, and would +establish two among them; one that was of his Father’s +court, and one that was a native of Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘He that is from the court,’ said he, ‘is a +person of no less quality and dignity than my Father and I; and +he is the Lord Chief Secretary of my Father’s house: for he +is, and always has been, the chief dictator of all my +Father’s laws, a person altogether well skilled in all +mysteries, and knowledge of mysteries, as is my Father, or as +myself is. Indeed he is one with us in nature, and also as +to loving of, and being faithful to, and in the eternal concerns +of the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘And this is he,’ said the Prince, ‘that +must be your chief teacher; for it is he, and he only, that can +teach you clearly in all high and supernatural things. He, +and he only, it is that knows the ways and methods of my Father +at court, nor can any like him show how the heart of my Father is +at all times, in all things, upon all occasions, towards Mansoul; +for as no man knows the things of a man but that spirit of a man +which is in him, so the things of my Father knows no man but this +his high and mighty Secretary. Nor can any, as he, tell +Mansoul how and what they shall do to keep themselves in the love +of my Father. He also it is that can bring lost things to +your remembrance, and that can tell you things to come. +This teacher, therefore, must of necessity have the pre-eminence, +both in your affections and judgment, before your other teacher; +his personal dignity, the excellency of his teaching, also the +great dexterity that he hath to help you to make and draw up +petitions to my Father for your help, and to his pleasing, must +lay obligations upon you to love him, fear him, and to take heed +that you grieve him not.</p> +<p>‘This person can put life and vigour into all he says; +yea, and can also put it into your heart. This person can +make seers of you, and can make you tell what shall be +hereafter. By this person you must frame all your petitions +to my Father and me; and without his advice and counsel first +obtained, let nothing enter into the town or castle of Mansoul, +for that may disgust and grieve this noble person.</p> +<p>‘Take heed, I say, that you do not grieve this minister; +for if you do, he may fight against you; and should he once be +moved by you to set himself against you in battle array, that +will distress you more than if twelve legions should from my +Father’s court be sent to make war upon you.</p> +<p>‘But, as I said, if you shall hearken unto him, and +shall love him; if you shall devote yourselves to his teaching, +and shall seek to have converse, and to maintain communion with +him, you shall find him ten times better than is the whole world +to any; yea, he will shed abroad the love of my Father in your +hearts, and Mansoul will be the wisest, and most blessed of all +people.’</p> +<p>Then did the Prince call unto him the old gentleman, who +before had been the Recorder of Mansoul, Mr. Conscience by name, +and told him, That, forasmuch as he was well skilled in the law +and government of the town of Mansoul, and was also well-spoken, +and could pertinently deliver to them his Master’s will in +all terrene and domestic matters, therefore he would also make +him a minister for, in, and to the goodly town of Mansoul, in all +the laws, statutes, and judgments of the famous town of +Mansoul. ‘And thou must,’ said the Prince, +‘confine thyself to the teaching of moral virtues, to civil +and natural duties; but thou must not attempt to presume to be a +revealer of those high and supernatural mysteries that are kept +close in the bosom of Shaddai, my Father: for those things knows +no man, nor can any reveal them but my Father’s Secretary +only.</p> +<p>‘Thou art a native of the town of Mansoul, but the Lord +Secretary is a native with my Father; wherefore, as thou hast +knowledge of the laws and customs of the corporation, so he of +the things and will of my Father.</p> +<p>‘Wherefore, O Mr. Conscience, although I have made thee +a minister and a preacher to the town of Mansoul, yet as to the +things which the Lord Secretary knoweth, and shall teach to this +people, there thou must be his scholar and a learner, even as the +rest of Mansoul are.</p> +<p>‘Thou must therefore, in all high and supernatural +things, go to him for information and knowledge; for though there +be a spirit in man, this person’s inspiration must give him +understanding. Wherefore, O thou Mr. Recorder, keep low and +be humble, and remember that the Diabolonians that kept not their +first charge, but left their own standing, are now made prisoners +in the pit. Be therefore content with thy station.</p> +<p>‘I have made thee my Father’s vicegerent on earth, +in such things of which I have made mention before: and thou, +take thou power to teach them to Mansoul, yea, and to impose them +with whips and chastisements, if they shall not willingly hearken +to do thy commandments.</p> +<p>‘And, Mr. Recorder, because thou art old, and through +many abuses made feeble; therefore I give thee leave and license +to go when thou wilt to my fountain, my conduit, and there to +drink freely of the blood of my grape, for my conduit doth always +run wine. Thus doing, thou shalt drive from thine heart and +stomach all foul, gross, and hurtful humours. It will also +lighten thine eyes, and will strengthen thy memory for the +reception and keeping of all that the King’s most noble +Secretary teacheth.’</p> +<p>When the Prince had thus put Mr. Recorder (that once so was) +into the place and office of a minister to Mansoul, and the man +had thankfully accepted thereof, then did Emmanuel address +himself in a particular speech to the townsmen themselves.</p> +<p>‘Behold,’ said the Prince to Mansoul, ‘my +love and care towards you; I have added to all that is past, this +mercy, to appoint you preachers; the most noble Secretary to +teach you in all high and sublime mysteries; and this +gentleman,’ pointing to Mr. Conscience, ‘is to teach +you in all things human and domestic, for therein lieth his +work. He is not, by what I have said, debarred of telling +to Mansoul anything that he hath heard and received at the mouth +of the lord high Secretary; only he shall not attempt to presume +to pretend to be a revealer of those high mysteries himself; for +the breaking of them up, and the discovery of them to Mansoul +lieth only in the power, authority, and skill of the lord high +Secretary himself. Talk of them he may, and so may the rest +of the town of Mansoul; yea, and may, as occasion gives them +opportunity, press them upon each other for the benefit of the +whole. These things, therefore, I would have you observe +and do, for it is for your life, and the lengthening of your +days.</p> +<p>‘And one thing more to my beloved Mr. Recorder, and to +all the town of Mansoul: You must not dwell in, nor stay upon, +anything of that which he hath in commission to teach you, as to +your trust and expectation of the next world; (of the next world, +I say, for I purpose to give another to Mansoul, when this with +them is worn out;) but for that you must wholly and solely have +recourse to, and make stay upon his doctrine that is your Teacher +after the first order. Yea, Mr. Recorder himself must not +look for life from that which he himself revealeth; his +dependence for that must be founded in the doctrine of the other +preacher. Let Mr. Recorder also take heed that he receive +not any doctrine, or point of doctrine, that is not communicated +to him by his Superior Teacher, nor yet within the precincts of +his own formal knowledge.’</p> +<p>Now, after the Prince had thus settled things in the famous +town of Mansoul, he proceeded to give to the elders of the +corporation a necessary caution, to wit, how they should carry it +to the high and noble captains that he had, from his +Father’s court, sent or brought with him, to the famous +town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘These captains,’ said he, ‘do love the town +of Mansoul, and they are picked men, picked out of abundance, as +men that best suit, and that will most faithfully serve in the +wars of Shaddai against the Diabolonians, for the preservation of +the town of Mansoul. ‘I charge you therefore,’ +said he, ‘O ye inhabitants of the now flourishing town of +Mansoul, that you carry it not ruggedly or untowardly to my +captains, or their men; since, as I said, they are picked and +choice men—men chosen out of many for the good of the town +of Mansoul. I say, I charge you, that you carry it not +untowardly to them: for though they have the hearts and faces of +lions, when at any time they shall be called forth to engage and +fight with the King’s foes, and the enemies of the town of +Mansoul; yet a little discountenance cast upon them from the town +of Mansoul will deject and cast down their faces, will weaken and +take away their courage. Do not, therefore, O my beloved, +carry it unkindly to my valiant captains and courageous men of +war, but love them, nourish them, succour them, and lay them in +your bosoms; and they will not only fight for you, but cause to +fly from you all those the Diabolonians that seek, and will, if +possible, be, your utter destruction.</p> +<p>‘If, therefore, any of them should at any time be sick +or weak, and so not able to perform that office of love, which, +with all their hearts, they are willing to do (and will do also +when well and in health), slight them not, nor despise them, but +rather strengthen them and encourage them, though weak and ready +to die, for they are your fence, and your guard, your wall, your +gates, your locks, and your bars. And although, when they +are weak, they can do but little, but rather need to be helped by +you, than that you should then expect great things from them, +yet, when well, you know what exploits, what feats and warlike +achievements they are able to do, and will perform for you.</p> +<p>‘Besides, if they be weak, the town of Mansoul cannot be +strong; if they be strong, then Mansoul cannot be weak; your +safety, therefore, doth lie in their health, and in your +countenancing them. Remember, also, that if they be sick, +they catch that disease of the town of Mansoul itself.</p> +<p>‘These things I have said unto you because I love your +welfare and your honour: observe, therefore, O my Mansoul, to be +punctual in all things that I have given in charge unto you, and +that not only as a town corporate, and so to your officers and +guard, and guides in chief, but to you as you are a people whose +well-being, as single persons, depends on the observation of the +orders and commandments of their Lord.</p> +<p>‘Next, O my Mansoul, I do warn you of that, of which, +notwithstanding that reformation that at present is wrought among +you, you have need to be warned about: wherefore hearken +diligently unto me. I am now sure, and you will know +hereafter, that there are yet of the Diabolonians remaining in +the town of Mansoul, Diabolonians that are sturdy and implacable, +and that do already while I am with you, and that will yet more +when I am from you, study, plot, contrive, invent, and jointly +attempt to bring you to desolation, and so to a state far worse +than that of the Egyptian bondage; they are the avowed friends of +Diabolus, therefore look about you. They used heretofore to +lodge with their Prince in the Castle, when Incredulity was the +Lord Mayor of this town; but since my coming hither, they lie +more in the outsides and walls, and have made themselves dens, +and caves, and holes, and strongholds therein. Wherefore, O +Mansoul! thy work, as to this, will be so much the more difficult +and hard; that is, to take, mortify, and put them to death +according to the will of my Father. Nor can you utterly rid +yourselves of them, unless you should pull down the walls of your +town, the which I am by no means willing you should. Do you +ask me, What shall we do then? Why, be you diligent, and +quit you like men; observe their holes; find out their haunts; +assault them, and make no peace with them. Wherever they +haunt, lurk, or abide, and what terms of peace soever they offer +you, abhor, and all shall be well betwixt you and me. And +that you may the better know them from those that are the natives +of Mansoul, I will give you this brief schedule of the names of +the chief of them; and they are these that follow:—The Lord +Fornication, the Lord Adultery, the Lord Murder, the Lord Anger, +the Lord Lasciviousness, the Lord Deceit, the Lord Evil-Eye, Mr. +Drunkenness, Mr. Revelling, Mr. Idolatry, Mr. Witch-craft, Mr. +Variance, Mr. Emulation, Mr. Wrath, Mr. Strife, Mr. Sedition, and +Mr. Heresy. These are some of the chief, O Mansoul! of +those that will seek to overthrow thee for ever. These, I +say, are the skulkers in Mansoul; but look thou well into the law +of thy King, and there thou shalt find their physiognomy, and +such other characteristical notes of them, by which they +certainly may be known.</p> +<p>‘These, O my Mansoul, (and I would gladly that you +should certainly know it,) if they be suffered to run and range +about the town as they would, will quickly, like vipers, eat out +your bowels; yea, poison your captains, cut the sinews of your +soldiers, break the bars and bolts of your gates, and turn your +now most flourishing Mansoul into a barren and desolate +wilderness, and ruinous heap. Wherefore, that you may take +courage to yourselves to apprehend these villains wherever you +find them, I give to you, my Lord Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and +Mr. Recorder, with all the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, +full power and commission to seek out, to take, and to cause to +be put to death by the cross, all, and all manner of +Diabolonians, when and wherever you shall find them to lurk +within, or to range without the walls of the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘I told you before that I had placed a standing ministry +among you; not that you have but these with you, for my first +four captains who came against the master and lord of the +Diabolonians that was in Mansoul, they can, and if need be, and +if they be required, will not only privately inform, but publicly +preach to the corporation both good and wholesome doctrine, and +such as shall lead you in the way. Yea, they will set up a +weekly, yea, if need be, a daily lecture in thee, O Mansoul! and +will instruct thee in such profitable lessons, that, if heeded, +will do thee good at the end. And take good heed that you +spare not the men that you have a commission to take and +crucify.</p> +<p>‘Now, as I have set before your eyes the vagrants and +runagates by name, so I will tell you, that among yourselves, +some of them shall creep in to beguile you, even such as would +seem, and that in appearance are, very rife and hot for +religion. And they, if you watch not, will do you a +mischief, such an one as at present you cannot think of.</p> +<p>‘These, as I said, will show themselves to you in +another hue than those under description before. Wherefore, +Mansoul, watch and be sober, and suffer not thyself to be +betrayed.’</p> +<p>When the Prince had thus far new modelled the town of Mansoul, +and had instructed them in such matters as were profitable for +them to know, then he appointed another day in which he intended, +when the townsfolk came together, to bestow a further badge of +honour upon the town of Mansoul,—a badge that should +distinguish them from all the people, kindreds, and tongues that +dwell in the kingdom of Universe. Now it was not long +before the day appointed was come, and the Prince and his people +met in the King’s palace, where first Emmanuel made a short +speech unto them, and then did for them as he had said, and unto +them as he had promised.</p> +<p>‘My Mansoul,’ said he, ‘that which I now am +about to do, is to make you known to the world to be mine, and to +distinguish you also in your own eyes, from all false traitors +that may creep in among you.’</p> +<p>Then he commanded that those that waited upon him should go +and bring forth out of his treasury those white and glistening +robes ‘that I,’ said he, ‘have provided and +laid up in store for my Mansoul.’ So the white +garments were fetched out of his treasury, and laid forth to the +eyes of the people. Moreover, it was granted to them that +they should take them and put them on, ‘according,’ +said he, ‘to your size and stature.’ So the +people were put into white, into fine linen, white and clean.</p> +<p>Then said the Prince unto them, ‘This, O Mansoul, is my +livery, and the badge by which mine are known from the servants +of others. Yea, it is that which I grant to all that are +mine, and without which no man is permitted to see my face. +Wear them, therefore, for my sake, who gave them unto you; and +also if you would be known by the world to be mine.’</p> +<p>But now! can you think how Mansoul shone? It was fair as +the sun, clear as the moon, and terrible as an army with +banners.</p> +<p>The Prince added further, and said, ‘No prince, +potentate, or mighty one of Universe, giveth this livery but +myself: behold, therefore, as I said before, you shall be known +by it to be mine.</p> +<p>‘And now,’ said he, ‘I have given you my +livery, let me give you also in commandment concerning them; and +be sure that you take good heed to my words.</p> +<p>‘First. Wear them daily, day by day, lest you +should at sometimes appear to others as if you were none of +mine.</p> +<p>‘Second. Keep them always white; for if they be +soiled, it is dishonour to me.</p> +<p>‘Third. Wherefore gird them up from the ground, +and let them not lag with dust and dirt.</p> +<p>‘Fourth. Take heed that you lose them not, lest +you walk naked, and they see your shame.</p> +<p>‘Fifth. But if you should sully them, if you +should defile them, the which I am greatly unwilling you should, +and the prince Diabolus will be glad if you would, then speed you +to do that which is written in my law, that yet you may stand, +and befall before me, and before my throne. Also, this is +the way to cause that I may not leave you, nor forsake you while +here, but may dwell in this town of Mansoul for ever.’</p> +<p>And now was Mansoul, and the inhabitants of it, as the signet +upon Emmanuel’s right hand. Where was there now a +town, a city, a corporation, that could compare with Mansoul! a +town redeemed from the hand, and from the power of Diabolus! a +town that the King Shaddai loved, and that he sent Emmanuel to +regain from the Prince of the infernal cave; yea, a town that +Emmanuel loved to dwell in, and that he chose for his royal +habitation; a town that he fortified for himself, and made strong +by the force of his army. What shall I say, Mansoul has now +a most excellent Prince, golden captains and men of war, weapons +proved, and garments as white as snow. Nor are these +benefits to be counted little, but great; can the town of Mansoul +esteem them so, and improve them to that end and purpose for +which they are bestowed upon them?</p> +<p>When the Prince had thus completed the modelling of the town, +to show that he had great delight in the work of his hands and +took pleasure in the good that he had wrought for the famous and +flourishing Mansoul, he commanded, and they set his standard upon +the battlements of the castle. And then,</p> +<p>First. He gave them frequent visits; not a day now but +the elders of Mansoul must come to him, or he to them, into his +palace. Now they must walk and talk together of all the +great things that he had done, and yet further promised to do, +for the town of Mansoul. Thus would he often do with the +Lord Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and the honest subordinate +preacher Mr. Conscience, and Mr. Recorder. But oh, how +graciously, how lovingly, how courteously, and tenderly did this +blessed Prince now carry it towards the town of Mansoul! In +all the streets, gardens, orchards, and other places where he +came, to be sure the poor should have his blessing and +benediction; yea, he would kiss them, and if they were ill he +would lay hands on them, and make them well. The captains, +also, he would daily, yea, sometimes hourly, encourage with his +presence and goodly words. For you must know that a smile +from him upon them would put more vigour, more life, and +stoutness into them, than would anything else under heaven.</p> +<p>The Prince would now also feast them, and be with them +continually: hardly a week would pass but a banquet must be had +betwixt him and them. You may remember that, some pages +before, we make mention of one feast that they had together; but +now to feast them was a thing more common: every day with Mansoul +was a feast-day now. Nor did he, when they returned to +their places, send them empty away, either they must have a ring, +a gold chain, a bracelet, a white stone, or something; so dear +was Mansoul to him now; so lovely was Mansoul in his eyes.</p> +<p>Second. When the elders and townsmen did not come to +him, he would send in much plenty of provision unto them; meat +that came from court, wine and bread that were prepared for his +Father’s table; yea, such delicates would he send unto +them, and therewith would so cover their table, that whoever saw +it confessed that the like could not be seen in any kingdom.</p> +<p>Third. If Mansoul did not frequently visit him as he +desired they should, he would walk out to them, knock at their +doors, and desire entrance, that amity might be maintained +betwixt them and him; if they did hear and open to him, as +commonly they would, if they were at home, then would he renew +his former love, and confirm it too with some new tokens, and +signs of continued favour.</p> +<p>And was it not now amazing to behold, that in that very place +where sometimes Diabolus had his abode, and entertained his +Diabolonians to the almost utter destruction of Mansoul, the +Prince of princes should sit eating and drinking with them, while +all his mighty captains, men of war, trumpeters, with the +singing-men and singing-women of his Father, stood round about to +wait upon them! Now did Mansoul’s cup run over, now +did her conduits run sweet wine, now did she eat the finest of +the wheat, and drink milk and honey out of the rock! Now, +she said, How great is his goodness! for since I found favour in +his eyes, how honourable have I been!</p> +<p>The blessed Prince did also ordain a new officer in the town, +and a goodly person he was; his name was Mr. God’s-Peace: +this man was set over my Lord Willbewill, my Lord Mayor, Mr. +Recorder, the subordinate preacher, Mr. Mind, and over all the +natives of the town of Mansoul. Himself was not a native of +it, but came with the Prince Emmanuel from the court. He +was a great acquaintance of Captain Credence and Captain +Good-Hope; some say they were kin, and I am of that opinion +too. This man, as I said, was made governor of the town in +general, especially over the castle, and Captain Credence was to +help him there. And I made great observation of it, that so +long as all things went in Mansoul as this sweet-natured +gentleman would, the town was in most happy condition. Now +there were no jars, no chiding, no interferings, no unfaithful +doings in all the town of Mansoul; every man in Mansoul kept +close to his own employment. The gentry, the officers, the +soldiers, and all in place observed their order. And as for +the women and children of the town, they followed their business +joyfully; they would work and sing, work and sing, from morning +till night: so that quite through the town of Mansoul now nothing +was to be found but harmony, quietness, joy, and health. +And this lasted all that summer.</p> +<p>But there was a man in the town of Mansoul, and his name was +Mr. Carnal-Security; this man did, after all this mercy bestowed +on this corporation, bring the town of Mansoul into great and +grievous slavery and bondage. A brief account of him and of +his doings take as followeth:—</p> +<p>When Diabolus at first took possession of the town of Mansoul, +he brought thither, with himself, a great number of Diabolonians, +men of his own conditions. Now among these there was one +whose name was Mr. Self-Conceit, and a notable brisk man he was, +as any that in those days did possess the town of Mansoul. +Diabolus, then, perceiving this man to be active and bold, sent +him upon many desperate designs, the which he managed better, and +more to the pleasing of his lord, than most that came with him +from the dens could do. Wherefore, finding him so fit for +his purpose, he preferred him, and made him next to the great +Lord Willbewill, of whom we have written so much before. +Now the Lord Willbewill being in those days very well pleased +with him, and with his achievements, gave him his daughter, the +Lady Fear-Nothing, to wife. Now, of my Lady Fear-nothing, +did this Mr. Self-Conceit beget this gentleman, Mr. +Carnal-Security. Wherefore, there being then in Mansoul +those strange kinds of mixtures, it was hard for them, in some +cases, to find out who were natives, who not, for Mr. +Carnal-Security sprang from my Lord Willbewill by mother’s +side, though he had for his father a Diabolonian by nature.</p> +<p>Well, this Carnal-Security took much after his father and +mother; he was self-conceited, he feared nothing, he was also a +very busy man: nothing of news, nothing of doctrine, nothing of +alteration, or talk of alteration, could at any time be on foot +in Mansoul, but be sure Mr. Carnal-Security would be at the head +or tail of it: but, to be sure, he would decline those that he +deemed the weakest, and stood always with them in his way of +standing, that he supposed was the strongest side.</p> +<p>Now, when Shaddai the mighty, and Emmanuel his Son, made war +upon Mansoul, to take it, this Mr. Carnal-Security was then in +town, and was a great doer among the people, encouraging them in +their rebellion, putting them upon hardening themselves in their +resisting the King’s forces: but when he saw that the town +of Mansoul was taken, and converted to the use of the glorious +Prince Emmanuel; and when he also saw what was become of +Diabolus, and how he was unroosted, and made to quit the castle +in the greatest contempt and scorn; and that the town of Mansoul +was well lined with captains, engines of war, and men, and also +provision; what doth he but slyly wheel about also; and as he had +served Diabolus against the good Prince, so he feigned that he +would serve the Prince against his foes.</p> +<p>And having got some little smattering of Emmanuel’s +things by the end, being bold, he ventures himself into the +company of the townsmen, any attempts also to chat among +them. Now he knew that the power and strength of the town +of Mansoul was great, and that it could not but be pleasing to +the people, if he cried up their might and their glory. +Wherefore he beginneth his tale with the power and strength of +Mansoul, and affirmed that it was impregnable; now magnifying +their captains and their slings, and their rams; then crying up +their fortifications and strongholds; and, lastly, the assurances +that they had from their Prince, that Mansoul should be happy for +ever. But when he saw that some of the men of the town were +tickled and taken with his discourse, he makes it his business, +and walking from street to street, house to house, and man to +man, he at last brought Mansoul to dance after his pipe, and to +grow almost as carnally secure as himself; so from talking they +went to feasting, and from feasting to sporting; and so to some +other matters. Now Emmanuel was yet in the town of Mansoul, +and he wisely observed their doings. My Lord Mayor, my Lord +Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder were also all taken with the words +of this tattling Diabolonian gentleman, forgetting that their +Prince had given them warning before to take heed that they were +not beguiled with any Diabolonian sleight; he had further told +them that the security of the now flourishing town of Mansoul did +not so much lie in her present fortifications and force, as in +her so using of what she had, as might oblige her Emmanuel to +abide within her castle. For the right doctrine of Emmanuel +was, that the town of Mansoul should take heed that they forgot +not his Father’s love and his; also, that they should so +demean themselves as to continue to keep themselves +therein. Now this was not the way to do it, namely, to fall +in love with one of the Diabolonians, and with such an one too as +Mr. Carnal-Security was, and to be led up and down by the nose by +him; they should have heard their Prince, feared their Prince, +loved their Prince, and have stoned this naughty pack to death, +and took care to have walked in the ways of their Prince’s +prescribing: for then should their peace have been as a river, +when their righteousness had been like the waves of the sea.</p> +<p>Now when Emmanuel perceived that through the policy of Mr. +Carnal-Security the hearts of the men of Mansoul were chilled and +abated in their practical love to him,</p> +<p>First. He bemoans them, and, condoles their state with +the Secretary, saying, ‘Oh that my people had hearkened +unto me, and that Mansoul had walked in my ways! I would +have fed them with the finest of the wheat; and with honey out of +the rock would I have sustained them.’ This done, he +said in his heart, ‘I will return to the court, and go to +my place, till Mansoul shall consider and acknowledge their +offence.’ And he did so, and the cause and manner of +his going away from them was, that Mansoul declined him, as is +manifest in these particulars.</p> +<p>‘1. They left off their former way of visiting him, they +came not to his royal palace as afore.</p> +<p>‘2. They did not regard, nor yet take notice, that he +came or came not to visit them.</p> +<p>‘3. The love-feasts that had wont to be between their +Prince and them, though he made them still, and called them to +them, yet they neglected to come to them, or to be delighted with +them.</p> +<p>‘4. They waited not for his counsels, but began to be +headstrong and confident in themselves, concluding that now they +were strong and invincible, and that Mansoul was secure, and +beyond all reach of the foe, and that her state must needs be +unalterable for ever.’</p> +<p>Now, as was said, Emmanuel perceiving that by the craft of Mr. +Carnal-Security, the town of Mansoul was taken off from their +dependence upon him, and upon his Father by him, and set upon +what by them was bestowed upon it; he first, as I said, bemoaned +their state, then he used means to make them understand that the +way that they went on in was dangerous: for he sent my Lord High +Secretary to them, to forbid them such ways; but twice when he +came to them, he found them at dinner in Mr. +Carnal-Security’s parlour; and perceiving also that they +were not willing to reason about matters concerning their good, +he took grief and went his way; the which when he had told to the +Prince Emmanuel, he took offence, and was grieved also, and so +made provision to return to his Father’s court.</p> +<p>Now, the methods of his withdrawing, as I was saying before, +were thus:—</p> +<p>‘1. Even while he was yet with them in Mansoul, he kept +himself close, and more retired than formerly.</p> +<p>‘2. His speech was not now, if he came in their company, +so pleasant and familiar as formerly.</p> +<p>‘3. Nor did he, as in times past, send to Mansoul, from +his table, those dainty bits which he was wont to do.</p> +<p>‘4. Nor when they came to visit him, as now and then +they would, would he be so easily spoken with as they found him +to be in times past. They might now knock once, yea, twice, +but he would seem not at all to regard them; whereas formerly at +the sound of their feet he would up and run, and meet them +halfway, and take them too, and lay them in his bosom.’</p> +<p>But thus Emmanuel carried it now, and by this his carriage he +sought to make them bethink themselves, and return to him. +But, alas! they did not consider, they did not know his ways, +they regarded not, they were not touched with these, nor with the +true remembrance of former favours. Wherefore what does he +but in private manner withdraw himself, first from his palace, +then to the gate of the town, and so away from Mansoul he goes, +till they should acknowledge their offence, and more earnestly +seek his face. Mr. God’s-Peace also laid down his +commission, and would for the present act no longer in the town +of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Thus they walked contrary to him, and he again, by way of +retaliation, walked contrary to them. But, alas! by this +time they were so hardened in their way, and had so drunk in the +doctrine of Mr. Carnal-Security, that the departing of their +Prince touched them not, nor was he remembered by them when gone; +and so, of consequence, his absence not condoled by them.</p> +<p>Now, there was a day wherein this old gentleman, Mr. +Carnal-Security, did again make a feast for the town of Mansoul; +and there was at that time in the town one Mr. Godly-Fear, one +now but little set by, though formerly one of great +request. This man, old Carnal-Security, had a mind, if +possible, to gull, and debauch, and abuse, as he did the rest, +and therefore he now bids him to the feast with his +neighbours. So the day being come, they prepare, and he +goes and appears with the rest of the guests; and being all set +at the table, they did eat and drink, and were merry, even all +but this one man: for Mr. Godly-Fear sat like a stranger, and did +neither eat nor was merry. The which, when Mr. +Carnal-Security perceived, he presently addressed himself in a +speech thus to him:—</p> +<p>‘Mr. Godly-Fear, are you not well? You seem to be +ill of body or mind, or both. I have a cordial of Mr. +Forget-Good’s making, the which, sir, if you will take a +dram of, I hope it may make you bonny and blithe, and so make you +more fit for us, feasting companions.’</p> +<p>Unto whom the good old gentleman discreetly replied, +‘Sir, I thank you for all things courteous and civil; but +for your cordial I have no list thereto. But a word to the +natives of Mansoul: You, the elders and chief of Mansoul, to me +it is strange to see you so jocund and merry, when the town of +Mansoul is in such woeful case.’</p> +<p>Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, ‘You want sleep, good +air, I doubt. If you please, lie down, and take a nap, and +we meanwhile will be merry.’</p> +<p>Then said the good man as follows: ‘Sir, if you were not +destitute of an honest heart, you could not do as you have done +and do.’</p> +<p>Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, ‘Why?’</p> +<p><i>Godly</i>. Nay, pray interrupt me not. It is +true the town of Mansoul was strong, and, with a <i>proviso</i>, +impregnable; but you, the townsmen, have weakened it, and it now +lies obnoxious to its foes. Nor is it a time to flatter, or +be silent; it is you, Mr. Carnal-Security, that have wilily +stripped Mansoul, and driven her glory from her; you have pulled +down her towers, you have broken down her gates, you have spoiled +her locks and bars.</p> +<p>And now, to explain myself: from that time that my lords of +Mansoul, and you, sir, grew so great, from that time the Strength +of Mansoul has been offended, and now he is arisen and is +gone. If any shall question the truth of my words, I will +answer him by this, and suchlike questions. ‘Where is +the Prince Emmanuel? When did a man or woman in Mansoul see +him? When did you hear from him, or taste any of his dainty +bits?’ You are now a feasting with this Diabolonian +monster, but he is not your Prince. I say, therefore, +though enemies from without, had you taken heed, could not have +made a prey of you, yet since you have sinned against your +Prince, your enemies within have been too hard for you.</p> +<p>Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, ‘Fie! fie! Mr. +Godly-Fear, fie!—will you never shake off your +<i>timorousness</i>? Are you afraid of being +sparrow-blasted? Who hath hurt you? Behold, I am on +your side; only you are for doubting, and I am for being +confident. Besides, is this a time to be sad in? A +feast is made for mirth; why, then, do you now, to your shame, +and our trouble, break out into such passionate melancholy +language, when you should eat and drink, and be merry?’</p> +<p>Then said Mr. Godly-Fear again, ‘I may well be sad, for +Emmanuel is gone from Mansoul. I say again, he is gone, and +you, sir, are the man that has driven him away; yea, he is gone +without so much as acquainting the nobles of Mansoul with his +going; and if that is not a sign of his anger, I am not +acquainted with the methods of godliness.</p> +<p>‘And now, my lords and gentlemen, for my speech is still +to you, your gradual declining from him did provoke him gradually +to depart from you, the which he did for some time, if perhaps +you would have been made sensible thereby, and have been renewed +by humbling yourselves; but when he saw that none would regard, +nor lay these fearful beginnings of his anger and judgment to +heart, he went away from this place; and this I saw with mine +eye. Wherefore now, while you boast, your strength is gone; +you are like the man that had lost his locks that before did wave +about his shoulders. You may, with this lord of your feast, +shake yourselves, and conclude to do as at other times; but since +without him you can do nothing, and he is departed from you, turn +your feast into a sigh, and your mirth into +lamentation.’</p> +<p>Then the subordinate preacher, old Mr. Conscience by name, he +that of old was Recorder of Mansoul, being startled at what was +said, began to second it thus:—</p> +<p>‘Indeed, my brethren,’ quoth he, ‘I fear +that Mr. Godly-Fear tells us true: I, for my part, have not seen +my Prince a long season. I cannot remember the day, for my +part; nor can I answer Mr. Godly-Fear’s question. I +doubt, I am afraid that all is nought with Mansoul.’</p> +<p><i>Godly</i>. Nay, I know that you shall not find him in +Mansoul, for he is departed and gone; yea, and gone for the +faults of the elders, and for that they rewarded his grace with +unsufferable unkindness.</p> +<p>Then did the subordinate preacher look as if he would fall +down dead at the table; also all there present, except the man of +the house, began to look pale and wan. But having a little +recovered themselves, and jointly agreeing to believe Mr. +Godly-Fear and his sayings, they began to consult what was best +to be done, (now Mr. Carnal-Security was gone into his +withdrawing-room, for he liked not such dumpish doings,) both to +the man of the house for drawing them into evil, and also to +recover Emmanuel’s love.</p> +<p>And, with that, that saying of their Prince came very hot into +their minds, which he had bidden them do to such as were false +prophets that should arise to delude the town of Mansoul. +So they took Mr. Carnal-Security (concluding that he must be he) +and burned his house upon him with fire; for he also was a +Diabolonian by nature.</p> +<p>So when this was passed and over, they bespeed themselves to +look for Emmanuel their Prince; and they sought him, but they +found him not. Then were they more confirmed in the truth +of Mr. Godly-Fear’s sayings, and began also severely to +reflect upon themselves for their so vile and ungodly doings; for +they concluded now that it was through them that their Prince had +left them.</p> +<p>Then they agreed and went to my Lord Secretary, (him whom +before they refused to hear—him whom they had grieved with +their doings,) to know of him, for he was a seer, and could tell +where Emmanuel was, and how they might direct a petition to +him. But the Lord Secretary would not admit them to a +conference about this matter, nor would admit them to his royal +place of abode, nor come out to them to show them his face or +intelligence.</p> +<p>And now was it a day gloomy and dark, a day of clouds and of +thick darkness with Mansoul. Now they saw that they had +been foolish, and began to perceive what the company and prattle +of Mr. Carnal-Security had done, and what desperate damage his +swaggering words had brought poor Mansoul into. But what +further it was likely to cost them they were ignorant of. +Now Mr. Godly-Fear began again to be in repute with the men of +the town; yea, they were ready to look upon him as a prophet.</p> +<p>Well, when the Sabbath day was come, they went to hear their +subordinate preacher; but oh, how he did thunder and lighten this +day! His text was that in the prophet Jonah: ‘They +that observe lying vanities forsake their own mercy.’ +But there was then such power and authority in that sermon, and +such a dejection seen in the countenances of the people that day, +that the like hath seldom been heard or seen. The people, +when sermon was done, were scarce able to go to their homes, or +to betake themselves to their employs the week after; they were +so sermon-smitten, and also so sermon-sick by being smitten, that +they knew not what to do.</p> +<p>He did not only show to Mansoul their sin, but did tremble +before them, under the sense of his own, still crying out of +himself, as he preached to them, ‘Unhappy man that I am! +that I should do so wicked a thing! That I, a preacher! +whom the Prince did set up to teach to Mansoul his law, should +myself live senseless and sottishly here, and be one of the first +found in transgression! This transgression also fell within +my precincts; I should have cried out against the wickedness; but +I let Mansoul lie wallowing in it, until it had driven Emmanuel +from its borders!’ With these things he also charged +all the lords and gentry of Mansoul, to the almost distracting of +them.</p> +<p>About this time, also, there was a great sickness in the town +of Mansoul, and most of the inhabitants were greatly +afflicted. Yea, the captains also, and men of war, were +brought thereby to a languishing condition, and that for a long +time together; so that in case of an invasion, nothing could to +purpose now have been done, either by the townsmen or field +officers. Oh, how many pale faces, weak hands, feeble +knees, and staggering men were now seen to walk the streets of +Mansoul! Here were groans, there pants, and yonder lay +those that were ready to faint.</p> +<p>The garments, too, which Emmanuel had given them were but in a +sorry case; some were rent, some were torn, and all in a nasty +condition; some also did hang so loosely upon them, that the next +bush they came at was ready to pluck them off.</p> +<p>After some time spent in this sad and desolate condition, the +subordinate preacher called for a day of fasting, and to humble +themselves for being so wicked against the great Shaddai and his +Son. And he desired that Captain Boanerges would +preach. So he consented to do it; and the day being come, +and his text was this, ‘Cut it down, why cumbereth it the +ground?’ And a very smart sermon he made upon the +place. First, he showed what was the occasion of the words, +namely, because the fig-tree was barren; then he showed what was +contained in the sentence, namely, repentance, or utter +desolation. He then showed, also, by whose authority this +sentence was pronounced, and that was by Shaddai himself. +And, lastly, he showed the reasons of the point, and then +concluded his sermon. But he was very pertinent in the +application, insomuch that he made poor Mansoul tremble. +For this sermon, as well as the former, wrought much upon the +hearts of the men of Mansoul; yea, it greatly helped to keep +awake those that were roused by the preaching that went +before. So that now throughout the whole town, there was +little or nothing to be heard or seen but sorrow, and mourning, +and woe.</p> +<p>Now, after sermon, they got together and consulted what was +best to be done. ‘But,’ said the subordinate +preacher, ‘I will do nothing of mine own head, without +advising with my neighbour Mr. Godly-Fear. For if he had +aforehand understood more of the mind of our Prince than we, I do +not know but he also may have it now, even now we are turning +again to virtue.’</p> +<p>So they called and sent for Mr. Godly-Fear, and he forthwith +appeared. Then they desired that he would further show his +opinion about what they had best to do. Then said the old +gentleman as followeth: ‘It is my opinion that this town of +Mansoul should, in this day of her distress, draw up and send an +humble petition to their offended Prince Emmanuel, that he, in +his favour and grace, will turn again unto you, and not keep +anger for ever.’</p> +<p>When the townsmen had heard this speech, they did, with one +consent, agree to his advice; so they did presently draw up their +request, and the next was, But who shall carry it? At last +they did all agree to send it by my Lord Mayor. So he +accepted of the service, and addressed himself to his journey; +and went and came to the court of Shaddai, whither Emmanuel the +Prince of Mansoul was gone. But the gate was shut, and a +strict watch kept thereat; so that the petitioner was forced to +stand without for a great while together. Then he desired +that some would go into the Prince and tell him who stood at the +gate, and what his business was. So one went and told to +Shaddai, and to Emmanuel his Son, that the Lord Mayor of the town +of Mansoul stood without at the gate of the King’s court, +desiring to be admitted into the presence of the Prince, the +King’s Son. He also told what was the Lord +Mayor’s errand, both to the King and his Son +Emmanuel. But the Prince would not come down, nor admit +that the gate should be opened to him, but sent him an answer to +this effect: ‘They have turned their back unto me, and not +their face; but now in the time of their trouble they say to me, +Arise, and save us. But can they not now go to Mr. +Carnal-Security, to whom they went when they turned from me, and +make him their leader, their lord, and their protection now in +their trouble; why now in their trouble do they visit me, since +in their prosperity they went astray?’</p> +<p>The answer made my Lord Mayor look black in the face; it +troubled, it perplexed, it rent him sore. And now he began +again to see what it was to be familiar with Diabolonians, such +as Mr. Carnal-Security was. When he saw that at court, as +yet, there was little help to be expected, either for himself or +friends in Mansoul, he smote upon his breast, and returned +weeping, and all the way bewailing the lamentable state of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>Well, when he was come within sight of the town, the elders +and chief of the people of Mansoul went out at the gate to meet +him, and to salute him, and to know how he sped at court. +But he told them his tale in so doleful a manner, that they all +cried out, and mourned, and wept. Wherefore they threw +ashes and dust upon their heads, and put sackcloth upon their +loins, and went crying out through the town of Mansoul; the +which, when the rest of the townsfolk saw, they all mourned and +wept. This, therefore, was a day of rebuke and trouble, and +of anguish to the town of Mansoul, and also of great +distress.</p> +<p>After some time, when they had somewhat refrained themselves, +they came together to consult again what by them was yet to be +done; and they asked advice, as they did before, of that reverend +Mr. Godly-Fear, who told them that there was no way better than +to do as they had done, nor would he that they should be +discouraged at all with that they had met with at court; yea, +though several of their petitions should be answered with nought +but silence or rebuke: ‘For,’ said he, ‘it is +the way of the wise Shaddai to make men wait and to exercise +patience, and it should be the way of them in want, to be willing +to stay his leisure.</p> +<p>Then they took courage, and sent again and again, and again, +and again; for there was not now one day, nor an hour that went +over Mansoul’s head, wherein a man might not have met upon +the road one or other riding post, sounding the horn from Mansoul +to the court of the King Shaddai; and all with letters +petitionary in behalf of, and for the Prince’s return to +Mansoul. The road, I say, was now full of messengers, going +and returning, and meeting one another; some from the court, and +some from Mansoul; and this was the work of the miserable town of +Mansoul, all that long, that sharp, that cold and tedious +winter.</p> +<p>Now if you have not forgot, you may yet remember that I told +you before, that after Emmanuel had taken Mansoul, yea, and after +that he had new modelled the town, there remained in several +lurking places of the corporation many of the old Diabolonians, +that either came with the tyrant when he invaded and took the +town, or that had there, by reason of unlawful mixtures, their +birth and breeding, and bringing up. And their holes, dens, +and lurking places were in, under, or about the wall of the +town. Some of their names are the Lord Fornication, the +Lord Adultery, the Lord Murder, the Lord Anger, the Lord +Lasciviousness, the Lord Deceit, the Lord Evil-eye, the Lord +Blasphemy, and that horrible villain, the old and dangerous Lord +Covetousness. These, as I told you, with many more, had yet +their abode in the town of Mansoul, and that after that Emmanuel +had driven their prince Diabolus out of the castle.</p> +<p>Against these the good Prince did grant a commission to the +Lord Willbewill and others, yea, to the whole town of Mansoul, to +seek, take, secure, and destroy any or all that they could lay +hands of, for that they were Diabolonians by nature, enemies to +the Prince, and those that sought to ruin the blessed town of +Mansoul. But the town of Mansoul did not pursue this +warrant, but neglected to look after, to apprehend, to secure, +and to destroy these Diabolonians. Wherefore what do these +villains but by degrees take courage to put forth their heads, +and to show themselves to the inhabitants of the town. Yea, +and as I was told, some of the men of Mansoul grew too familiar +with some of them, to the sorrow of the corporation, as you yet +will hear more of in time and place.</p> +<p>Well, when the Diabolonian lords that were left perceived that +Mansoul had, through sinning, offended Emmanuel their Prince, and +that he had withdrawn himself and was gone, what do they but plot +the ruin of the town of Mansoul. So upon a time they met +together at the hold of one Mr. Mischief, who was also a +Diabolonian, and there consulted how they might deliver up +Mansoul into the hands of Diabolus again. Now some advised +one way, and some another, every man according to his own +liking. At last my Lord Lasciviousness propounded, whether +it might not be best, in the first place, for some of those that +were Diabolonians in Mansoul, to adventure to offer themselves +for servants to some of the natives of the town; +‘for,’ said he, ‘if they so do, and Mansoul +shall accept of them, they may for us, and for Diabolus our Lord, +make the taking of the town of Mansoul more easy than otherwise +it will be.’ But then stood up the Lord Murder, and +said, ‘This may not be done at this time; for Mansoul is +now in a kind of a rage, because by our friend, Mr. +Carnal-Security, she hath been once ensnared already, and made to +offend against her Prince; and how shall she reconcile herself +unto her lord again, but by the heads of these men? +Besides, we know that they have in commission to take and slay us +wherever they shall find us; let us, therefore, be wise as foxes: +when we are dead, we can do them no hurt; but while we live, we +may.’ Thus, when they had tossed the matter to and +fro, they jointly agreed that a letter should forthwith be sent +away to Diabolus in their name, by which the state of the town of +Mansoul should be showed him, and how much it is under the frowns +of their Prince. ‘We may also,’ said some, +‘let him know our intentions, and ask of him his advice in +the case.’</p> +<p>So a letter was presently framed, the contents of which were +these:—</p> +<p>‘To our great lord, the Prince Diabolus, dwelling below +in the infernal cave:</p> +<p>‘O great father, and mighty Prince Diabolus, we, the +true Diabolonians yet remaining in the rebellious town of +Mansoul, having received our beings from thee, and our +nourishment at thy hands, cannot with content and quiet endure to +behold, as we do this day, how thou art dispraised, disgraced, +and reproached among the inhabitants of this town; nor is thy +long absence at all delightful to us, because greatly to our +detriment.</p> +<p>‘The reason of this our writing unto our lord, is for +that we are not altogether without hope that this town may become +thy habitation again; for it is greatly declined from its Prince +Emmanuel; and he is uprisen, and is departed from them: yea, and +though they send, and send, and send, and send after him to +return to them, yet can they not prevail, nor get good words from +him.</p> +<p>‘There has been also of late, and is yet remaining, a +very great sickness and fainting among them; and that not only +upon the poorer sort of the town, but upon the lords, captains, +and chief gentry of the place, (we only who are of the +Diabolonians by nature remain well, lively, and strong,) so that +through their great transgression on the one hand, and their +dangerous sickness on the other, we judge they lie open to thy +hand and power. If, therefore, it shall stand with thy +horrible cunning, and with the cunning of the rest of the princes +with thee, to come and make an attempt to take Mansoul again, +send us word, and we shall to our utmost power be ready to +deliver it into thy hand. Or if what we have said shall not +by thy fatherhood be thought best and most meet to be done, send +us thy mind in a few words, and we are all ready to follow thy +counsel to the hazarding of our lives, and what else we have.</p> +<p>‘Given under our hands the day and date above-written, +after a close consultation at the house of Mr. Mischief, who yet +is alive and hath his place in our desirable town of +Mansoul.’</p> +<p>When Mr. Profane (for he was the carrier) was come with his +letter to Hell-Gate Hill, he knocked at the brazen gates for +entrance. Then did Cerberus, the porter, for he is the +keeper of that gate, open to Mr. Profane, to whom he delivered +his letter, which he had brought from the Diabolonians in +Mansoul. So he carried it in, and presented it to Diabolus +his lord, and said, ‘Tidings, my lord, from Mansoul, from +our trusty friends in Mansoul.’</p> +<p>Then came together from all places of the den Beelzebub, +Lucifer, Apollyon, with the rest of the rabblement there, to hear +what news from Mansoul. So the letter was broken up and +read, and Cerberus he stood by. When the letter was openly +read, and the contents thereof spread into all the corners of the +den, command was given that, without let or stop, +dead-man’s bell should be rung for joy. So the bell +was rung, and the princes rejoiced that Mansoul was likely to +come to ruin. Now, the clapper of the bell went, ‘The +town of Mansoul is coming to dwell with us: make room for the +town of Mansoul.’ This bell therefore they did ring, +because they did hope that they should have Mansoul again.</p> +<p>Now, when they had performed this their horrible ceremony, +they got together again to consult what answer to send to their +friends in Mansoul; and some advised one thing, and some another: +but at length, because the business required haste, they left the +whole business to the prince Diabolus, judging him the most +proper lord of the place. So he drew up a letter as he +thought fit, in answer to what Mr. Profane had brought, and sent +it to the Diabolonians that did dwell in Mansoul, by the same +hand that had brought theirs to him; and these were the contents +thereof:—</p> +<p>‘To our offspring, the high and mighty Diabolonians that +yet dwell in the town of Mansoul, Diabolus, the great prince of +Mansoul, wisheth a prosperous issue and conclusion of those many +brave enterprises, conspiracies, and designs, that you, of your +love and respect to our honour, have in your hearts to attempt to +do against Mansoul. Beloved children and disciples, my Lord +Fornication, Adultery, and the rest, we have here, in our +desolate den, received, to our highest joy and content, your +welcome letter, by the hand of our trusty Mr. Profane; and to +show how acceptable your tidings were, we rang out our bell for +gladness; for we rejoiced as much as we could, when we perceived +that yet we had friends in Mansoul, and such as sought our honour +and revenge in the ruin of the town of Mansoul. We also +rejoiced to hear that they are in a degenerated condition, and +that they have offended their Prince, and that he is gone. +Their sickness also pleaseth us, as does also your health, might, +and strength. Glad also would we be, right horribly +beloved, could we get this town into our clutches again. +Nor will we be sparing of spending our wit, our cunning, our +craft, and hellish inventions to bring to a wished conclusion +this your brave beginning in order thereto.</p> +<p>‘And take this for your comfort, (our birth, and our +offspring,) that shall we again surprise it and take it, we will +attempt to put all your foes to the sword, and will make you the +great lords and captains of the place. Nor need you fear, +if ever we get it again, that we after that shall be cast out any +more; for we will come with more strength, and so lay far more +fast hold than at the first we did. Besides, it is the law +of that Prince that now they own, that if we get them a second +time, they shall be ours for ever.</p> +<p>‘Do you, therefore, our trusty Diabolonians, yet more +pry into, and endeavour to spy out the weakness of the town of +Mansoul. We also would that you yourselves do attempt to +weaken them more and more. Send us word also by what means +you think we had best to attempt the regaining thereof: namely, +whether by persuasion to a vain and loose life; or, whether by +tempting them to doubt and despair; or, whether by blowing up of +the town by the gunpowder of pride, and self-conceit. Do +you also, O ye brave Diabolonians, and true sons of the pit, be +always in a readiness to make a most hideous assault within, when +we shall be ready to storm it without. Now speed you in +your project, and we in our desires, to the utmost power of our +gates, which is the wish of your great Diabolus, Mansoul’s +enemy, and him that trembles when he thinks of judgment to +come. All the blessings of the pit be upon you, and so we +close up our letter.</p> +<p>‘Given at the pit’s mouth, by the joint consent of +all the princes of darkness, to be sent, to the force and power +that we have yet remaining in Mansoul, by the hand of Mr. +Profane, by me, Diabolus.’</p> +<p>This letter, as was said, was sent to Mansoul, to the +Diabolonians that yet remained there, and that yet inhabited the +wall, from the dark dungeon of Diabolus, by the hand of Mr. +Profane, by whom they also in Mansoul sent theirs to the +pit. Now, when this Mr. Profane had made his return, and +was come to Mansoul again, he went and came as he was wont to the +house of Mr. Mischief, for there was the conclave, and the place +where the contrivers were met. Now, when they saw that +their messenger was returned safe and sound, they were greatly +gladded thereat. Then he presented them with his letter +which he had brought from Diabolus for them; the which, when they +had read and considered, did much augment their gladness. +They asked him after the welfare of their friends, as how their +Lord Diabolus, Lucifer, and Beelzebub did, with the rest of those +of the den. To which this Profane made answer, ‘Well, +well, my lords; they are well, even as well as can be in their +place. They also,’ said he, ‘did ring for joy +at the reading of your letter, as you well perceived by this when +you read it.’</p> +<p>Now, as was said, when they had read their letter, and +perceived that it encouraged them in their work, they fell to +their way of contriving again, namely, how they might complete +their Diabolonian design upon Mansoul. And the first thing +that they agreed upon was to keep all things from Mansoul as +close as they could. ‘Let it not be known, let not +Mansoul be acquainted with what we design against +it.’ The next thing was, how, or by what means, they +should try to bring to pass the ruin and overthrow of Mansoul; +and one said after this manner, and another said after +that. Then stood up Mr. Deceit, and said, ‘My right +Diabolonian friends, our lords, and the high ones of the deep +dungeon, do propound unto us these three ways.</p> +<p>‘1. Whether we had best to seek its ruin by making +Mansoul loose and vain.</p> +<p>‘2. Or whether by driving them to doubt and despair.</p> +<p>‘3. Or whether by endeavouring to blow them up by the +gunpowder of pride and self-conceit.</p> +<p>‘Now, I think, if we shall tempt them to pride, that may +do something; and if we tempt them to wantonness, that may +help. But, in my mind, if we could drive them into +desperation, that would knock the nail on the head; for then we +should have them, in the first place, question the truth of the +love of the heart of their Prince towards them, and that will +disgust him much. This, if it works well, will make them +leave off quickly their way of sending petitions to him; then +farewell earnest solicitations for help and supply; for then this +conclusion lies naturally before them, “As good do nothing, +as do to no purpose.”’ So to Mr. Deceit they +unanimously did consent.</p> +<p>Then the next question was, But how shall we do to bring this +our project to pass? and it was answered by the same +gentleman—that this might be the best way to do it: +‘Even let,’ quoth he, ‘so many of our friends +as are willing to venture themselves for the promoting of their +prince’s cause, disguise themselves with apparel, change +their names, and go into the market like far country-men, and +proffer to let themselves for servants to the famous town of +Mansoul, and let them pretend to do for their masters as +beneficially as may be; for by so doing they may, if Mansoul +shall hire them, in little time so corrupt and defile the +corporation, that her now Prince shall be not only further +offended with them, but in conclusion shall spue them out of his +mouth. And when this is done, our prince Diabolus shall +prey upon them with ease: yea, of themselves they shall fall into +the mouth of the eater.’</p> +<p>This project was no sooner propounded, but was as highly +accepted, and forward were all Diabolonians now to engage in so +delicate an enterprise: but it was not thought fit that all +should do thus; wherefore they pitched upon two or three, namely, +the Lord Covetousness, the Lord Lasciviousness, and the Lord +Anger. The Lord Covetousness called himself by the name of +Prudent-Thrifty; the Lord Lasciviousness called himself by the +name of Harmless-Mirth; and the Lord Anger called himself by the +name of Good-Zeal.</p> +<p>So upon a market-day they came into the market-place, three +lusty fellows they were to look on, and they were clothed in +sheep’s russet, which was also now in a manner as white as +were the white robes of the men of Mansoul. Now the men +could speak the language of Mansoul well. So when they were +come into the market-place, and had offered to let themselves to +the townsmen, they were presently taken up; for they asked but +little wages, and promised to do their masters great service.</p> +<p>Mr. Mind hired Prudent-Thrifty, and Mr. Godly-Fear hired +Good-Zeal. True, this fellow Harmless-Mirth did hang a +little in hand, and could not so soon get him a master as the +others did, because the town of Mansoul was now in Lent, but +after a while, because Lent was almost out, the Lord Willbewill +hired Harmless-Mirth to be both his waiting man and his lackey: +and thus they got them masters.</p> +<p>These villains now being got thus far into the houses of the +men of Mansoul, quickly began to do great mischief therein; for, +being filthy, arch, and sly, they quickly corrupted the families +where they were; yea, they tainted their masters much, especially +this Prudent-Thrifty, and him they call Harmless-Mirth. +True, he that went under the visor of Good-Zeal, was not so well +liked of his master; for he quickly found that he was but a +counterfeit rascal; the which when the fellow perceived, with +speed he made his escape from the house, or I doubt not but his +master had hanged him.</p> +<p>Well, when these vagabonds had thus far carried on their +design, and had corrupted the town as much as they could, in the +next place they considered with themselves at what time their +prince Diabolus without, and themselves within the town, should +make an attempt to seize upon Mansoul; and they all agreed upon +this, that a market-day would be best for that work; for +why? Then will the townsfolk be busy in their ways: and +always take this for a rule, when people are most busy in the +world, they least fear a surprise. ‘We also +then,’ said they, ‘shall be able with less suspicion +to gather ourselves together for the work of our friends and +lords; yea, and in such a day, if we shall attempt our work, and +miss it, we may, when they shall give us the rout, the better +hide ourselves in the crowd, and escape.’</p> +<p>These things being thus far agreed upon by them, they wrote +another letter to Diabolus, and sent it by the hand to Mr. +Profane, the contents of which were these:—</p> +<p>‘The lords of Looseness send to the great and high +Diabolus from our dens, caves, holes, and strongholds, in and +about the wall of the town of Mansoul, greeting:</p> +<p>‘Our great lord, and the nourisher of our lives, +Diabolus—how glad we were when we heard of your +fatherhood’s readiness to comply with us, and help forward +our design in our attempts to ruin Mansoul, none can tell but +those who, as we do, set themselves against all appearance of +good, when and wheresoever we find it.</p> +<p>‘Touching the encouragement that your greatness is +pleased to give us to continue to devise, contrive, and study the +utter desolation of Mansoul, that we are not solicitous about: +for we know right well that it cannot but be pleasing and +profitable to us to see our enemies, and them that seek our +lives, die at our feet, or fly before us. We therefore are +still contriving, and that to the best of our cunning, to make +this work most facile and easy to your lordships, and to us.</p> +<p>‘First, we considered of that most hellishly cunning, +compacted, threefold project, that by you was propounded to us in +your last; and have concluded, that though to blow them up with +the gunpowder of pride would do well, and to do it by tempting +them to be loose and vain will help on, yet to contrive to bring +them into the gulf of desperation, we think will do best of +all. Now we, who are at your beck, have thought or two ways +to do this: first we, for our parts, will make them as vile as we +can, and then you with us, at a time appointed, shall be ready to +fall upon them with the utmost force. And of all the +nations that are at your whistle, we think that an army of +doubters may be the most likely to attack and overcome the town +of Mansoul. Thus shall we overcome these enemies, else the +pit shall open her mouth upon them, and desperation shall thrust +them down into it. We have also, to effect this so much by +us desired design, sent already three of our trusty Diabolonians +among them; they are disguised in garb, they have changed their +names, and are now accepted of them; namely, Covetousness, +Lasciviousness, and Anger. The name of Covetousness is +changed to Prudent-Thrifty, and him Mr. Mind has hired, and is +almost become as bad as our friend. Lasciviousness has +changed his name to Harmless-Mirth, and he is got to be the Lord +Willbewill’s lackey; but he has made his master very +wanton. Anger changed his name into Good-Zeal, and was +entertained by Mr. Godly-Fear; but the peevish old gentleman took +pepper in the nose, and turned our companion out of his +house. Nay, he has informed us since that he ran away from +him, or else his old master had hanged him up for his labour.</p> +<p>‘Now these have much helped forward our work and design +upon Mansoul; for notwithstanding the spite and quarrelsome +temper of the old gentleman last mentioned, the other two ply +their business well, and are likely to ripen the work apace.</p> +<p>‘Our next project is, that it be concluded that you come +upon the town upon a market-day, and that when they are upon the +heat of their business; for then, to be sure, they will be most +secure, and least think that an assault will be made upon +them. They will also at such a time be less able to defend +themselves, and to offend you in the prosecution of our +design. And we your trusty (and we are sure your beloved) +ones shall, when you shall make your furious assault without, be +ready to second the business within. So shall we, in all +likelihood, be able to put Mansoul to utter confusion, and to +swallow them up before they can come to themselves. If your +serpentine heads, most subtile dragons, and our highly esteemed +lords can find out a better way than this, let us quickly know +your minds.</p> +<p>‘To the monsters of the infernal cave, from the house of +Mr. Mischief in Mansoul, by the hand of Mr. Profane.’</p> +<p>Now all the while that the raging runagates and hellish +Diabolonians were thus contriving the ruin of the town of +Mansoul, they (namely, the poor town itself) was in a sad and +woeful case; partly because they had so grievously offended +Shaddai and his Son, and partly because that the enemies thereby +got strength within them afresh; and also because, though they +had by many petitions made suit to the Prince Emmanuel, and to +his Father Shaddai by him, for their pardon and favour, yet +hitherto obtained they not one smile; but contrariwise, through +the craft and subtilty of the domestic Diabolonians, their cloud +was made to grow blacker and blacker, and their Emmanuel to stand +at further distance.</p> +<p>The sickness also did still greatly rage in Mansoul, both +among the captains and the inhabitants of the town; and their +enemies only were now lively and strong, and likely to become the +head, whilst Mansoul was made the tail.</p> +<p>By this time the letter last mentioned, that was written by +the Diabolonians that yet lurked in the town of Mansoul, was +conveyed to Diabolus in the black den, by the hand of Mr. +Profane. He carried the letter by Hell-Gate Hill as afore, +and conveyed it by Cerberus to his lord.</p> +<p>But when Cerberus and Mr. Profane did meet, they were +presently as great as beggars, and thus they fell into discourse +about Mansoul, and about the project against her.</p> +<p>‘Ah! old friend,’ quoth Cerberus, ‘art thou +come to Hell-Gate Hill again? By St. Mary, I am glad to see +thee!’</p> +<p><i>Prof.</i> Yes, my lord, I am come again about the +concerns of the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p><i>Cerb.</i> Prithee, tell me what condition is that +town of Mansoul in at present?</p> +<p><i>Prof.</i> In a brave condition, my lord, for us, and +for my lords, the lords of this place, I trow for they are +greatly decayed as to godliness, and that is as well as our heart +can wish; their Lord is greatly out with them, and that doth also +please us well. We have already also a foot in their dish, +for our Diabolonian friends are laid in their bosoms, and what do +we lack but to be masters of the place! Besides, our trusty +friends in Mansoul are daily plotting to betray it to the lords +of this town; also the sickness rages bitterly among them; and +that which makes up all, we hope at last to prevail.’</p> +<p>Then said the dog of Hell-Gate, ‘No time like this to +assault them. I wish that the enterprise be followed close, +and that the success desired may be soon effected: yea, I wish it +for the poor Diabolonians’ sakes, that live in the +continual fear of their lives in that traitorous town of +Mansoul.’</p> +<p><i>Prof.</i> The contrivance is almost finished, the +lords in Mansoul that are Diabolonians are at it day and night, +and the other are like silly doves; they want heart to be +concerned with their state and to consider that ruin is at +hand. Besides you may, yea, must think, when you put all +things together, that there are many reasons that prevail with +Diabolus to make what haste he can.</p> +<p><i>Cerb.</i> Thou hast said as it is; I am glad things +are at this pass. Go in, my brave Profane, to my lords, +they will give thee for thy welcome as good a <i>coranto</i> as +the whole of this kingdom will afford. I have sent thy +letter in already.</p> +<p>Then Mr. Profane went into the den, and his lord Diabolus met +him, and saluted him with, ‘Welcome, my trusty servant: I +have been made glad with thy letter.’ The rest of the +lords of the pit gave him also their salutations. Then +Profane, after obeisance made to them all, said, ‘Let +Mansoul be given to my lord Diabolus, and let him be her king for +ever.’ And with that, the hollow belly and yawning +gorge of hell gave so loud and hideous a groan, (for that is the +music of that place,) that it made the mountains about it totter, +as if they would fall in pieces.</p> +<p>Now, after they had read and considered the letter, they +consulted what answer to return; and the first that did speak to +it was Lucifer.</p> +<p>Then said he, ‘The first project of the Diabolonians in +Mansoul is likely to be lucky, and to take; namely, that they +will, by all the ways and means they can, make Mansoul yet more +vile and filthy: no way to destroy a soul like this. Our +old friend Balaam went this way and prospered many years ago; let +this therefore stand with us for a maxim, and be to Diabolonians +for a general rule in all ages; for nothing can make this to fail +but grace, in which I would hope that this town has no +share. But whether to fall upon them on a market-day, +because of their cumber in business, that I would should be under +debate. And there is more reason why this head should be +debated, than why some other should; because upon this will turn +the whole of what we shall attempt. If we time not our +business well, our whole project may fail. Our friends, the +Diabolonians, say that a market-day is best; for then will +Mansoul be most busy, and have fewest thoughts of a +surprise. But what if also they should double their guards +on those days? (and methinks nature and reason should teach them +to do it;) and what if they should keep such a watch on those +days as the necessity of their present case doth require? yea, +what if their men should be always in arms on those days? then +you may, my lords, be disappointed in your attempts, and may +bring our friends in the town to utter danger of unavoidable +ruin.’</p> +<p>Then said the great Beelzebub, ‘There is something in +what my lord hath said; but his conjecture may, or may not fall +out. Nor hath my lord laid it down as that which must not +be receded from; for I know that he said it only to provoke to a +warm debate thereabout. Therefore we must understand, if we +can, whether the town of Mansoul has such sense and knowledge of +her decayed state, and of the design that we have on foot against +her, as doth provoke her to set watch and ward at her gates, and +to double them on market-days. But if, after inquiry made, +it shall be found that they are asleep, then any day will do, but +a market-day is best; and this is my judgment in this +case.’</p> +<p>Then quoth Diabolus, ‘How should we know this?’ +and it was answered, ‘Inquire about it at the mouth of Mr. +Profane.’ So Profane was called in, and asked the +question, and he made his answer as follows:—</p> +<p><i>Prof.</i> My lords, so far as I can gather, this is +at present the condition of the town of Mansoul: they are decayed +in their faith and love; Emmanuel, their Prince, has given them +the back; they send often by petition to fetch him again, but he +maketh not haste to answer their request, nor is there much +reformation among them.</p> +<p><i>Diab.</i> I am glad that they are backward in a +reformation, but yet I am afraid of their petitioning. +However, their looseness of life is a sign that there is not much +heart in what they do, and without the heart things are little +worth. But go on, my masters; I will divert you, my lords, +no longer.</p> +<p><i>Beel.</i> If the case be so with Mansoul, as Mr. +Profane has described it to be, it will be no great matter what +day we assault it; not their prayers, nor their power will do +them much service.</p> +<p>When Beelzebub had ended his oration, then Apollyon did +begin. ‘My opinion,’ said he, ‘concerning +this matter, is, that we go on fair and softly, not doing things +in a hurry. Let our friends in Mansoul go on still to +pollute and defile it, by seeking to draw it yet more into sin +(for there is nothing like sin to devour Mansoul). If this +be done, and it takes effect, Mansoul, of itself, will leave off +to watch, to petition, or anything else that should tend to her +security and safety; for she will forget her Emmanuel, she will +not desire his company, and can she be gotten thus to live, her +Prince will not come to her in haste. Our trusty friend, +Mr. Carnal-Security, with one of his tricks did drive him out of +the town; and why may not my Lord Covetousness, and my Lord +Lasciviousness, by what they may do, keep him out of the +town? And this I will tell you, (not because you know it +not,) that two or three Diabolonians, if entertained and +countenanced by the town of Mansoul, will do more to the keeping +of Emmanuel from them, and towards making the town of Mansoul +your own, than can an army of a legion that should be sent out +from us to withstand him. Let, therefore, this first +project that our friends in Mansoul have set on foot, be strongly +and diligently carried on, with all cunning and craft imaginable; +and let them send continually, under one guise or another, more +and other of their men to play with the people of Mansoul; and +then, perhaps, we shall not need to be at the charge of making a +war upon them; or if that must of necessity be done, yet the more +sinful they are, the more unable, to be sure, they will be to +resist us, and then the more easily we shall overcome them. +And besides, suppose (and that is the worst that can be supposed) +that Emmanuel should come to them again, why may not the same +means, or the like, drive him from them once more? Yea, why +may he not, by their lapse into that sin again, be driven from +them for ever, for the sake of which he was at the first driven +from them for a season? And if this should happen, then +away go with him his rams, his slings, his captains, his +soldiers, and he leaveth Mansoul naked and bare. Yea, will +not this town, when she sees herself utterly forsaken of her +Prince, of her own accord open her gates again unto you, and make +of you as in the days of old? But this must be done by +time, a few days will not effect so great a work as +this.’</p> +<p>So soon as Apollyon had made an end of speaking, Diabolus +began to blow out his own malice, and to plead his own cause; and +he said, ‘My lords, and powers of the cave, my true and +trusty friends, I have with much impatience, as becomes me, given +ear to your long and tedious orations. But my furious +gorge, and empty paunch, so lusteth after a repossession of my +famous town of Mansoul, that whatever comes out, I can wait no +longer to see the events of lingering projects. I must, and +that without further delay, seek, by all means I can, to fill my +insatiable gulf with the soul and body of the town of +Mansoul. Therefore lend me your heads, your hearts, and +your help, now I am going to recover my town of +Mansoul.’</p> +<p>When the lords and princes of the pit saw the flaming desire +that was in Diabolus to devour the miserable town of Mansoul, +they left off to raise any more objections, but consented to lend +him what strength they could, though had Apollyon’s advice +been taken, they had far more fearfully distressed the town of +Mansoul. But, I say, they were willing to lend him what +strength they could, not knowing what need they might have of +him, when they should engage for themselves, as he. +Wherefore they fell to advising about the next thing propounded, +namely, what soldiers they were, and also how many, with whom +Diabolus should go against the town of Mansoul to take it; and +after some debate, it was concluded, according as in the letter +the Diabolonians had suggested, that none were more fit for that +expedition than an army of terrible doubters. They +therefore concluded to send against Mansoul an army of sturdy +doubters. The number thought fit to be employed in that +service was between twenty and thirty thousand. So then the +result of that great council of those high and mighty lords +was—That Diabolus should even now, out of hand, beat up his +drum for men in the land of Doubting, which land lieth upon the +confines of the place called Hell-Gate Hill, for men that might +be employed by him against the miserable town of Mansoul. +It was also concluded, that these lords themselves should help +him in the war, and that they would to that end head and manage +his men. So they drew up a letter, and sent back to the +Diabolonians that lurked in Mansoul, and that waited for the +back-coming of Mr. Profane, to signify to them into what method +and forwardness they at present had put their design. The +contents whereof now follow:—</p> +<p>‘From the dark and horrible dungeon of hell, Diabolus +with all the society of the princes of darkness, sends to our +trusty ones, in and about the walls of the town of Mansoul, now +impatiently waiting for our most devilish answer to their +venomous and most poisonous design against the town of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘Our native ones, in whom from day to day we boast, and +in whose actions all the year long we do greatly delight +ourselves, we received your welcome, because highly esteemed +letter, at the hand of our trusty and greatly beloved, the old +gentleman, Mr. Profane. And do give you to understand, that +when we had broken it up, and had read the contents thereof, to +your amazing memory be it spoken, our yawning hollow-bellied +place, where we are, made so hideous and yelling a noise for joy, +that the mountains that stand round about Hell-Gate Hill, had +like to have been shaken to pieces at the sound thereof.</p> +<p>‘We could also do no less than admire your faithfulness +to us, with the greatness of that subtilty that now hath showed +itself to be in your heads to serve us against the town of +Mansoul. For you have invented for us so excellent a method +for our proceeding against that rebellious people, a more +effectual cannot be thought of by all the wits of hell. The +proposals, therefore, which now, at last, you have sent us, since +we saw them, we have done little else but highly approved and +admired them.</p> +<p>‘Nay, we shall, to encourage you in the profundity of +your craft, let you know, that, at a full assembly and conclave +of our princes and principalities of this place, your project was +discoursed and tossed from one side of our cave to the other by +their mightinesses; but a better, and as was by themselves +judged, a more fit and proper way by all their wits, could not be +invented, to surprise, take, and make our own, the rebellious +town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘Wherefore, in fine, all that was said that varied from +what you had in your letter propounded, fell of itself to the +ground, and yours only was stuck to by Diabolus, the prince; yea, +his gaping gorge and yawning paunch was on fire to put your +invention into execution.</p> +<p>‘We therefore give you to understand that our stout, +furious, and unmerciful Diabolus is raising, for your relief, and +the ruin of the rebellious town of Mansoul, more than twenty +thousand doubters to come against that people. They are all +stout and sturdy men, and men that of old have been accustomed to +war, and that can therefore well endure the drum. I say, he +is doing this work of his with all the possible speed he can; for +his heart and spirit is engaged in it. We desire, +therefore, that, as you have hitherto stuck to us, and given us +both advice and encouragement thus far, you still will prosecute +our design; nor shall you lose, but be gainers thereby; yea, we +intend to make you the lords of Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘One thing may not by any means be omitted, that is, +those with us do desire that every one of you that are in Mansoul +would still use all your power, cunning, and skill, with delusive +persuasions, yet to draw the town of Mansoul into more sin and +wickedness, even that sin may be finished and bring forth +death.</p> +<p>‘For thus it is concluded with us, that the more vile, +sinful, and debauched the town of Mansoul is, more backward will +be their Emmanuel to come to their help, either by presence or +other relief; yea, the more sinful, the more weak, and so the +more unable will they be to make resistance when we shall make +our assault upon them to swallow them up. Yea, that may +cause that their mighty Shaddai himself may cast them out of his +protection; yea, and send for his captains and soldiers home, +with his slings and rams, and leave them naked and bare; and then +the town of Mansoul will of itself open to us, and fall as the +fig into the mouth of the eater. Yea, to be sure that we +then with a great deal of ease shall come upon her and overcome +her.</p> +<p>‘As to the time of our coming upon Mansoul, we, as yet, +have not fully resolved upon that, though at present some of us +think as you, that a market-day, or a market-day at night, will +certainly be the best. However, do you be ready, and when +you shall hear our roaring drum without, do you be as busy to +make the most horrible confusion within. So shall Mansoul +certainly be distressed before and behind, and shall not know +which way to betake herself for help. My Lord Lucifer, my +Lord Beelzebub, my Lord Apollyon, my Lord Legion, with the rest, +salute you, as does also my Lord Diabolus; and we wish both you, +with all that you do, or shall possess, the very self-same fruit +and success for their doing as we ourselves at present enjoy for +ours.</p> +<p>‘From our dreadful confines in the most fearful pit, we +salute you, and so do those many legions here with us, wishing +you may be as hellishly prosperous as we desire to be +ourselves. By the letter-carrier, Mr. Profane.’</p> +<p>Then Mr. Profane addressed himself for his return to Mansoul, +with his errand from the horrible pit to the Diabolonians that +dwelt in that town. So he came up the stairs from the deep +to the mouth of the cave where Cerberus was. Now when +Cerberus saw him, he asked how did matters go below, about and +against the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p><i>Prof.</i> Things go as well as we can expect. +The letter that I carried thither was highly approved, and well +liked by all my lords, and I am returning to tell our +Diabolonians so. I have an answer to it here in my bosom, +that I am sure will make our masters that sent me glad; for the +contents thereof are to encourage them to pursue their design to +the utmost, and to be ready also to fall on within, when they +shall see my Lord Diabolus beleaguering the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p><i>Cerb.</i> But does he intend to go against them +himself?</p> +<p><i>Prof.</i> Does he! Ay! and he will take along +with him more than twenty thousand, all sturdy Doubters, and men +of war, picked men from the land of Doubting, to serve him in the +expedition.</p> +<p>Then was Cerberus glad, and said, ‘And is there such +brave preparations a-making to go against the miserable town of +Mansoul? And would I might be put at the head of a thousand +of them, that I might also show my valour against the famous town +of Mansoul.’</p> +<p><i>Prof.</i> Your wish may come to pass; you look like +one that has mettle enough, and my lord will have with him those +that are valiant and stout. But my business requires +haste.</p> +<p><i>Cerb.</i> Ay, so it does. Speed thee to the +town of Mansoul, with all the deepest mischiefs that this place +can afford thee. And when thou shalt come to the house of +Mr. Mischief, the place where the Diabolonians meet to plot, tell +them that Cerberus doth wish them his service, and that if he +may, he will with the army come up against the famous town of +Mansoul.</p> +<p><i>Prof.</i> That I will. And I know that my lords +that are there will be glad to hear it, and to see you also.</p> +<p>So after a few more such kind of compliments, Mr. Profane took +his leave of his friend Cerberus; and Cerberus again, with a +thousand of their pit-wishes, bid him haste, with all speed, to +his masters. The which when he had heard, he made +obeisance, and began to gather up his heels to run.</p> +<p>Thus, therefore, he returned, and went and came to Mansoul; +and going, as afore, to the house of Mr. Mischief, there he found +the Diabolonians assembled, and waiting for his return. Now +when he was come, and had presented himself, he also delivered to +them his letter, and adjoined this compliment to them therewith: +‘My lords, from the confines of the pit, the high and +mighty principalities and powers of the den salute you here, the +true Diabolonians of the town of Mansoul. Wishing you +always the most proper of their benedictions, for the great +service, high attempts, and brave achievements that you have put +yourselves upon, for the restoring to our prince Diabolus the +famous town of Mansoul.’</p> +<p>This was therefore the present state of the miserable town of +Mansoul: she had offended her Prince, and he was gone; she had +encouraged the powers of hell, by her foolishness, to come +against her to seek her utter destruction.</p> +<p>True, the town of Mansoul was somewhat made sensible of her +sin, but the Diabolonians were gotten into her bowels; she cried, +but Emmanuel was gone, and her cries did not fetch him as yet +again. Besides, she knew not now whether, ever or never, he +would return and come to his Mansoul again; nor did they know the +power and industry of the enemy, nor how forward they were to put +in execution that plot of hell that they had devised against +her.</p> +<p>They did, indeed, still send petition after petition to the +Prince, but he answered all with silence. They did neglect +reformation, and that was as Diabolus would have it; for he knew, +if they regarded iniquity in their heart, their King would not +hear their prayer; they therefore did still grow weaker and +weaker, and were as a rolling thing before the whirlwind. +They cried to their King for help, and laid Diabolonians in their +bosoms: what therefore should a King do to them? Yea, there +seemed now to be a mixture in Mansoul; the Diabolonians and the +Mansoulians would walk the streets together. Yea, they +began to seek their peace; for they thought that, since the +sickness had been so mortal in Mansoul, it was in vain to go to +handygripes with them. Besides, the weakness of Mansoul was +the strength of their enemies; and the sins of Mansoul, the +advantage of the Diabolonians. The foes of Mansoul did also +now begin to promise themselves the town for a possession: there +was no great difference now betwixt Mansoulians and Diabolonians: +both seemed to be masters of Mansoul. Yea, the Diabolonians +increased and grew, but the town of Mansoul diminished +greatly. There were more than eleven thousand men, women, +and children that died by the sickness in Mansoul.</p> +<p>But now, as Shaddai would have it, there was one whose name +was Mr. Prywell, a great lover of the people of Mansoul. +And he, as his manner was, did go listening up and down in +Mansoul to see, and to hear, if at any time he might, whether +there was any design against it or no. For he was always a +jealous man, and feared some mischief sometime would befal it, +either from the Diabolonians within, or from some power +without. Now upon a time it so happened, as Mr. Prywell +went listening here and there, that he lighted upon a place +called Vilehill, in Mansoul, where Diabolonians used to meet; so +hearing a muttering, (you must know that it was in the night,) he +softly drew near to hear; nor had he stood long under the +house-end, (for there stood a house there,) but he heard one +confidently affirm, that it was not, or would not be long before +Diabolus should possess himself again of Mansoul; and that then +the Diabolonians did intend to put all Mansoulians to the sword, +and would kill and destroy the King’s captains, and drive +all his soldiers out of the town. He said, moreover, that +he knew there were above twenty thousand fighting men prepared by +Diabolus for the accomplishing of this design, and that it would +not be months before they all should see it.</p> +<p>When Mr. Prywell had heard this story, he did quickly believe +it was true: wherefore he went forthwith to my Lord Mayor’s +house, and acquainted him therewith; who, sending for the +subordinate preacher, brake the business to him; and he as soon +gave the alarm to the town; for he was now the chief preacher in +Mansoul, because, as yet, my Lord Secretary was ill at +ease. And this was the way that the subordinate preacher +did take to alarm the town therewith. The same hour he +caused the lecture bell to be rung; so the people came together: +he gave them then a short exhortation to watchfulness, and made +Mr. Prywell’s news the argument thereof. +‘For,’ said he, ‘an horrible plot is contrived +against Mansoul, even to massacre us all in a day, nor is this +story to be slighted; for Mr. Prywell is the author +thereof. Mr. Prywell was always a lover of Mansoul, a sober +and judicious man, a man that is no tattler, nor raiser of false +reports, but one that loves to look into the very bottom of +matters, and talks nothing of news, but by very solid +arguments.</p> +<p>‘I will call him, and you shall hear him your own +selves;’ so he called him, and he came and told his tale so +punctually, and affirmed its truth with such ample grounds, that +Mansoul fell presently under a conviction of the truth of what he +said. The preacher did also back him, saying, ‘Sirs, +it is not irrational for us to believe it, for we have provoked +Shaddai to anger, and have sinned Emmanuel out of the town; we +have had too much correspondence with Diabolonians, and have +forsaken our former mercies: no marvel then, if the enemy both +within and without should design and plot our ruin; and what time +like this to do it? The sickness is now in the town, and we +have been made weak thereby. Many a good meaning man is +dead, and the Diabolonians of late grow stronger and +stronger.</p> +<p>‘Besides,’ quoth the subordinate preacher, +‘I have received from this good truth-teller this one +inkling further, that he understood by those that he overheard, +that several letters have lately passed between the furies and +the Diabolonians in order to our destruction.’ When +Mansoul heard all this, and not being able to gainsay it, they +lift up their voice and wept. Mr. Prywell did also, in the +presence of the townsmen, confirm all that their subordinate +preacher had said. Wherefore they now set afresh to bewail +their folly, and to a doubling of petitions to Shaddai and his +Son. They also brake the business to the captains, high +commanders, and men of war in the town of Mansoul, entreating +them to use the means to be strong, and to take good courage; and +that they would look after their harness, and make themselves +ready to give Diabolus battle by night and by day, shall he come, +as they are informed he will, to beleaguer the town of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>When the captains heard this, they being always true lovers of +the town of Mansoul, what do they but like so many Samsons they +shake themselves, and come together to consult and contrive how +to defeat those bold and hellish contrivances that were upon the +wheel by the means of Diabolus and his friends against the now +sickly, weakly, and much impoverished town of Mansoul; and they +agreed upon these following particulars:—</p> +<p>1. That the gates of Mansoul should be kept shut, and made +fast with bars and locks, and that all persons that went out, or +came in, should be very strictly examined by the captains of the +guards, ‘to the end,’ said they, ‘that those +that are managers of the plot amongst us, may, either coming or +going, be taken; and that we may also find out who are the great +contrivers, amongst us, of our ruin.’</p> +<p>2. The next thing was, that a strict search should be made for +all kind of Diabolonians throughout the whole town of Mansoul; +and that every man’s house from top to bottom should be +looked into, and that, too, house by house, that if possible a +further discovery might be made of all such among them as had a +hand in these designs.</p> +<p>3. It was further concluded upon, that wheresoever or with +whomsoever any of the Diabolonians were found, that even those of +the town of Mansoul that had given them house and harbour, should +to their shame, and the warning of others, take penance in the +open place.</p> +<p>4. It was, moreover, resolved by the famous town of Mansoul, +that a public fast, and a day of humiliation, should be kept +throughout the whole corporation, to the justifying of their +Prince, the abasing of themselves before him for their +transgressions against him, and against Shaddai, his +Father. It was further resolved, that all such in Mansoul +as did not on that day endeavour to keep that fast, and to humble +themselves for their faults, but that should mind their worldly +employs, or be found wandering up and down the streets, should be +taken for Diabolonians, and should suffer as Diabolonians for +such their wicked doings.</p> +<p>5. It was further concluded then, that with what speed, and +with what warmth of mind they could, they would renew their +humiliation for sin, and their petitions to Shaddai for help; +they also resolved, to send tidings to the court of all that Mr. +Prywell had told them.</p> +<p>6. It was also determined, that thanks should be given by the +town of Mansoul to Mr. Prywell, for his diligent seeking of the +welfare of their town: and further, that forasmuch as he was so +naturally inclined to seek their good, and also to undermine +their foes, they gave him a commission of scout-master-general, +for the good of the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>When the corporation, with their captains, had thus concluded, +they did as they had said; they shut up their gates, they made +for Diabolonians strict search, they made those with whom any +were found to take penance in the open place: they kept their +fast, and renewed their petitions to their Prince, and Mr. +Prywell managed his charge and the trust that Mansoul had put in +his hands, with great conscience and good fidelity; for he gave +himself wholly up to his employ, and that not only within the +town, but he went out to pry, to see, and to hear.</p> +<p>And not many days after he provided for his journey, and went +towards Hell-Gate Hill, into the country where the Doubters were, +where he heard of all that had been talked of in Mansoul, and he +perceived also that Diabolus was almost ready for his march, +etc. So he came back with speed, and, calling the captains +and elders of Mansoul together, he told them where he had been, +what he had heard, and what he had seen. Particularly, he +told them that Diabolus was almost ready for his march, and that +he had made old Mr. Incredulity, that once brake prison in +Mansoul, the general of his army; that his army consisted all of +Doubters, and that their number was above twenty thousand. +He told, moreover, that Diabolus did intend to bring with him the +chief princes of the infernal pit, and that he would make them +chief captains over his Doubters. He told them, moreover, +that it was certainly true that several of the black den would, +with Diabolus, ride reformades to reduce the town of Mansoul to +the obedience of Diabolus, their prince.</p> +<p>He said, moreover, that he understood by the Doubters, among +whom he had been, that the reason why old Incredulity was made +general of the whole army, was because none truer than he to the +tyrant; and because he had an implacable spite against the +welfare of the town of Mansoul. Besides, said he, he +remembers the affronts that Mansoul has given him, and he is +resolved to be revenged of them.</p> +<p>But the black princes shall be made high commanders, only +Incredulity shall be over them all; because, which I had almost +forgot, he can more easily, and more dexterously, beleaguer the +town of Mansoul, than can any of the princes besides.</p> +<p>Now, when the captains of Mansoul, with the elders of the +town, had heard the tidings that Mr. Prywell did bring, they +thought it expedient, without further delay, to put into +execution the laws that against the Diabolonians their Prince had +made for them, and given them in commandment to manage against +them. Wherefore, forthwith a diligent and impartial search +was made in all houses in Mansoul, for all and all manner of +Diabolonians. Now, in the house of Mr. Mind, and in the +house of the great Lord Willbewill, were two Diabolonians +found. In Mr. Mind’s house was one Lord Covetousness +found; but he had changed his name to Prudent-Thrifty. In +my Lord Willbewill’s house, one Lasciviousness was found; +but he had changed his name to Harmless-Mirth. These two +the captains and elders of the town of Mansoul took, and +committed them to custody under the hand of Mr. Trueman, the +gaoler; and this man handled them so severely, and loaded them so +well with irons, that in time they both fell into a very deep +consumption, and died in the prison-house; their masters also, +according to the agreement of the captains and elders, were +brought to take penance in the open place to their shame, and for +a warning to the rest of the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Now, this was the manner of penance in those days: the persons +offending being made sensible of the evil of their doings, were +enjoined open confession of their faults, and a strict amendment +of their lives.</p> +<p>After this, the captains and elders of Mansoul sought yet to +find out more Diabolonians, wherever they lurked, whether in +dens, caves, holes, vaults, or where else they could, in or about +the wall or town of Mansoul. But though they could plainly +see their footing, and so follow them by their track and smell to +their holds, even to the mouths of their caves and dens, yet take +them, hold them, and do justice upon them, they could not; their +ways were so crooked, their holds so strong, and they so quick to +take sanctuary there.</p> +<p>But Mansoul did now with so stiff an hand rule over the +Diabolonians that were left, that they were glad to shrink into +corners: time was when they durst walk openly, and in the day; +but now they were forced to embrace privacy and the night: time +was when a Mansoulian was their companion; but now they counted +them deadly enemies. This good change did Mr. +Prywell’s intelligence make in the famous town of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>By this time, Diabolus had finished his army which he intended +to bring with him for the ruin of Mansoul; and had set over them +captains, and other field officers, such as liked his furious +stomach best: himself was lord paramount, Incredulity was general +of his army, their highest captains shall be named afterwards; +but now for their officers, colours, and scutcheons.</p> +<p>1. Their first captain was Captain Rage: he was captain over +the election doubters, his were the red colours; his +standard-bearer was Mr. Destructive, and the great red dragon he +had for his scutcheon.</p> +<p>2. The second captain was Captain Fury: he was captain over +the vocation doubters; his standard-bearer was Mr. Darkness, his +colours were those that were pale, and he had for his scutcheon +the fiery flying serpent.</p> +<p>3. The third captain was Captain Damnation: he was captain +over the grace doubters; his were the red colours, Mr. No-Life +bare them, and he had for his scutcheon the black den.</p> +<p>4. The fourth captain was Captain Insatiable; he was captain +over the faith doubters: his were the red colours, Mr. Devourer +bare them, and he had for a scutcheon the yawning jaws.</p> +<p>5. The fifth captain was Captain Brimstone: he was captain +over the perseverance doubters; his also were the red colours, +Mr. Burning bare them, and his scutcheon was the blue and +stinking flame.</p> +<p>6. The sixth captain was Captain Torment: he was captain over +the resurrection doubters; his colours were those that were pale; +Mr. Gnaw was his standard-bearer, and he had the black worm for +his scutcheon.</p> +<p>7. The seventh captain was Captain No-Ease; he was captain +over the salvation doubters; his were the red colours, Mr. +Restless bare them, and his scutcheon was the ghastly picture of +death.</p> +<p>8. The eighth captain was the Captain Sepulchre: he was +captain over the glory doubters; his also were the pale colours, +Mr. Corruption was his standard-bearer, and he had for his +scutcheon a skull, and dead men’s bones.</p> +<p>9. The ninth captain was Captain Past-Hope; he was captain of +those that are called the felicity doubters; his standard-bearer +was Mr. Despair; his also were the red colours, and his scutcheon +was a hot iron and the hard heart.</p> +<p>These were his captains, and these were their forces, these +were their standards, these were their colours, and these were +their scutcheons. Now, over these did the great Diabolus +make superior captains, and they were in number seven: as, +namely, the Lord Beelzebub, the Lord Lucifer, the Lord Legion, +the Lord Apollyon, the Lord Python, the Lord Cerberus, and the +Lord Belial; these seven he set over the captains, and +Incredulity was lord-general, and, Diabolus was king. The +reformades also, such as were like themselves, were made some of +them captains of hundreds, and some of them captains of +more. And thus was the army of Incredulity completed.</p> +<p>So they set out at Hell-Gate Hill, for there they had their +rendezvous, from whence they came with a straight course upon +their march toward the town of Mansoul. Now, as was hinted +before, the town had, as Shaddai would have it, received from the +mouth of Mr. Prywell the alarm of their coming before. +Wherefore they set a strong watch at the gates, and had also +doubled their guards: they also mounted their slings in good +places, where they might conveniently cast out their great stones +to the annoyance of their furious enemy.</p> +<p>Nor could those Diabolonians that were in the town do that +hurt as was designed they should; for Mansoul was now +awake. But alas! poor people, they were sorely affrighted +at the first appearance of their foes, and at their sitting down +before the town, especially when they heard the roaring of their +drum. This, to speak truth, was amazingly hideous to hear; +it frighted all men seven miles round, if they were but awake and +heard it. The streaming of their colours was also terrible +and dejecting to behold.</p> +<p>When Diabolus was come up against the town, first he made his +approach to Ear-gate, and gave it a furious assault, supposing, +as it seems, that his friends in Mansoul had been ready to do the +work within; but care was taken of that before, by the vigilance +of the captains. Wherefore, missing of the help that he +expected from them, and finding his army warmly attended with the +stones that the slingers did sling, (for that I will say for the +captains, that considering the weakness that yet was upon them by +reason of the long sickness that had annoyed the town of Mansoul, +they did gallantly behave themselves,) he was forced to make some +retreat from Mansoul, and to entrench himself and his men in the +field without the reach of the slings of the town.</p> +<p>Now having entrenched himself, he did cast up four mounts +against the town: the first he called Mount Diabolus, putting his +own name thereon, the more to affright the town of Mansoul; the +other three he called thus—Mount Alecto, Mount Megara, and +Mount Tisiphone; for these are the names of the dreadful furies +of hell. Thus he began to play his game with Mansoul, and +to serve it as doth the lion his prey, even to make it fall +before his terror. But, as I said, the captains and +soldiers resisted so stoutly, and did do such execution with +their stones, that they made him, though against stomach, to +retreat, wherefore Mansoul began to take courage.</p> +<p>Now upon Mount Diabolus, which was raised on the north side of +the town, there did the tyrant set up his standard, and a fearful +thing it was to behold; for he had wrought in it by devilish art, +after the manner of a scutcheon, a flaming flame fearful to +behold, and the picture of Mansoul burning in it.</p> +<p>When Diabolus had thus done, he commanded that his drummer +should every night approach the walls of the town of Mansoul, and +so to beat a parley; the command was to do it at nights, for in +the daytime they annoyed him with their slings; for the tyrant +said, that he had a mind to parley with the now trembling town of +Mansoul, and he commanded that the drums should beat every night, +that through weariness they might at last, if possible, (at the +first they were unwilling yet,) be forced to do it.</p> +<p>So this drummer did as commanded: he arose, and did beat his +drum. But when his drum did go, if one looked toward the +town of Mansoul, ‘Behold darkness and sorrow, and the light +was darkened in the heaven thereof.’ No noise was +ever heard upon earth more terrible, except the voice of Shaddai +when he speaketh. But how did Mansoul tremble! it now +looked for nothing but forthwith to be swallowed up.</p> +<p>When this drummer had beaten for a parley, he made this speech +to Mansoul: ‘My master has bid me tell you, that if you +will willingly submit, you shall have the good of the earth; but +if you shall be stubborn, he is resolved to take you by +force.’ But by that the fugitive had done beating his +drum, the people of Mansoul had betaken themselves to the +captains that were in the castle, so that there was none to +regard, nor to give this drummer an answer; so he proceeded no +further that night, but returned again to his master to the +camp.</p> +<p>When Diabolus saw that by drumming he could not work out +Mansoul to his will, the next night he sendeth his drummer +without his drum, still to let the townsmen know that he had a +mind to parley with them. But when all came to all, his +parley was turned into a summons to the town to deliver up +themselves: but they gave him neither heed nor hearing: for they +remembered what at first it cost them to hear him a few +words.</p> +<p>The next night he sends again, and then who should be his +messenger to Mansoul but the terrible Captain Sepulchre; so +Captain Sepulchre came up to the walls of Mansoul, and made this +oration to the town:—</p> +<p>‘O ye inhabitants of the rebellious town of +Mansoul! I summon you in the name of the Prince Diabolus, +that, without any more ado, you set open the gates of your town, +and admit the great lord to come in. But if you shall still +rebel, when we have taken to us the town by force, we will +swallow you up as the grave; wherefore if you will hearken to my +summons, say so, and if not then let me know.</p> +<p>‘The reason of this my summons,’ quoth he, +‘is, for that my lord is your undoubted prince and lord, as +you yourselves have formerly owned. Nor shall that assault +that was given to my lord, when Emmanuel dealt so dishonourably +by him, prevail with him to lose his right, and to forbear to +attempt to recover his own. Consider, then, O Mansoul, with +thyself, wilt thou show thyself peaceable, or no? If thou +shalt quietly yield up thyself, then our old friendship shall be +renewed; but if thou shalt yet refuse and rebel, then expect +nothing but fire and sword.’</p> +<p>When the languishing town of Mansoul had heard this summoner +and his summons, they were yet more put to their dumps, but made +to the captain no answer at all; so away he went as he came.</p> +<p>But, after some consultation among themselves, as also with +some of their captains, they applied themselves afresh to the +Lord Secretary for counsel and advice from him; for this Lord +Secretary was their chief preacher, (as also is mentioned some +pages before,) only now he was ill at ease; and of him they +begged favour in these two or three things—</p> +<p>1. That he would look comfortably upon them, and not keep +himself so much retired from them as formerly. Also, that +he would be prevailed with to give them a hearing, while they +should make known their miserable condition to him. But to +this he told them as before, that ‘as yet he was but ill at +ease, and therefore could not do as he had formerly +done.’</p> +<p>2. The second thing that they desired was, that he would be +pleased to give them his advice about their now so important +affairs, for that Diabolus was come and set down before the town +with no less than twenty thousand doubters. They said, +moreover, that both he and his captains were cruel men, and that +they were afraid of them. But to this he said, ‘You +must look to the law of the Prince, and there see what is laid +upon you to do.’</p> +<p>3. Then they desired that his highness would help them to +frame a petition to Shaddai, and unto Emmanuel his Son, and that +he would set his own hand thereto as a token that he was one with +them in it: ‘For,’ said they, ‘my Lord, many a +one have we sent, but can get no answer of peace; but now, +surely, one with thy hand unto it may obtain good for +Mansoul.’</p> +<p>But all the answer that he gave to this was, ‘that they +had offended their Emmanuel, and had also grieved himself, and +that therefore they must as yet partake of their own +devices.’</p> +<p>This answer of the Lord Secretary fell like a millstone upon +them; yea, it crushed them so that they could not tell what to +do; yet they durst not comply with the demands of Diabolus, nor +with the demands of his captain. So then here were the +straits that the town of Mansoul was betwixt, when the enemy came +upon her: her foes were ready to swallow her up, and her friends +did forbear to help her.</p> +<p>Then stood up my Lord Mayor, whose name was my Lord +Understanding, and he began to pick and pick, until he had picked +comfort out of that seemingly bitter saying of the Lord +Secretary; for thus he descanted upon it: ‘First,’ +said he, ‘this unavoidably follows upon the saying of my +Lord, “that we must yet suffer for our sins.” +Secondly, But,’ quoth he, ‘the words yet sound as if +at last we should be saved from our enemies, and that after a few +more sorrows, Emmanuel will come and be our help.’ +Now the Lord Mayor was the more critical in his dealing with the +Secretary’s words, because my lord was more than a prophet, +and because none of his words were such, but that at all times +they were most exactly significant; and the townsmen were allowed +to pry into them, and to expound them to their best +advantage.</p> +<p>So they took their leaves of my lord, and returned, and went, +and came to the captains, to whom they did tell what my Lord High +Secretary had said; who, when they had heard it, were all of the +same opinion as was my Lord Mayor himself. The captains, +therefore, began to take some courage unto them, and to prepare +to make some brave attempt upon the camp of the enemy, and to +destroy all that were Diabolonians, with the roving doubters that +the tyrant had brought with him to destroy the poor town of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>So all betook themselves forthwith to their places—the +Captains to theirs, the Lord Mayor to his, the subordinate +preacher to his, and my Lord Willbewill to his. The +captains longed to be at some work for their prince; for they +delighted in warlike achievements. The next day, therefore, +they came together and consulted; and after consultation had, +they resolved to give an answer to the captain of Diabolus with +slings; and so they did at the rising of the sun on the morrow; +for Diabolus had adventured to come nearer again, but the +sling-stones were to him and his like hornets. For as there +is nothing to the town of Mansoul so terrible as the roaring of +Diabolus’s drum, so there is nothing to Diabolus so +terrible as the well playing of Emmanuel’s slings. +Wherefore Diabolus was forced to make another retreat, yet +further off from the famous town of Mansoul. Then did the +Lord Mayor of Mansoul cause the bells to be rung, ‘and that +thanks should be sent to the Lord High Secretary by the mouth of +the subordinate preacher; for that by his words the captains and +elders of Mansoul had been strengthened against +Diabolus.’</p> +<p>When Diabolus saw that his captains and soldiers, high lords +and renowned, were frightened, and beaten down by the stones that +came from the golden slings of the Prince of the town of Mansoul, +he bethought himself, and said, ‘I will try to catch them +by fawning, I will try to flatter them into my net.’</p> +<p>Wherefore, after a while, he came down again to the wall, not +now with his drum, nor with Captain Sepulchre; but having all +besugared his lips, he seemed to be a very sweet-mouthed, +peaceable prince, designing nothing for humour’s sake, nor +to be revenged on Mansoul for injuries by them done to him; but +the welfare, and good, and advantage of the town and people +therein was now, as he said, his only design. Wherefore, +after he had called for audience, and desired that the townsfolk +would give it to him, he proceeded in his oration, and +said:—</p> +<p>‘Oh, the desire of my heart, the famous town of Mansoul! +how many nights have I watched, and how many weary steps have I +taken, if perhaps I might do thee good! Far be it, far be +it from me to desire to make a war upon you; if ye will but +willingly and quietly deliver up yourselves unto me. You +know that you were mine of old. Remember also, that so long +as you enjoyed me for your lord, and that I enjoyed you for my +subjects, you wanted for nothing of all the delights of the +earth, that I, your lord and prince, could get for you, or that I +could invent to make you bonny and blithe withal. Consider, +you never had so many hard, dark, troublesome, and +heart-afflicting hours, while you were mine, as you have had +since you revolted from me; nor shall you ever have peace again, +until you and I become one as before. But, be but prevailed +with to embrace me again, and I will grant, yea, enlarge your old +charter with abundance of privileges; so that your license and +liberty shall be to take, hold, enjoy, and make your own all that +is pleasant from the east to the west. Nor shall any of +those incivilities, wherewith you have offended me, be ever +charged upon you by me, so long as the sun and moon endure. +Nor shall any of those dear friends of mine that now, for the +fear of you, lie lurking in dens, and holes, and caves in +Mansoul, be hurtful to you any more; yea, they shall be your +servants, and shall minister unto you of their substance, and of +whatever shall come to hand. I need speak no more; you know +them, and have sometime since been much delighted in their +company. Why, then, should we abide at such odds? Let +us renew our old acquaintance and friendship again.</p> +<p>‘Bear with your friend; I take the liberty at this time +to speak thus freely unto you. The love that I have to you +presses me to do it, as also does the zeal of my heart for my +friends with you: put me not therefore to further trouble, nor +yourselves to further fears and frights. Have you I will, +in a way of peace or war; nor do you flatter yourselves with the +power and force of your captains, or that your Emmanuel will +shortly come in to your help; for such strength will do you no +pleasure.</p> +<p>‘I am come against you with a stout and valiant army, +and all the chief princes of the den are even at the head of +it. Besides, my captains are swifter than eagles, stronger +than lions, and more greedy of prey than are the evening +wolves. What is Og of Bashan! what is Goliath of Gath! and +what are an hundred more of them, to one of the least of my +captains! How, then, shall Mansoul think to escape my hand +and force?’</p> +<p>Diabolus having thus handed his flattering, fawning, +deceitful, and lying speech to the famous town of Mansoul, the +Lord Mayor replied to him as follows: ‘O Diabolus, prince +of darkness, and master of all deceit; thy lying flatteries we +have had and made sufficient probation of, and have tasted too +deeply of that destructive cup already. Should we therefore +again hearken unto thee, and so break the commandments of our +great Shaddai, to join in affinity with thee, would not our +Prince reject us, and cast us off for ever? And, being cast +off by him, can the place that he has prepared for thee be a +place of rest for us? Besides, O thou that art empty and +void of all truth, we are rather ready to die by thy hand, than +to fall in with thy flattering and lying deceits.’</p> +<p>When the tyrant saw that there was little to be got by +parleying with my Lord Mayor, he fell into an hellish rage, and +resolved that again, with his army of doubters, he would another +time assault the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>So he called for his drummer, who beat up for his men (and +while he did beat, Mansoul did shake) to be in a readiness to +give battle to the corporation: then Diabolus drew near with his +army, and thus disposed of his men. Captain Cruel and +Captain Torment, these he drew up and placed against Feel-gate, +and commanded them to sit down there for the war. And he +also appointed that, if need were, Captain No-Ease should come in +to their relief. At Nose-gate he placed the Captain +Brimstone and Captain Sepulchre, and bid them look well to their +ward, on that side of the town of Mansoul. But at Eye-gate +he placed that grim-faced one, the Captain Past-Hope, and there +also now he did set up his terrible standard.</p> +<p>Now Captain Insatiable, he was to look to the carriages of +Diabolus, and was also appointed to take into custody that, or +those persons and things, that should at any time as prey be +taken from the enemy.</p> +<p>Now Mouth-gate the inhabitants of Mansoul kept for a +sally-port; wherefore that they kept strong; for that it was it +by and out at which the townsfolk did send their petitions to +Emmanuel their Prince. That also was the gate from the top +of which the captains did play their slings at the enemies; for +that gate stood somewhat ascending, so that the placing of them +there, and the letting of them fly from that place, did much +execution against the tyrant’s army. Wherefore, for +these causes, with others, Diabolus sought, if possible, to land +up Mouth-gate with dirt.</p> +<p>Now, as Diabolus was busy and industrious in preparing to make +his assault upon the town of Mansoul, without, so the captains +and soldiers in the corporation were as busy in preparing within; +they mounted their slings, they set up their banners, they +sounded their trumpets, and put themselves in such order as was +judged most for the annoyance of the enemy, and for the advantage +of Mansoul, and gave to their soldiers orders to be ready at the +sound of the trumpet for war. The Lord Willbewill also, he +took the charge of watching against the rebels within, and to do +what he could to take them while without, or to stifle them +within their caves, dens, and holes in the town-wall of +Mansoul. And, to speak the truth of him, ever since he took +penance for his fault, he has showed as much honesty and bravery +of spirit as any he in Mansoul; for he took one Jolly, and his +brother Griggish, the two sons of his servant Harmless-Mirth, +(for to that day, though the father was committed to ward, the +sons had a dwelling in the house of my lord,)—I say, he +took them, and with his own hands put them to the cross. +And this was the reason why he hanged them up: after their father +was put into the hands of Mr. True-Man the gaoler, they, his +sons, began to play his pranks, and to be ticking and toying with +the daughters of their lord; nay, it was jealoused that they were +too familiar with them, the which was brought to his +lordship’s ear. Now his lordship being unwilling +unadvisedly to put any man to death, did not suddenly fall upon +them, but set watch and spies to see if the thing was true; of +the which he was soon informed, for his two servants, whose names +were Find-Out and Tell-All, catched them together in uncivil +manner more than once or twice, and went and told their +lord. So when my Lord Willbewill had sufficient ground to +believe the thing was true, he takes the two young Diabolonians, +(for such they were, for their father was a Diabolonian born,) +and has them to Eye-gate, where he raised a very high cross, just +in the face of Diabolus, and of his army, and there he hanged the +young villains, in defiance to Captain Past-Hope, and of the +horrible standard of the tyrant.</p> +<p>Now this Christian act of the brave Lord Willbewill did +greatly abash Captain Past-Hope, discouraged the army of +Diabolus, put fear into the Diabolonian runagates in Mansoul, and +put strength and courage into the captains that belonged to +Emmanuel, the Prince; for they without did gather, and that by +this very act of my Lord, that Mansoul was resolved to fight, and +that the Diabolonians within the town could not do such things as +Diabolus had hopes they would. Nor was this the only proof +of the brave Lord Willbewill’s honesty to the town, nor of +his loyalty to his Prince, as will afterwards appear.</p> +<p>Now, when the children of Prudent-Thrifty, who dwelt with Mr. +Mind, (for Thrift left children with Mr. Mind, when he was also +committed to prison, and their names were Gripe and Rake-All; +these he begat of Mr. Mind’s bastard daughter, whose name +was Mrs. Hold-fast-Bad;)—I say, when his children perceived +how the Lord Willbewill had served them that dwelt with him, what +do they but, lest they should drink of the same cup, endeavour to +make their escape. But Mr. Mind, being wary of it, took +them and put them in hold in his house till morning; (for this +was done over night;) and remembering that by the law of Mansoul +all Diabolonians were to die, (and to be sure they were at least +by father’s side such, and some say by mother’s side +too,) what does he but takes them and puts them in chains, and +carries them to the selfsame place where my lord hanged his two +before, and there he hanged them.</p> +<p>The townsmen also took great encouragement at this act of Mr. +Mind, and did what they could to have taken some more of these +Diabolonian troublers of Mansoul; but at that time the rest lay +so squat and close, that they could not be apprehended; so they +set against them a diligent watch, and went every man to his +place.</p> +<p>I told you a little before, that Diabolus and his army were +somewhat abashed and discouraged at the sight of what my Lord +Willbewill did, when he hanged up those two young Diabolonians; +but his discouragement quickly turned itself into furious madness +and rage against the town of Mansoul, and fight it he +would. Also the townsmen and captains within, they had +their hopes and their expectations heightened, believing at last +the day would be theirs; so they feared them the less. +Their subordinate preacher, too, made a sermon about it; and he +took that theme for his text, ‘Gad, a troop shall overcome +him: but he shall overcome at the last.’ Whence he +showed, that though Mansoul should be sorely put to it at the +first, yet the victory should most certainly be Mansoul’s +at the last.</p> +<p>So Diabolus commanded that his drummer should beat a charge +against the town; and the captains also that were in the town +sounded a charge against them, but they had no drum: they were +trumpets of silver with which they sounded against them. +Then they which were of the camp of Diabolus came down to the +town to take it, and the captains in the castle, with the +slingers at Mouth-gate, played upon them amain. And now +there was nothing heard in the camp of Diabolus but horrible rage +and blasphemy; but in the town good words, prayer, and singing of +psalms. The enemy replied with horrible objections, and the +terribleness of their drum; but the town made answer with the +slapping of their slings, and the melodious noise of their +trumpets. And thus the fight lasted for several days +together, only now and then they had some small intermission, in +the which the townsmen refreshed themselves, and the captains +made ready for another assault.</p> +<p>The captains of Emmanuel were clad in silver armour, and the +soldiers in that which was of proof; the soldiers of Diabolus +were clad in iron which was made to give place to +Emmanuel’s engine-shot. In the town, some were hurt, +and some were greatly wounded. Now, the worst of it was, a +chirurgeon was scarce in Mansoul, for that Emmanuel at present +was absent. Howbeit, with the leaves of a tree the wounded +were kept from dying; yet their wounds did greatly putrefy, and +some did grievously stink. Of the townsmen, these were +wounded, namely, my Lord Reason; he was wounded in the +head. Another that was wounded was the brave Lord Mayor; he +was wounded in the eye. Another that was wounded was Mr. +Mind; he received his wound about the stomach. The honest +subordinate preacher also, he received a shot not far off the +heart but none of these were mortal.</p> +<p>Many also of the inferior sort were not only wounded but slain +outright.</p> +<p>Now, in the camp of Diabolus were wounded and slain a +considerable number; for instance, Captain Rage, he was wounded, +and so was Captain Cruel. Captain Damnation was made to +retreat, and to intrench himself further off of Mansoul. +The standard also of Diabolus was beaten down, and his +standard-bearer, Captain Much-Hurt, had his brains beat out with +a sling-stone, to the no little grief and shame of his prince +Diabolus.</p> +<p>Many also of the doubters were slain outright, though enough +of them were left alive to make Mansoul shake and totter. +Now the victory that day being turned to Mansoul, did put great +valour into the townsmen and captains, and did cover +Diabolus’s camp with a cloud, but withal it made them far +more furious. So the next day Mansoul rested, and commanded +that the bells should be rung; the trumpets also joyfully +sounded, and the captains shouted round the town.</p> +<p>My Lord Willbewill also was not idle, but did notable service +within against the domestics, or the Diabolonians that were in +the town, not only by keeping them in awe, for he lighted on one +at last whose name was Mr. Anything, a fellow of whom mention was +made before; for it was he, if you remember, that brought the +three fellows to Diabolus, whom the Diabolonians took out of +Captain Boanerges’s companies, and that persuaded them to +list themselves under the tyrant, to fight against the army of +Shaddai. My Lord Willbewill did also take a notable +Diabolonian, whose name was Loose-Foot: this Loose-Foot was a +scout to the vagabonds in Mansoul, and that did use to carry +tidings out of Mansoul to the camp, and out of the camp to those +of the enemies in Mansoul. Both these my lord sent away +safe to Mr. True-Man, the gaoler, with a commandment to keep them +in irons; for he intended then to have them out to be crucified, +when it would be for the best to the corporation, and most for +the discouragement of the camp of the enemies.</p> +<p>My Lord Mayor also, though he could not stir about so much as +formerly, because of the wound that he lately received, yet gave +he out orders to all that were the natives of Mansoul, to look to +their watch, and stand upon their guard, and, as occasion should +offer, to prove themselves men.</p> +<p>Mr. Conscience, the preacher, he also did his utmost to keep +all his good documents alive upon the hearts of the people of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>Well, awhile after, the captains and stout ones of the town of +Mansoul agreed and resolved upon a time to make a sally out upon +the camp of Diabolus, and this must be done in the night; and +there was the folly of Mansoul, (for the night is always the best +for the enemy, but the worst for Mansoul to fight in,) but yet +they would do it, their courage was so high; their last victory +also still stuck in their memories.</p> +<p>So the night appointed being come, the Prince’s brave +captains cast lots who should lead the van in this new and +desperate expedition against Diabolus, and against his +Diabolonian army; and the lot fell to Captain Credence, to +Captain Experience, and to Captain Good-Hope, to lead the forlorn +hope. (This Captain Experience the Prince created such when +himself did reside in the town of Mansoul.) So, as I said, +they made their sally out upon the army that lay in the siege +against them; and their hap was to fall in with the main body of +their enemies. Now Diabolus and his men being expertly +accustomed to night-work, took the alarm presently, and were as +ready to give them battle, as if they had sent them word of their +coming. Wherefore to it they went amain, and blows were +hard on every side; the hell drum also was beat most furiously, +while the trumpets of the Prince most sweetly sounded. And +thus the battle was joined; and Captain Insatiable looked to the +enemy’s carriages, and waited when he should receive some +prey.</p> +<p>The Prince’s captains fought it stoutly, beyond what +indeed could be expected they should; they wounded many; they +made the whole army of Diabolus to make a retreat. But I +cannot tell how, but the brave Captain Credence, Captain +Good-Hope, and Captain Experience, as they were upon the pursuit, +cutting down, and following hard after the enemy in the rear, +Captain Credence stumbled and fell, by which fall he caught so +great a hurt, that he could not rise till Captain Experience did +help him up, at which their men were put in disorder. The +captain also was so full of pain, that he could not forbear but +aloud to cry out: at this, the other two captains fainted, +supposing that Captain Credence had received his mortal wound; +their men also were more disordered, and had no list to +fight. Now Diabolus being very observing, though at this +time as yet he was put to the worst, perceiving that a halt was +made among the men that were the pursuers, what does he but, +taking it for granted that the captains were either wounded or +dead, he therefore makes at first a stand, then faces about, and +so comes up upon the Prince’s army with as much of his fury +as hell could help him to; and his hap was to fall in just among +the three captains, Captain Credence, Captain Good-Hope, and +Captain Experience, and did cut, wound, and pierce them so +dreadfully, that what through discouragement, what through +disorder, and what through the wounds that they had received, and +also the loss of much blood, they scarce were able, though they +had for their power the three best hands in Mansoul, to get safe +into the hold again.</p> +<p>Now, when the body of the Prince’s army saw how these +three captains were put to the worst, they thought it their +wisdom to make as safe and good a retreat as they could, and so +returned by the sally-port again; and so there was an end of this +present action. But Diabolus was so flushed with this +night’s work, that he promised himself, in few days, an +easy and complete conquest over the town of Mansoul; wherefore, +on the day following, he comes up to the sides thereof with great +boldness, and demands entrance, and that forthwith they deliver +themselves up to his government. The Diabolonians, too, +that were within, they began to be somewhat brisk, as we shall +show afterward.</p> +<p>But the valiant Lord Mayor replied, that what he got he must +get by force; for as long as Emmanuel, their Prince, was alive, +(though he at present was not so with them as they wished,) they +should never consent to yield Mansoul up to another.</p> +<p>And with that the Lord Willbewill stood up, and said, +‘Diabolus, thou master of the den, and enemy to all that is +good, we poor inhabitants of the town of Mansoul are too well +acquainted with thy rule and government, and with the end of +those things that for certain will follow submitting to thee, to +do it. Wherefore though while we were without knowledge we +suffered thee to take us, (as the bird that saw not the snare +fell into the hands of the fowler,) yet since we have been turned +from darkness to light, we have also been turned from the power +of Satan to God. And though through thy subtlety, and also +the subtlety of the Diabolonians within, we have sustained much +loss, and also plunged ourselves into much perplexity, yet give +up ourselves, lay down our arms, and yield to so horrid a tyrant +as thou, we shall not; die upon the place we choose rather to +do. Besides, we have hopes that in time deliverance will +come from court unto us, and therefore we yet will maintain a war +against thee.’</p> +<p>This brave speech of the Lord Willbewill, with that also of +the Lord Mayor, did somewhat abate the boldness of Diabolus, +though it kindled the fury of his rage. It also succoured +the townsmen and captains; yea, it was as a plaster to the brave +Captain Credence’s wound; for you must know that a brave +speech now (when the captains of the town with their men of war +came home routed, and when the enemy took courage and boldness at +the success that he had obtained to draw up to the walls, and +demand entrance, as he did) was in season, and also +advantageous.</p> +<p>The Lord Willbewill also did play the man within; for while +the captains and soldiers were in the field, he was in arms in +the town, and wherever by him there was a Diabolonian found, they +were forced to feel the weight of his heavy hand, and also the +edge of his penetrating sword: many therefore of the Diabolonians +he wounded, as the Lord Cavil, the Lord Brisk, the Lord +Pragmatic, and the Lord Murmur; several also of the meaner sort +he did sorely maim; though there cannot at this time an account +be given you of any that he slew outright. The cause, or +rather the advantage that my Lord Willbewill had at this time to +do thus, was for that the captains were gone out to fight the +enemy in the field. ‘For now,’ thought the +Diabolonians within, ‘is our time to stir and make an +uproar in the town.’ What do they therefore but +quickly get themselves into a body, and fall forthwith to +hurricaning in Mansoul, as if now nothing but whirlwind and +tempest should be there. Wherefore, as I said, he takes +this opportunity to fall in among them with his men, cutting and +slashing with courage that was undaunted; at which the +Diabolonians with all haste dispersed themselves to their holds, +and my lord to his place as before.</p> +<p>This brave act of my lord did somewhat revenge the wrong done +by Diabolus to the captains, and also did let them know that +Mansoul was not to be parted with for the loss of a victory or +two; wherefore the wing of the tyrant was clipped again, as to +boasting,—I mean in comparison of what he would have done, +if the Diabolonians had put the town to the same plight to which +he had put the captains.</p> +<p>Well, Diabolus yet resolves to have the other bout with +Mansoul. ‘For,’ thought he, ‘since I beat +them once, I may beat them twice.’ Wherefore he +commanded his men to be ready at such an hour of the night, to +make a fresh assault upon the town; and he gave it out in special +that they should bend all their force against Feel-gate, and +attempt to break into the town through that. The word that +then he did give to his officers and soldiers was +Hell-fire. ‘And,’ said he, ‘if we break +in upon them, as I wish we do, either with some, or with all our +force, let them that break in look to it, that they forget not +the word. And let nothing be heard in the town of Mansoul +but, “Hell-fire! Hell-fire! +Hell-fire!”’ The drummer was also to beat +without ceasing, and the standard-bearers were to display their +colours; the soldiers, too, were to put on what courage they +could, and to see that they played manfully their parts against +the town.</p> +<p>So when night was come, and all things by the tyrant made +ready for the work, he suddenly makes his assault upon Feel-gate, +and after he had awhile struggled there, he throws the gate wide +open: for the truth is, those gates were but weak, and so most +easily made to yield. When Diabolus had thus far made his +attempt, he placed his captains (namely, Torment and No-Ease) +there; so he attempted to press forward, but the Prince’s +captains came down upon him, and made his entrance more difficult +than he desired. And, to speak truth, they made what +resistance they could; but the three of their best and most +valiant captains being wounded, and by their wounds made much +incapable of doing the town that service they would, (and all the +rest having more than their hands full of the doubters, and their +captains that did follow Diabolus,) they were overpowered with +force, nor could they keep them out of the town. Wherefore +the Prince’s men and their captains betook themselves to +the castle, as to the stronghold of the town: and this they did +partly for their own security, partly for the security of the +town, and partly, or rather chiefly, to preserve to Emmanuel the +prerogative-royal of Mansoul; for so was the castle of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>The captains therefore being fled into the castle, the enemy, +without much resistance, possess themselves of the rest of the +town, and spreading themselves as they went into every corner, +they cried out as they marched, according to the command of the +tyrant, ‘Hell-fire! Hell-fire! Hell-fire!’ so that +nothing for a while throughout the town of Mansoul could be heard +but the direful noise of ‘Hell-fire!’ together with +the roaring of Diabolus’s drum. And now did the +clouds hang black over Mansoul, nor to reason did anything but +ruin seem to attend it. Diabolus also quartered his +soldiers in the houses of the inhabitants of the town of +Mansoul. Yea, the subordinate preacher’s house was as +full of these outlandish doubters as ever it could hold, and so +was my Lord Mayor’s, and my Lord Willbewill’s +also. Yea, where was there a corner, a cottage, a barn, or +a hogstye, that now was not full of these vermin? Yea, they +turned the men of the town out of their houses, and would lie in +their beds, and sit at their tables themselves. Ah, poor +Mansoul! now thou feelest the fruits of sin, yea, what venom was +in the flattering words of Mr. Carnal-Security! They made +great havoc of whatever they laid their hands on; yea, they fired +the town in several places; many young children also were by them +dashed in pieces; and those that were yet unborn they destroyed +in their mothers’ wombs: for you must needs think that it +could not now be otherwise; for what conscience, what pity, what +bowels of compassion can any expect at the hands of outlandish +doubters? Many in Mansoul that were women, both young and +old, they forced, ravished, and beastlike abused, so that they +swooned, miscarried, and many of them died, and so lay at the top +of every street, and in all by-places of the town.</p> +<p>And now did Mansoul seem to be nothing but a den of dragons, +an emblem of hell, and a place of total darkness. Now did +Mansoul lie almost like the barren wilderness; nothing but +nettles, briars, thorns, weeds, and stinking things seemed now to +cover the face of Mansoul. I told you before, how that +these Diabolonian doubters turned the men of Mansoul out of their +beds, and now I will add, they wounded them, they mauled them, +yea, and almost brained many of them. Many did I say, yea +most, if not all of them. Mr. Conscience they so wounded, +yea, and his wounds so festered, that he could have no ease day +nor night, but lay as if continually upon a rack; but that +Shaddai rules all, certainly they had slain him outright. +Mr. Lord Mayor they so abused that they almost put out his eyes; +and had not my Lord Willbewill got into the castle, they intended +to have chopped him all to pieces; for they did look upon him, as +his heart now stood, to be one of the very worst that was in +Mansoul against Diabolus and his crew. And indeed he hath +shown himself a man, and more of his exploits you will hear of +afterwards.</p> +<p>Now, a man might have walked for days together in Mansoul, and +scarcely have seen one in the town that looked like a religious +man. Oh, the fearful state of Mansoul now! now every corner +swarmed with outlandish doubters; red-coats and black-coats +walked the town by clusters, and filled up all the houses with +hideous noises, vain songs, lying stories, and blasphemous +language against Shaddai and his Son. Now also those +Diabolonians that lurked in the walls and dens and holes that +were in the town of Mansoul, came forth and showed themselves; +yea, walked with open face in company with the doubters that were +in Mansoul. Yea, they had more boldness now to walk the +streets, to haunt the houses, and to show themselves abroad, than +had any of the honest inhabitants of the now woful town of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>But Diabolus and his outlandish men were not at peace in +Mansoul; for they were not there entertained as were the captains +and forces of Emmanuel: the townsmen did browbeat them what they +could; nor did they partake or make stroy of any of the +necessaries of Mansoul, but that which they seized on against the +townsmen’s will: what they could, they hid from them, and +what they could not, they had with an ill-will. They, poor +hearts! had rather have had their room than their company; but +they were at present their captives, and their captives for the +present they were forced to be. But, I say, they +discountenanced them as much as they were able, and showed them +all the dislike that they could.</p> +<p>The captains also from the castle did hold them in continual +play with their slings, to the chafing and fretting of the minds +of the enemies. True, Diabolus made a great many attempts +to have broken open the gates of the castle, but Mr. Godly-Fear +was made the keeper of that; and he was a man of that courage, +conduct, and valour, that it was in vain, as long as life lasted +within him, to think to do that work, though mostly desired; +wherefore all the attempts that Diabolus made against him were +fruitless. I have wished sometimes that that man had had +the whole rule of the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Well, this was the condition of the town of Mansoul for about +two years and a half: the body of the town was the seat of war, +the people of the town were driven into holes, and the glory of +Mansoul was laid in the dust. What rest, then, could be to +the inhabitants, what peace could Mansoul have, and what sun +could shine upon it? Had the enemy lain so long without in +the plain against the town, it had been enough to have famished +them: but now, when they shall be within, when the town shall be +their tent, their trench and fort against the castle that was in +the town; when the town shall be against the town, and shall +serve to be a defence to the enemies of her strength and life: I +say, when they shall make use of the forts and town-holds to +secure themselves in, even till they shall take, spoil, and +demolish the castle,—this was terrible! and yet this was +now the state of the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>After the town of Mansoul had been in this sad and lamentable +condition, for so long a time as I have told you, and no +petitions that they presented their Prince with, all this while, +could prevail, the inhabitants of the town, namely, the elders +and chief of Mansoul, gathered together, and, after some time +spent in condoling their miserable state and this miserable +judgment coming upon them, they agreed together to draw up yet +another petition, and to send it away to Emmanuel for +relief. But Mr. Godly-Fear stood up and answered, that he +knew that his Lord the Prince never did nor ever would receive a +petition for these matters, from the hand of any whoever, unless +the Lord Secretary’s hand was to it; ‘and +this,’ quoth he, ‘is the reason that you prevailed +not all this while.’ Then they said they would draw +up one, and get the Lord Secretary’s hand unto it. +But Mr. Godly-Fear answered again, that he knew also that the +Lord Secretary would not set his hand to any petition that +himself had not an hand in composing and drawing up. +‘And besides,’ said he, ‘the Prince doth know +my Lord Secretary’s hand from all the hands in the world; +wherefore he cannot be deceived by any pretence whatever. +Wherefore my advice is that you go to my Lord, and implore him to +lend you his aid.’ (Now he did yet abide in the +castle, where all the captains and men-at-arms were.)</p> +<p>So they heartily thanked Mr. Godly-Fear, took his counsel, and +did as he had bidden them. So they went and came to my +Lord, and made known the cause of their coming to him; namely, +that since Mansoul was in so deplorable a condition, his Highness +would be pleased to undertake to draw up a petition for them to +Emmanuel, the Son of the mighty Shaddai, and to their King and +his Father by him.</p> +<p>Then said the Secretary to them, ‘What petition is it +that you would have me draw up for you?’ But they +said, ‘Our Lord knows best the state and condition of the +town of Mansoul; and how we are backslidden and degenerated from +the Prince: thou also knowest who is come up to war against us, +and how Mansoul is now the seat of war. My Lord knows, +moreover, what barbarous usages our men, women, and children have +suffered at their hands; and how our homebred Diabolonians do +walk now with more boldness than dare the townsmen in the streets +of Mansoul. Let our Lord therefore, according to the wisdom +of God that is in him, draw up a petition for his poor servants +to our Prince Emmanuel.’ ‘Well,’ said the +Lord Secretary, ‘I will draw up a petition for you, and +will also set my hand thereto.’ Then said they, +‘But when shall we call for it at the hands of our +Lord?’ But he answered, ‘Yourselves must be +present at the doing of it; yea, you must put your desires to +it. True, the hand and pen shall be mine, but the ink and +paper must be yours; else how can you say it is your +petition? Nor have I need to petition for myself, because I +have not offended.’ He also added as followeth: ‘No +petition goes from me in my name to the Prince, and so to his +Father by him, but when the people that are chiefly concerned +therein do join in heart and soul in the matter, for that must be +inserted therein.’</p> +<p>So they did heartily agree with the sentence of the Lord, and +a petition was forthwith drawn up for them. But now, who +should carry it? that was next. But the Secretary advised +that Captain Credence should carry it; for he was a well-spoken +man. They therefore called for him, and propounded to him +the business. ‘Well,’ said the captain, +‘I gladly accept of the motion; and though I am lame, I +will do this business for you with as much speed, and as well as +I can.’</p> +<p>The contents of the petition were to this purpose</p> +<p>‘O our Lord, and Sovereign Prince Emmanuel, the potent, +the long-suffering Prince! grace is poured into thy lips, and to +thee belong mercy and forgiveness, though we have rebelled +against thee. We, who are no more worthy to be called thy +Mansoul, nor yet fit to partake of common benefits, do beseech +thee, and thy Father by thee, to do away our +transgressions. We confess that thou mightest cast us away +for them; but do it not for thy name’s sake: let the Lord +rather take an opportunity, at our miserable condition, to let +out his bowels and compassions to us. We are compassed on +every side, Lord; our own backslidings reprove us; our +Diabolonians within our town fright us; and the army of the angel +of the bottomless pit distresses us. Thy grace can be our +salvation, and whither to go but to thee we know not.</p> +<p>‘Furthermore, O gracious Prince, we have weakened our +captains, and they are discouraged, sick, and, of late, some of +them grievously worsted and beaten out of the field by the power +and force of the tyrant. Yea, even those of our captains, +in whose valour we did formerly use to put most of our +confidence, they are as wounded men. Besides, Lord, our +enemies are lively, and they are strong; they vaunt and boast +themselves, and do threaten to part us among themselves for a +booty. They are fallen also upon us, Lord, with many +thousand doubters, such as with whom we cannot tell what to do; +they are all grim-looked and unmerciful ones, and they bid +defiance to us and thee.</p> +<p>‘Our wisdom is gone, our power is gone, because thou art +departed from us; nor have we what we may call ours but sin, +shame, and confusion of face for sin. Take pity upon us, O +Lord, take pity upon us, thy miserable town of Mansoul, and save +us out of the hands of our enemies. Amen.’</p> +<p>This petition, as was touched afore, was handed by the Lord +Secretary, and carried to the court by the brave and most stout +Captain Credence. Now he carried it out at Mouth-gate, (for +that, as I said, was the sally-port of the town,) and he went and +came to Emmanuel with it. Now how it came out, I do not +know; but for certain it did, and that so far as to reach the +ears of Diabolus. Thus I conclude, because that the tyrant +had it presently by the end, and charged the town of Mansoul with +it, saying, ‘Thou rebellious and stubborn-hearted Mansoul, +I will make thee to leave off petitioning. Art thou yet for +petitioning? I will make thee to leave.’ Yea, +he also knew who the messenger was that carried the petition to +the Prince, and it made him both to fear and rage.</p> +<p>Wherefore he commanded that his drum should be beat again, a +thing that Mansoul could not abide to hear: but when Diabolus +will have his drum beat, Mansoul must abide the noise. +Well, the drum was beat, and the Diabolonians were gathered +together.</p> +<p>Then said Diabolus, ‘O ye stout Diabolonians, be it +known unto you, that there is treachery hatched against us in the +rebellious town of Mansoul; for albeit the town is in our +possession, as you see, yet these miserable Mansoulians have +attempted to dare, and have been so hardy as yet to send to the +court to Emmanuel for help. This I give you to understand, +that ye may yet know how to carry it to the wretched town of +Mansoul. Wherefore, O my trusty Diabolonians, I command +that yet more and more ye distress this town of Mansoul, and vex +it with your wiles, ravish their women, deflower their virgins, +slay their children, brain their ancients, fire their town, and +what other mischief you can; and let this be the reward of the +Mansoulians from me, for their desperate rebellions against +me.’</p> +<p>This, you see, was the charge; but something stepped in +betwixt that and execution, for as yet there was but little more +done than to rage.</p> +<p>Moreover, when Diabolus had done thus, he went the next way up +to the castle gates, and demanded that, upon pain of death, the +gates should be opened to him, and that entrance should be given +him and his men that followed after. To whom Mr. Godly-Fear +replied, (for he it was that had the charge of that gate,) that +the gate should not be opened unto him, nor to the men that +followed after him. He said, moreover, that Mansoul, when +she had suffered awhile, should be made perfect, strengthened, +settled.</p> +<p>Then said Diabolus, ‘Deliver me, then, the men that have +petitioned against me, especially Captain Credence, that carried +it to your Prince; deliver that varlet into my hands, and I will +depart from the town.’</p> +<p>Then up starts a Diabolonian, whose name was Mr. Fooling, and +said, ‘My lord offereth you fair: it is better for you that +one man perish, than that your whole Mansoul should be +undone.’</p> +<p>But Mr. Godly-Fear made him this replication, ‘How long +will Mansoul be kept out of the dungeon, when she hath given up +her faith to Diabolus! As good lose the town, as lose +Captain Credence; for if one be gone the other must +follow.’ But to that Mr. Fooling said nothing.</p> +<p>Then did my Lord Mayor reply, and said, ‘O thou +devouring tyrant, be it known unto thee, we shall hearken to none +of thy words; we are resolved to resist thee as long as a +captain, a man, a sling, and a stone to throw at thee shall be +found in the town of Mansoul.’ But Diabolus answered, +‘Do you hope, do you wait, do you look for help and +deliverance? You have sent to Emmanuel, but your wickedness +sticks too close in your skirts, to let innocent prayers come out +of your lips. Think you that you shall be prevailers and +prosper in this design? You will fail in your wish, you +will fail in your attempts; for it is not only I, but your +Emmanuel is against you: yea, it is he that hath sent me against +you to subdue you. For what, then, do you hope? or by what +means will you escape?’</p> +<p>Then said the Lord Mayor, ‘We have sinned indeed; but +that shall be no help to thee, for our Emmanuel hath said it, and +that in great faithfulness, “and him that cometh to me I +will in no wise cast out.” He hath also told us, O +our enemy, that “all manner of sin and blasphemy shall be +forgiven” to the sons of men. Therefore we dare not +despair, but will look for, wait for, and hope for deliverance +still.’</p> +<p>Now, by this time, Captain Credence was returned and come from +the court from Emmanuel to the castle of Mansoul, and he returned +to them with a packet. So my Lord Mayor, hearing that +Captain Credence was come, withdrew himself from the noise of the +roaring of the tyrant, and left him to yell at the wall of the +town, or against the gates of the castle. So he came up to +the captain’s lodgings, and saluting him, he asked him of +his welfare, and what was the best news at court. But when +he asked Captain Credence that, the water stood in his +eyes. Then said the captain, ‘Cheer up, my lord, for +all will be well in time.’ And with that he first +produced his packet, and laid it by; but that the Lord Mayor, and +the rest of the captains, took for sign of good tidings. +Now a season of grace being come, he sent for all the captains +and elders of the town, that were here and there in their +lodgings in the castle and upon their guard, to let them know +that Captain Credence was returned from the court, and that he +had something in general, and something in special, to +communicate to them. So they all came up to him, and +saluted him, and asked him concerning his journey, and what was +the best news at the court. And he answered them as he had +done the Lord Mayor before, that all would be well at last. +Now, when the captain had thus saluted them, he opened his +packet, and thence did draw out his several notes for those that +he had sent for.</p> +<p>And the first note was for my Lord Mayor, wherein was +signified:—That the Prince Emmanuel had taken it well that +my Lord Mayor had been so true and trusty in his office, and the +great concerns that lay upon him for the town and people of +Mansoul. Also, he bid him to know, that he took it well +that he had been so bold for his Prince Emmanuel, and had engaged +so faithfully in his cause against Diabolus. He also +signified, at the close of his letter, that he should shortly +receive his reward.</p> +<p>The second note that came out, was for the noble Lord +Willbewill, wherein there was signified:—That his Prince +Emmanuel did well understand how valiant and courageous he had +been for the honour of his Lord, now in his absence, and when his +name was under contempt by Diabolus. There was signified +also, that his Prince had taken it well that he had been so +faithful to the town of Mansoul, in his keeping of so strict a +hand and eye over and so strict a rein upon the neck of the +Diabolonians, that did still lie lurking in their several holes +in the famous town of Mansoul. He signified, moreover, how +that he understood that my Lord had, with his own hand, done +great execution upon some of the chief of the rebels there, to +the great discouragement of the adverse party and to the good +example of the whole town of Mansoul; and that shortly his +lordship should have his reward.</p> +<p>The third note came out for the subordinate preacher, wherein +was signified:—That his Prince took it well from him, that +he had so honestly and so faithfully performed his office, and +executed the trust committed to him by his Lord, while he +exhorted, rebuked, and forewarned Mansoul according to the laws +of the town. He signified, moreover, that he took it well +at his hand that he called to fasting, to sackcloth, and ashes, +when Mansoul was under her revolt. Also, that he called for +the aid of the Captain Boanerges to help in so weighty a work; +and that shortly he also should receive his reward.</p> +<p>The fourth note came out for Mr. Godly-Fear, wherein his Lord +thus signified:—That his Lordship observed, that he was the +first of all the men in Mansoul that detected Mr. Carnal-Security +as the only one that, through his subtlety and cunning, had +obtained for Diabolus a defection and decay of goodness in the +blessed town of Mansoul. Moreover, his Lord gave him to +understand, that he still remembered his tears and mourning for +the state of Mansoul. It was also observed, by the same +note, that his Lord took notice of his detecting of this Mr. +Carnal-Security, at his own table among his guests, in his own +house, and that in the midst of his jolliness, even while he was +seeking to perfect his villanies against the town of +Mansoul. Emmanuel also took notice that this reverend +person, Mr. Godly-Fear, stood stoutly to it, at the gates of the +castle, against all the threats and attempts of the tyrant; and +that he had put the townsmen in a way to make their petition to +their Prince, so as that he might accept thereof, and as they +might obtain an answer of peace; and that therefore shortly he +should receive his reward.</p> +<p>After all this, there was yet produced a note which was +written to the whole town of Mansoul, whereby they +perceived—That their Lord took notice of their so often +repeating of petitions to him; and that they should see more of +the fruits of such their doings in time to come. Their +Prince did also therein tell them, that he took it well, that +their heart and mind, now at last, abode fixed upon him and his +ways, though Diabolus had made such inroads upon them; and that +neither flatteries on the one hand, nor hardships on the other, +could make them yield to serve his cruel designs. There was +also inserted at the bottom of this note—That his Lordship +had left the town of Mansoul in the hands of the Lord Secretary, +and under the conduct of Captain Credence, saying, ‘Beware +that you yet yield yourselves unto their governance; and in due +time you shall receive your reward.’</p> +<p>So, after the brave Captain Credence had delivered his notes +to those to whom they belonged, he retired himself to my Lord +Secretary’s lodgings, and there spends time in conversing +with him; for they too were very great one with another, and did +indeed know more how things would go with Mansoul than did all +the townsmen besides. The Lord Secretary also loved the +Captain Credence dearly; yea, many a good bit was sent him from +my Lord’s table; also, he might have a show of countenance, +when the rest of Mansoul lay under the clouds: so, after some +time for converse was spent, the captain betook himself to his +chambers to rest. But it was not long after when my Lord +did send for the captain again; so the captain came to him, and +they greeted one another with usual salutations. Then said +the captain to the Lord Secretary, ‘What hath my Lord to +say to his servant?’ So the Lord Secretary took him +and had him aside, and after a sign or two of more favour, he +said, ‘I have made thee the Lord’s lieutenant over +all the forces in Mansoul; so that, from this day forward, all +men in Mansoul shall be at thy word; and thou shalt be he that +shall lead in, and that shall lead out Mansoul. Thou shalt +therefore manage, according to thy place, the war for thy Prince, +and for the town of Mansoul, against the force and power of +Diabolus; and at thy command shall the rest of the captains +be.’</p> +<p>Now the townsmen began to perceive what interest the captain +had, both with the court, and also with the Lord Secretary in +Mansoul; for no man before could speed when sent, nor bring such +good news from Emmanuel as he. Wherefore what do they, +after some lamentation that they made no more use of him in their +distresses, but send by their subordinate preacher to the Lord +Secretary, to desire him that all that ever they were and had +might be put under the government, care, custody, and conduct of +Captain Credence.</p> +<p>So their preacher went and did his errand, and received this +answer from the mouth of his Lord: that Captain Credence should +be the great doer in all the King’s army, against the +King’s enemies, and also for the welfare of Mansoul. +So he bowed to the ground, and thanked his Lordship, and returned +and told his news to the townsfolk. But all this was done +with all imaginable secrecy, because the foes had yet great +strength in the town. But to return to our story again.</p> +<p>When Diabolus saw himself thus boldly confronted by the Lord +Mayor, and perceived the stoutness of Mr. Godly-Fear, he fell +into a rage, and forthwith called a council of war, that he might +be revenged on Mansoul. So all the princes of the pit came +together, and old Incredulity at the head of them, with all the +captains of his army. So they consult what to do. Now +the effect and conclusion of the council that day was how they +might take the castle, because they could not conclude themselves +masters of the town so long as that was in the possession of +their enemies.</p> +<p>So one advised this way, and another advised that; but when +they could not agree in their verdict, Apollyon, that president +of the council, stood up, and thus he began: ‘My +brotherhood,’ quoth he, ‘I have two things to +propound unto you; and my first is this. Let us withdraw +ourselves from the town into the plain again, for our presence +here will do us no good, because the castle is yet in our +enemies’ hands; nor is it possible that we should take +that, so long as so many brave captains are in it, and that this +bold fellow, Godly-Fear, is made the keeper of the gates of +it. Now, when we have withdrawn ourselves into the plain, +they, of their own accord, will be glad of some little ease; and +it may be, of their own accord, they again may begin to be +remiss, and even their so being will give them a bigger blow than +we can possibly give them ourselves. But if that should +fail, our going forth of the town may draw the captains out after +us; and you know what it cost them when we fought them in the +field before. Besides, can we but draw them out into the +field, we may lay an ambush behind the town, which shall, when +they are come forth abroad, rush in and take possession of the +castle.’</p> +<p>But Beelzebub stood up, and replied, saying: ‘It is +impossible to draw them all off from the castle; some, you may be +sure, will lie there to keep that; wherefore it will be but in +vain thus to attempt, unless we were sure that they will all come +out.’ He therefore concluded that what was done must +be done by some other means. And the most likely means that +the greatest of their heads could invent, was that which Apollyon +had advised to before, namely, to get the townsmen again to +sin. ‘For,’ said he, ‘it is not our being +in the town, nor in the field, nor our fighting, nor our killing +of their men, that can make us the masters of Mansoul; for so +long as one in the town is able to lift up his finger against us, +Emmanuel will take their parts; and if he shall take their parts, +we know what time of day it will be with us. Wherefore, for +my part,’ quoth he, ‘there is, in my judgment, no way +to bring them into bondage to us, like inventing a way to make +them sin. Had we,’ said he, ‘left all our +doubters at home, we had done as well as we have done now, unless +we could have made them the masters and governors of the castle; +for doubters at a distance are but like objections refelled with +arguments. Indeed, can we but get them into the hold, and +make them possessors of that, the day will be our own. Let +us, therefore, withdraw ourselves into the plain, (not expecting +that the captains in Mansoul should follow us,) but yet, I say, +let us do this, and before we so do, let us advise again with our +trusty Diabolonians that are yet in their holds of Mansoul, and +set them to work to betray the town to us; for they indeed must +do it, or it will be left undone for ever.’ By these +sayings of Beelzebub, (for I think it was he that gave this +counsel,) the whole conclave was forced to be of his opinion, +namely, that the way to get the castle was to get the town to +sin. Then they fell to inventing by what means they might +do this thing.</p> +<p>Then Lucifer stood up, and said: ‘The counsel of +Beelzebub is pertinent. Now, the way to bring this to pass, +in mine opinion, is this: let us withdraw our force from the town +of Mansoul; let us do this, and let us terrify them no more, +either with summons, or threats, or with the noise of our drum, +or any other awakening means. Only let us lie in the field +at a distance, and be as if we regarded them not; for frights, I +see, do but awaken them, and make them more stand to their +arms. I have also another stratagem in my head: you know +Mansoul is a market-town, and a town that delights in commerce; +what, therefore, if some of our Diabolonians shall feign +themselves far-country men, and shall go out and bring to the +market of Mansoul some of our wares to sell; and what matter at +what rates they sell their wares, though it be but for half the +worth? Now, let those that thus shall trade in their market +be those that are witty and true to us, and I will lay my crown +to pawn it will do. There are two that are come to my +thoughts already, that I think will be arch at this work, and +they are Mr. Penny-wise-pound-foolish, and Mr. +Get-i’the-hundred-and-lose-i’the-shire; nor is this +man with the long name at all inferior to the other. What, +also, if you join with them Mr. Sweet-world and Mr. Present-good; +they are men that are civil and cunning, but our true friends and +helpers. Let these, with as many more, engage in this +business for us, and let Mansoul be taken up in much business, +and let them grow full and rich, and this is the way to get +ground of them. Remember ye not that thus we prevailed upon +Laodicea, and how many at present do we hold in this snare? +Now, when they begin to grow full, they will forget their misery; +and if we shall not affright them, they may happen to fall +asleep, and so be got to neglect their town watch, their castle +watch, as well as their watch at the gates.</p> +<p>‘Yea, may we not, by this means, so cumber Mansoul with +abundance, that they shall be forced to make of their castle a +warehouse, instead of a garrison fortified against us, and a +receptacle for men of war. Thus, if we get our goods and +commodities thither, I reckon that the castle is more than half +ours. Besides, could we so order it that it shall be filled +with such kind of wares, then if we made a sudden assault upon +them, it would be hard for the captains to take shelter +there. Do you not know that of the parable, “The +deceitfulness of riches choke the word”? and again, +“When the heart is over-charged with surfeiting and +drunkenness, and the cares of this life,” all mischief +comes upon them at unawares?</p> +<p>‘Furthermore, my lords,’ quoth he, ‘you very +well know that it is not easy for a people to be filled with our +things, and not to have some of our Diabolonians as retainers to +their houses and services. Where is a Mansoulian that is +full of this world, that has not for his servants and +waiting-men, Mr. Profuse, or Mr. Prodigality, or some other of +our Diabolonian gang, as Mr. Voluptuous, Mr. Pragmatical, Mr. +Ostentation, or the like? Now these can take the castle of +Mansoul, or blow it up, or make it unfit for a garrison for +Emmanuel, and any of these will do. Yea, these, for aught I +know, may do it for us sooner than an army of twenty thousand +men. Wherefore, to end as I began, my advice is, that we +quietly withdraw ourselves, not offering any further force, or +forcible attempts, upon the castle, at least at this time; and +let us set on foot our new project, and let us see if that will +not make them destroy themselves.’</p> +<p>This advice was highly applauded by them all, and was +accounted the very masterpiece of hell, namely, to choke Mansoul +with a fulness of this world, and to surfeit her heart with the +good things thereof. But see how things meet +together! Just as this Diabolonian council was broken up, +Captain Credence received a letter from Emmanuel, the contents of +which were these: That upon the third day he would meet him in +the field in the plains about Mansoul. ‘Meet me in +the field!’ quoth the Captain; ‘what meaneth my lord +by this? I know not what he meaneth by meeting me in the +field.’ So he took the note in his hand, and did +carry it to my Lord Secretary, to ask his thoughts thereupon; for +my Lord was a seer in all matters concerning the King, and also +for the good and comfort of the town of Mansoul. So he +showed my Lord the note, and desired his opinion thereof. +‘For my part,’ quoth Captain Credence, ‘I know +not the meaning thereof.’ So my lord did take and +read it and, after a little pause, he said, ‘The +Diabolonians have had against Mansoul a great consultation +to-day; they have, I say, this day been contriving the utter ruin +of the town; and the result of their council is, to set Mansoul +into such a way which, if taken, will surely make her destroy +herself. And, to this end, they are making ready for their +own departure out of the town, intending to betake themselves to +the field again,’ and there to lie till they shall see +whether this their project will take or no. But be thou +ready with the men of thy Lord, (for on the third day they will +be in the plain,) there to fall upon the Diabolonians; for the +Prince will by that time be in the field; yea, by that it is +break of day, sun-rising, or before, and that with a mighty force +against them. So he shall be before them, and thou shalt be +behind them, and betwixt you both their army shall be +destroyed.’</p> +<p>When Captain Credence heard this, away goes he to the rest of +the captains, and tells them what a note he had a while since +received from the hand of Emmanuel. ‘And,’ said +he, ‘that which was dark therein hath my lord the Lord +Secretary expounded unto me.’ He told them, moreover, +what by himself and by them must be done to answer the mind of +their Lord. Then were the captains glad; and Captain +Credence commanded that all the King’s trumpeters should +ascend to the battlements of the castle, and there, in the +audience of Diabolus and of the whole town of Mansoul, make the +best music that heart could invent. The trumpeters then did +as they were commanded. They got themselves up to the top +of the castle, and thus they began to sound. Then did +Diabolus start, and said, ‘What can be the meaning of this? +they neither sound Boot-and-saddle, nor Horse-and-away, nor a +charge. What do these madmen mean that yet they should be +so merry and glad?’ Then answered one of themselves +and said, ‘This is for joy that their Prince Emmanuel is +coming to relieve the town of Mansoul; and to this end he is at +the head of an army, and that this relief is near.’</p> +<p>The men of Mansoul also were greatly concerned at this +melodious charm of the trumpets; they said, yea, they answered +one another, saying, ‘This can be no harm to us; surely +this can be no harm to us.’ Then said the +Diabolonians, ‘What had we best to do?’ and it was +answered, ‘It was best to quit the town;’ and +‘that,’ said one, ‘ye may do in pursuance of +your last counsel, and by so doing also be better able to give +the enemy battle, should an army from without come upon us. +So, on the second day, they withdrew themselves from Mansoul, and +abode in the plains without; but they encamped themselves before +Eye-gate, in what terrene and terrible manner they could. +The reason why they would not abide in the town (besides the +reasons that were debated in their late conclave) was, for that +they were not possessed of the stronghold, and +‘because,’ said they, ‘we shall have more +convenience to fight, and also to fly, if need be, when we are +encamped in the open plains.’ Besides, the town would +have been a pit for them rather than a place of defence, had the +Prince come up and inclosed them fast therein. Therefore +they betook themselves to the field, that they might also be out +of the reach of the slings, by which they were much annoyed all +the while that they were in the town.</p> +<p>Well, the time that the captains were to fall upon the +Diabolonians being come, they eagerly prepared themselves for +action; for Captain Credence had told the captains over night, +that they should meet their Prince in the field to-morrow. +This, therefore, made them yet far more desirous to be engaging +the enemy; for ‘You shall see the Prince in the field +to-morrow’ was like oil to a flaming fire, for of a long +time they had been at a distance: they therefore were for this +the more earnest and desirous of the work. So, as I said, +the hour being come, Captain Credence, with the rest of the men +of war, drew out their forces before it was day by the sally-port +of the town. And, being all ready, Captain Credence went up +to the head of the army, and gave to the rest of the captains the +word, and so they to their under-officers and soldiers: the word +was ‘The sword of the Prince Emmanuel, and the shield of +Captain Credence;’ which is, in the Mansoulian tongue, +‘The word of God and faith.’ Then the captains +fell on, and began roundly to front, and flank, and rear +Diabolus’s camp.</p> +<p>Now, they left Captain Experience in the town, because he was +yet ill of his wounds, which the Diabolonians had given him in +the last fight. But when he perceived that the captains +were at it, what does he but, calling for his crutches with +haste, gets up, and away he goes to the battle, saying, +‘Shall I lie here, when my brethren are in the fight, and +when Emmanuel, the Prince, will show himself in the field to his +servants?’ But when the enemy saw the man come with +his crutches, they were daunted yet the more; ‘for,’ +thought they, ‘what spirit has possessed these Mansoulians, +that they fight us upon their crutches?’ Well, the +captains, as I said, fell on, and did bravely handle their +weapons, still crying out and shouting, as they laid on blows, +‘The sword of the Prince Emmanuel, and the shield of +Captain Credence!’</p> +<p>Now, when Diabolus saw that the captains were come out, and +that so valiantly they surrounded his men, he concluded that, for +the present, nothing from them was to be looked for but blows, +and the dints of their ‘two-edged sword.’</p> +<p>Wherefore he also falls on upon the Prince’s army with +all his deadly force: so the battle was joined. Now who was +it that at first Diabolus met with in the fight, but Captain +Credence on the one hand, and the Lord Willbewill on the other: +now Willbewill’s blows were like the blows of a giant, for +that man had a strong arm, and he fell in upon the election +doubters, for they were the life-guard of Diabolus, and he kept +them in play a good while, cutting and battering shrewdly. +Now when Captain Credence saw my lord engaged, he did stoutly +fall on, on the other hand, upon the same company also; so they +put them to great disorder. Now Captain Good-Hope had +engaged the vocation doubters, and they were sturdy men; but the +captain was a valiant man: Captain Experience did also send him +some aid; so he made the vocation doubters to retreat. The +rest of the armies were hotly engaged, and that on every side, +and the Diabolonians did fight stoutly. Then did my Lord +Secretary command that the slings from the castle should be +played; and his men could throw stones at an hair’s +breadth. But, after a while, those that were made to fly +before the captains of the Prince, did begin to rally again, and +they came up stoutly upon the rear of the Prince’s army: +wherefore the Prince’s army began to faint; but, +remembering that they should see the face of their Prince +by-and-by, they took courage, and a very fierce battle was +fought. Then shouted the captains, saying, ‘The sword +of the Prince Emmanuel, and the shield of Captain +Credence!’ and with that Diabolus gave back, thinking that +more aid had been come. But no Emmanuel as yet +appeared. Moreover, the battle did hang in doubt; and they +made a little retreat on both sides. Now, in the time of +respite, Captain Credence bravely encouraged his men to stand to +it; and Diabolus did the like, as well as he could. But +Captain Credence made a brave speech to his soldiers, the +contents whereof here follow:—</p> +<p>‘Gentlemen soldiers, and my brethren in this design, it +rejoiceth me much to see in the field for our Prince, this day, +so stout and so valiant an army, and such faithful lovers of +Mansoul. You have hitherto, as hath become you, shown +yourselves men of truth and courage against the Diabolonian +forces; so that, for all their boast, they have not yet much +cause to boast of their gettings. Now take to yourselves +your wonted courage, and show yourselves men even this once only; +for in a few minutes after the next engagement, this time, you +shall see your Prince show himself in the field; for we must make +this second assault upon this tyrant Diabolus, and then Emmanuel +comes.’</p> +<p>No sooner had the captain made this speech to his soldiers, +but one Mr. Speedy came post to the captain from the Prince, to +tell him that Emmanuel was at hand. This news when the +captain had received, he communicated to the other +field-officers, and they again to their soldiers and men of +war. Wherefore, like men raised from the dead, so the +captains and their men arose, made up to the enemy, and cried as +before, ‘The sword of the Prince Emmanuel, and the shield +of Captain Credence!’</p> +<p>The Diabolonians also bestirred themselves, and made +resistance as well as they could; but in this last engagement the +Diabolonians lost their courage, and many of the doubters fell +down dead to the ground. Now, when they had been in heat of +battle about an hour or more, Captain Credence lift up his eyes +and saw, and, behold, Emmanuel came; and he came with colours +flying, trumpets sounding, and the feet of his men scarce touched +the ground, they hasted with that celerity towards the captains +that were engaged. Then did Credence wind with his men to +the townward, and gave to Diabolus the field: so Emmanuel came +upon him on the one side, and the enemies’ place was +betwixt them both. Then again they fell to it afresh; and +now it was but a little while more but Emmanuel and Captain +Credence met, still trampling down the slain as they came.</p> +<p>But when the captains saw that the Prince was come, and that +he fell upon the Diabolonians on the other side, and that Captain +Credence and his Highness had got them up betwixt them, they +shouted, (they so shouted that the ground rent again,) saying, +‘The sword of Emmanuel, and the shield of Captain +Credence!’ Now, when Diabolus saw that he and his +forces were so hard beset by the Prince and his princely army, +what does he, and the lords of the pit that were with him, but +make their escape, and forsake their army, and leave them to fall +by the hand of Emmanuel, and of his noble Captain Credence: so +they fell all down slain before them, before the Prince, and +before his royal army; there was not left so much as one doubter +alive; they lay spread upon the ground dead men, as one would +spread dung upon the land.</p> +<p>When the battle was over, all things came into order in the +camp. Then the captains and elders of Mansoul came together +to salute Emmanuel, while without the corporation: so they +saluted him, and welcomed him, and that with a thousand welcomes, +for that he was come to the borders of Mansoul again. So he +smiled upon them, and said, ‘Peace be to you.’ +Then they addressed themselves to go to the town; they went then +to go up to Mansoul, they, the Prince, with all the new forces +that now he had brought with him to the war. Also all the +gates of the town were set open for his reception, so glad were +they of his blessed return. And this was the manner and +order of this going of his into Mansoul:</p> +<p>First. As I said, all the gates of the town were set +open, yea, the gates of the castle also; the elders, too, of the +town of Mansoul placed themselves at the gates of the town, to +salute him at his entrance thither: and so they did; for, as he +drew near, and approached towards the gates, they said, +‘Lift up your heads, O ye gates; and be ye lift up, ye +everlasting doors; and the King of glory shall come +in.’ And they answered again, ‘Who is the King +of glory?’ and they made return to themselves, ‘The +Lord, strong and mighty; the Lord mighty in battle. Lift up +your heads, O ye gates; even lift them up, ye everlasting +doors,’ etc.</p> +<p>Secondly. It was ordered also, by those of Mansoul, that +all the way from the town gates to those of the castle, his +blessed Majesty should be entertained with the song, by them that +had the best skill in music in all the town of Mansoul: then did +the elders, and the rest of the men of Mansoul, answer one +another as Emmanuel entered the town, till he came at the castle +gates, with songs and sound of trumpets, saying, ‘They have +seen thy goings, O God; even the goings of my God, my King, in +the sanctuary. So the singers went before, the players on +instruments followed after, and among them were the damsels +playing on timbrels.’</p> +<p>Thirdly. Then the captains, (for I would speak a word of +them,) they in their order waited on the Prince, as he entered +into the gates of Mansoul. Captain Credence went before, +and Captain Good-Hope with him; Captain Charity came behind with +other of his companions, and Captain Patience followed after all; +and the rest of the captains, some on the right hand, and some on +the left, accompanied Emmanuel into Mansoul. And all the +while the colours were displayed, the trumpets sounded, and +continual shoutings were among the soldiers. The Prince +himself rode into the town in his armour, which was all of beaten +gold, and in his chariot—the pillars of it were of silver, +the bottom thereof of gold, the covering of it was of purple, the +midst thereof being paved with love for the daughters of the town +of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Fourthly. When the Prince was come to the entrance of +Mansoul, he found all the streets strewed with lilies and +flowers, curiously decked with boughs and branches from the green +trees that stood round about the town. Every door also was +filled with persons, who had adorned every one their fore-part +against their house with something of variety and singular +excellency, to entertain him withal as he passed in the streets: +they also themselves, as Emmanuel passed by, did welcome him with +shouts and acclamations of joy, saying, ‘Blessed be the +Prince that cometh in the name of his Father Shaddai.’</p> +<p>Fifthly. At the castle gates the elders of Mansoul, +namely, the Lord Mayor, the Lord Willbewill, the subordinate +preacher, Mr. Knowledge, and Mr. Mind, with other of the gentry +of the place, saluted Emmanuel again. They bowed before +him, they kissed the dust of his feet, they thanked, they +blessed, and praised his Highness for not taking advantage +against them for their sins, but rather had pity upon them in +their misery, and returned to them with mercies, and to build up +their Mansoul for ever. Thus was he had up straightway to +the castle; for that was the royal palace, and the place where +his honour was to dwell; the which was ready prepared for his +Highness by the presence of the Lord Secretary, and the work of +Captain Credence. So he entered in.</p> +<p>Sixthly. Then the people and commonalty of the town of +Mansoul came to him into the castle to mourn, and to weep, and to +lament for their wickedness, by which they had forced him out of +the town. So when they were come, bowed themselves to the +ground seven times; they also wept, they wept aloud, and asked +forgiveness of the Prince, and prayed that he would again, as of +old, confirm his love to Mansoul.</p> +<p>To the which the great Prince replied, ‘Weep not, but go +your way, eat the fat, and drink the sweet, and send portions to +them for whom nought is prepared; for the joy of your Lord is +your strength. I am returned to Mansoul with mercies, and +my name shall be set up, exalted, and magnified by +it.’ He also took these inhabitants, and kissed them, +and laid them in his bosom.</p> +<p>Moreover, he gave to the elders of Mansoul, and to each town +officer, a chain of gold and a signet. He also sent to +their wives earrings and jewels, and bracelets, and other +things. He also bestowed upon the true-born children of +Mansoul many precious things.</p> +<p>When Emmanuel, the Prince, had done all these things for the +famous town of Mansoul, then he said unto them, first, +‘Wash your garments, then put on your ornaments, and then +come to me into the castle of Mansoul.’ So they went +to the fountain that was set open for Judah and Jerusalem to wash +in; and there they washed, and there they made their +‘garments white,’ and came again to the Prince into +the castle, and thus they stood before him.</p> +<p>And now there was music and dancing throughout the whole town +of Mansoul, and that because their Prince had again granted to +them his presence and the light of his countenance; the bells +also did ring, and the sun shone comfortably upon them for a +great while together.</p> +<p>The town of Mansoul did also now more thoroughly seek the +destruction and ruin of all remaining Diabolonians that abode in +the walls, and the dens that they had in the town of Mansoul; for +there was of them that had, to this day, escaped with life and +limb from the hand of their suppressors in the famous town of +Mansoul.</p> +<p>But my Lord Willbewill was a greater terror to them now than +ever he had been before; forasmuch as his heart was yet more +fully bent to seek, contrive, and pursue them to the death; he +pursued them night and day, and did put them now to sore +distress, as will afterwards appear.</p> +<p>After things were thus far put into order in the famous town +of Mansoul, care was taken, and order given by the blessed Prince +Emmanuel, that the townsmen should, without further delay, +appoint some to go forth into the plain to bury the dead that +were there,—the dead that fell by the sword of Emmanuel, +and by the shield of the Captain Credence,—lest the fumes +and ill savours that would arise from them might infect the air, +and so annoy the famous town of Mansoul. This also was a +reason of this order, namely, that, as much as in Mansoul lay, +they might cut off the name, and being, and remembrance of those +enemies from the thought of the famous town of Mansoul and its +inhabitants.</p> +<p>So order was given out by the Lord Mayor, that wise and trusty +friend of the town of Mansoul, that persons should be employed +about this necessary business; and Mr. Godly-Fear, and one Mr. +Upright, were to be overseers about this matter: so persons were +put under them to work in the fields, and to bury the slain that +lay dead in the plains. And these were their places of +employment: some were to make the graves, some to bury the dead, +and some were to go to and fro in the plains, and also round +about the borders of Mansoul, to see if a skull, or a bone, or a +piece of a bone of a doubter, was yet to be found above ground +anywhere near the corporation; and if any were found, it was +ordered, that the searchers that searched should set up a mark +thereby, and a sign, that those that were appointed to bury them +might find it, and bury it out of sight, that the name and +remembrance of a Diabolonian doubter might be blotted out from +under heaven; and that the children, and they that were to be +born in Mansoul, might not know, if possible, what a skull, what +a bone, or a piece of a bone of a doubter was. So the +buriers, and those that were appointed for that purpose, did as +they were commanded: they buried the doubters, and all the skulls +and bones, and pieces of bones of doubters, wherever they found +them; and so they cleansed the plains. Now also Mr. +God’s-Peace took up his commission, and acted again as in +former days.</p> +<p>Thus they buried in the plains about Mansoul the election +doubters, the vocation doubters, the grace doubters, the +perseverance doubters, the resurrection doubters, the salvation +doubters, and the glory doubters; whose captains were Captain +Rage, Captain Cruel, Captain Damnation, Captain Insatiable, +Captain Brimstone, Captain Torment, Captain No-Ease, Captain +Sepulchre, and Captain Past-Hope; and old Incredulity was, under +Diabolus, their general. There were also the seven heads of +their army; and they were the Lord Beelzebub, the Lord Lucifer, +the Lord Legion, the Lord Apollyon, the Lord Python, the Lord +Cerberus, and the Lord Belial. But the princes and the +captains, with old Incredulity, their general, did all of them +make their escape: so their men fell down slain by the power of +the Prince’s forces, and by the hands of the men of the +town of Mansoul. They also were buried as is afore related, +to the exceeding great joy of the now famous town of +Mansoul. They that buried them buried also with them their +arms, which were cruel instruments of death: (their weapons were +arrows, darts, mauls, firebrands, and the like). They +buried also their armour, their colours, banners, with the +standard of Diabolus, and what else soever they could find that +did but smell of a Diabolonian doubter.</p> +<p>Now when the tyrant had arrived at Hell-Gate Hill, with his +old friend Incredulity, they immediately descended the den, and +having there with their fellows for a while condoled their +misfortune and great loss that they sustained against the town of +Mansoul, they fell at length into a passion, and revenged they +would be for the loss that they sustained before the town of +Mansoul. Wherefore they presently call a council to +contrive yet further what was to be done against the famous town +of Mansoul; for their yawning paunches could not wait to see the +result of their Lord Lucifer’s and their Lord +Apollyon’s counsel that they had given before; for their +raging gorge thought every day, even as long as a short for ever, +until they were filled with the body and soul, with the flesh and +bones, and with all the delicates of Mansoul. They +therefore resolve to make another attempt upon the town of +Mansoul, and that by an army mixed and made up partly of +doubters, and partly of blood-men. A more particular +account now take of both.</p> +<p>The doubters are such as have their name from their nature, as +well as from the land and kingdom where they are born: their +nature is to put a question upon every one of the truths of +Emmanuel; and their country is called the land of Doubting, and +that land lieth off, and farthest remote to the north, between +the land of Darkness and that called the ‘valley of the +shadow of death.’ For though the land of Darkness, +and that called ‘the valley of the shadow of death,’ +be sometimes called as if they were one and the self-same place, +yet indeed they are two, lying but a little way asunder, and the +land of Doubting points in, and lieth between them. This is +the land of Doubting; and these that came with Diabolus to ruin +the town of Mansoul are the natives of that country.</p> +<p>The blood-men are a people that have their name derived from +the malignity of their nature, and from the fury that is in them +to execute it upon the town of Mansoul: their land lieth under +the dog-star, and by that they are governed as to their +intellectuals. The name of their country is the province of +Loath-good: the remote parts of it are far distant from the land +of Doubting, yet they do both butt and bound upon the hill called +Hell-Gate Hill. These people are always in league with the +doubters, for they jointly do make question of the faith and +fidelity of the men of the town of Mansoul, and so are both alike +qualified for the service of their prince.</p> +<p>Now of these two countries did Diabolus, by the beating of his +drum, raise another army against the town of Mansoul, of +five-and-twenty thousand strong. There were ten thousand +doubters, and fifteen thousand blood-men, and they were put under +several captains for the war; and old Incredulity was again made +general of the army.</p> +<p>As for the doubters, their captains were five of the seven +that were heads of the last Diabolonian army, and these are their +names: Captain Beelzebub, Captain Lucifer, Captain Apollyon, +Captain Legion, and Captain Cerberus; and the captains that they +had before were some of them made lieutenants, and some ensigns +of the army.</p> +<p>But Diabolus did not count that, in this expedition of his, +these doubters would prove his principal men, for their manhood +had been tried before; also the Mansoulians had put them to the +worst: only he did bring them to multiply a number, and to help, +if need was, at a pinch. But his trust he put in his +blood-men, for that they were all rugged villains, and he knew +that they had done feats heretofore.</p> +<p>As for the blood-men, they also were under command and the +names of their captains were, Captain Cain, Captain Nimrod, +Captain Ishmael, Captain Esau, Captain Saul, Captain Absalom, +Captain Judas, and Captain Pope.</p> +<p>1. Captain Cain was over two bands, namely, the zealous and +the angry blood-men: his standard-bearer bare the red colours, +and his scutcheon was the murdering club.</p> +<p>2. Captain Nimrod was captain over two bands, namely, the +tyrannical and encroaching blood-men: his standard-bearer bare +the red colours, and his scutcheon was the great bloodhound.</p> +<p>3. Captain Ishmael was captain over two bands, namely, the +mocking and scorning blood-men: his standard-bearer bare the red +colours, and his scutcheon was one mocking at Abraham’s +Isaac.</p> +<p>4. Captain Esau was captain over two bands, namely, the +blood-men that grudged that another should have the blessing; +also over the blood-men that are for executing their private +revenge upon others: his standard-bearer bare the red colours, +and his scutcheon was one privately lurking to murder Jacob.</p> +<p>5. Captain Saul was captain over two bands, namely, the +groundlessly jealous and the devilishly furious blood-men: his +standard-bearer bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was three +bloody darts cast at harmless David.</p> +<p>6. Captain Absalom was captain over two bands, namely, over +the blood-men that will kill a father or a friend for the glory +of this world; also over those blood-men that will hold one fair +in hand with words, till they shall have pierced him with their +swords: his standard-bearer did bear the red colours, and his +scutcheon was the son pursuing the father’s blood.</p> +<p>7. Captain Judas was over two bands, namely, the blood-men +that will sell a man’s life for money, and those also that +will betray their friend with a kiss: his standard-bearer bare +the red colours, and his scutcheon was thirty pieces of silver +and the halter.</p> +<p>8. Captain Pope was captain over one band, for all these +spirits are joined in one under him: his standard-bearer bare the +red colours, and his scutcheon was the stake, the flame, and the +good man in it.</p> +<p>Now, the reason why Diabolus did so soon rally another force, +after he had been beaten out of the field, was, for that he put +mighty confidence in this army of blood-men; for he put a great +deal of more trust in them than he did before in his army of +doubters; though they had also often done great service for him +in the strengthening of him in his kingdom. But these +blood-men, he had proved them often, and their sword did seldom +return empty. Besides, he knew that these, like mastiffs, +would fasten upon any; upon father, mother, brother, sister, +prince, or governor, yea upon the Prince of princes. And +that which encouraged him the more was, for that they once did +force Emmanuel out of the kingdom of Universe; ‘And +why,’ thought he, ‘may they not also drive him from +the town of Mansoul?’</p> +<p>So this army of five-and-twenty thousand strong was, by their +general, the great Lord Incredulity, led up against the town of +Mansoul. Now Mr. Prywell, the scoutmaster-general, did +himself go out to spy, and he did bring Mansoul tidings of their +coming. Wherefore they shut up their gates, and put +themselves in a posture of defence against these new Diabolonians +that came up against the town.</p> +<p>So Diabolus brought up his army, and beleaguered the town of +Mansoul; the doubters were placed about Feel-gate, and the +blood-men set down before Eye-gate and Ear-gate.</p> +<p>Now when this army had thus encamped themselves, Incredulity +did, in the name of Diabolus, his own name, and in the name of +the blood-men and the rest that were with him, send a summons as +hot as a red-hot iron to Mansoul, to yield to their demands; +threatening, that if they still stood it out against them, they +would presently burn down Mansoul with fire. For you must +know that, as for the blood-men, they were not so much that +Mansoul should be surrendered, as that Mansoul should be +destroyed, and cut off out of the land of the living. True, +they send to them to surrender; but should they so do, that would +not stench or quench the thirsts of these men. They must +have blood, the blood of Mansoul, else they die; and it is from +hence that they have their name. Wherefore these blood-men +he reserved while now that they might, when all his engines +proved ineffectual, as his last and sure card be played against +the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Now, when the townsmen had received this red-hot summons, it +begat in them at present some changing and interchanging +thoughts; but they jointly agreed, in less than half an hour, to +carry the summons to the Prince, the which they did when they had +writ at the bottom of it, ‘Lord, save Mansoul from bloody +men!’</p> +<p>So he took it, and looked upon it, and considered it, and took +notice also of that short petition that the men of Mansoul had +written at the bottom of it, and called to him the noble Captain +Credence, and bid him go and take Captain Patience with him, and +go and take care of that side of Mansoul that was beleaguered by +the blood-men. So they went and did as they were commanded: +the Captain Credence went and took Captain Patience, and they +both secured that side of Mansoul that was besieged by the +blood-men.</p> +<p>Then he commanded that Captain Good-hope and Captain Charity, +and my Lord Willbewill, should take charge of the other side of +the town. ‘And I,’ said the Prince, ‘will +set my standard upon the battlements of your castle, and do you +three watch against the doubters.’ This done, he +again commanded that the brave captain, the Captain Experience, +should draw up his men in the market-place, and that there he +should exercise them day by day before the people of the town of +Mansoul. Now this siege was long, and many a fierce attempt +did the enemy, especially those called the blood-men, make upon +the town of Mansoul; and many a shrewd brush did some of the +townsmen meet with from them, especially Captain Self-Denial, +who, I should have told you before, was commanded to take the +care of Ear-gate and Eye-gate now against the blood-men. +This Captain Self-Denial was a young man, but stout, and a +townsman in Mansoul, as Captain Experience also was. And +Emmanuel, at his second return to Mansoul, made him a captain +over a thousand of the Mansoulians, for the good of the +corporation. This captain, therefore, being an hardy man, +and a man of great courage, and willing to venture himself for +the good of the town of Mansoul, would now and then sally out +upon the blood-men, and give them many notable alarms, and +entered several brisk skirmishes with them, and also did some +execution upon them; but you must think that this could not +easily be done, but he must meet with brushes himself, for he +carried several of their marks in his face; yea, and some in some +other parts of his body.</p> +<p>So, after some time spent for the trial of the faith, and +hope, and love of the town of Mansoul, the Prince Emmanuel upon a +day calls his captains and men of war together, and divides them +into two companies; this done, he commands them at a time +appointed, and that in the morning very early, to sally out upon +the enemy, saying: ‘Let half of you fall upon the doubters, +and half of you fall upon the blood-men. Those of you that +go out against the doubters, kill and slay, and cause to perish +so many of them as by any means you can lay hands on; but for you +that go out against the blood-men, slay them not, but take them +alive.’</p> +<p>So, at the time appointed, betimes in the morning, the +captains went out as they were commanded, against the +enemies. Captain Good-Hope, Captain Charity, and those that +were joined with them, as Captain Innocent and Captain +Experience, went out against the doubters; and Captain Credence, +and Captain Patience, with Captain Self-Denial, and the rest that +were to join with them, went out against the blood-men.</p> +<p>Now, those that went out against the doubters drew up into a +body before the plain, and marched on to bid them battle. +But the doubters, remembering their last success, made a retreat, +not daring to stand the shock, but fled from the Prince’s +men; wherefore they pursued them, and in their pursuit slew many, +but they could not catch them all. Now those that escaped +went some of them home; and the rest by fives, nines, and +seventeens, like wanderers, went straggling up and down the +country, where they upon the barbarous people showed and +exercised many of their Diabolonian actions: nor did these people +rise up in arms against them, but suffered themselves to be +enslaved by them. They would also after this show +themselves in companies before the town of Mansoul, but never to +abide in it; for if Captain Credence, Captain Good-Hope, or +Captain Experience did but show themselves, they fled.</p> +<p>Those that went out against the blood-men did as they were +commanded: they forbore to slay any, but sought to compass them +about. But the blood-men, when they saw that no Emmanuel +was in the field, concluded also that no Emmanuel was in Mansoul; +wherefore they, looking upon what the captains did to be, as they +called it, a fruit of the extravagancy of their wild and foolish +fancies, rather despised them than feared them. But the +captains, minding their business, at last did compass them round; +they also that had routed the doubters came in amain to their +aid: so, in fine, after some little struggling, (for the +blood-men also would have run for it, only now it was too late; +for though they are mischievous and cruel, where they can +overcome, yet all blood-men are chicken-hearted men, when they +once come to see themselves matched and equalled,)—so the +captains took them, and brought them to the Prince.</p> +<p>Now when they were taken, had before the Prince, and examined, +he found them to be of three several counties, though they all +came out of one land.</p> +<p>1. One sort of them came out of Blind-man-shire, and they were +such as did ignorantly what they did.</p> +<p>2. Another sort of them came out of Blind-zeal-shire, and they +did superstitiously what they did.</p> +<p>3. The third sort of them came out of the town of Malice, in +the county of Envy, and they did what they did out of spite and +implacableness.</p> +<p>For the first of these, namely, they that came out of +Blind-man-shire, when they saw where they were, and against whom +they had fought, they trembled and cried, as they stood before +him; and as many of these as asked him mercy, he touched their +lips with his golden sceptre.</p> +<p>They that came out of Blind-zeal-shire, they did not as their +fellows did; for they pleaded that they had a right to do what +they did, because Mansoul was a town whose laws and customs were +diverse from all that dwelt thereabouts. Very few of these +could be brought to see their evil; but those that did, and asked +mercy, they also obtained favour.</p> +<p>Now, they that came out of the town of Malice, that is in the +county of Envy, they neither wept, nor disputed, nor repented, +but stood gnawing their tongues before him for anguish and +madness, because they could not have their will upon +Mansoul. Now these last, with all those of the other two +sorts that did not unfeignedly ask pardon for their +faults,—those he made to enter into sufficient bond to +answer for what they had done against Mansoul, and against her +King, at the great and general assizes to be holden for our Lord +the King, where he himself should appoint for the country and +kingdom of Universe. So they became bound each man for +himself, to come in, when called upon, to answer before our Lord +the King for what they had done as before.</p> +<p>And thus much concerning this second army that was sent by +Diabolus to overthrow Mansoul.</p> +<p>But there were three of those that came from the land of +Doubting, who, after they had wandered and ranged the country a +while, and perceived that they had escaped, were so hardy as to +thrust themselves, knowing that yet there were in the town +Diabolonians,—I say, they were so hardy as to thrust +themselves into Mansoul among them. (Three, did I +say? I think there were four.) Now, to whose house +should these Diabolonian doubters go, but to the house of an old +Diabolonian in Mansoul, whose name was Evil-Questioning, a very +great enemy he was to Mansoul, and a great doer among the +Diabolonians there. Well, to this Evil-Questioning’s +house, as was said, did these Diabolonians come (you may be sure +that they had directions how to find the way thither), so he made +them welcome, pitied their misfortune, and succoured them with +the best that he had in his house. Now, after a little +acquaintance (and it was not long before they had that), this old +Evil-Questioning asked the doubters if they were all of a town +(he knew that they were all of one kingdom), and they answered: +‘No, nor not of one shire neither; for I,’ said one, +‘am an election doubter:’ ‘I,’ said +another, ‘am a vocation doubter:’ then said the +third, ‘I am a salvation doubter:’ and the fourth +said he was a grace doubter. ‘Well,’ quoth the +old gentleman, ‘be of what shire you will, I am persuaded +that you are down, boys: you have the very length of my foot, are +one with my heart, and shall be welcome to me.’ So +they thanked him, and were glad that they had found themselves an +harbour in Mansoul.</p> +<p>Then said Evil-Questioning to them: ‘How many of your +company might there be that came with you to the siege of +Mansoul?’ and they answered: ‘There were but ten +thousand doubters in all, for the rest of the army consisted of +fifteen thousand blood-men. These blood-men,’ quoth +they, ‘border upon our country; but, poor men! as we hear, +they were every one taken by Emmanuel’s +forces.’ ‘Ten thousand!’ quoth the old +gentleman; ‘I will promise you, that is a round +company. But how came it to pass, since you were so mighty +a number, that you fainted, and durst not fight your +foes?’ ‘Our general,’ said they, +‘was the first man that did run for it.’ +‘Pray,’ quoth their landlord, ‘who was that, +your cowardly general?’ ‘He was once the Lord +Mayor of Mansoul,’ said they: ‘but pray call him not +a cowardly general; for whether any from the east to the west has +done more service for our prince Diabolus, than has my Lord +Incredulity, will be a hard question for you to answer. But +had they catched him, they would for certain have hanged him; and +we promise you, hanging is but a bad business.’ Then +said the old gentleman, ‘I would that all the ten thousand +doubters were now well armed in Mansoul, and myself at the head +of them; I would see what I could do.’ +‘Ay,’ said they, ‘that would be well if we +could see that; but wishes, alas! what are they?’ and these +words were spoken aloud. ‘Well,’ said old +Evil-Questioning, ‘take heed that you talk not too loud; +you must be quat and close, and must take care of yourselves +while you are here, or, I will assure you, you will be +snapped.’ ‘Why?’ quoth the +doubters. ‘Why!’ quoth the old gentleman; +‘why! because both the Prince and Lord Secretary, and their +captains and soldiers, are all at present in town; yea, the town +is as full of them as ever it can hold. And besides, there +is one whose name is Willbewill, a most cruel enemy of ours, and +him the Prince has made keeper of the gates, and has commanded +him that, with all the diligence he can, he should look for, +search out, and destroy all, and all manner of +Diabolonians. And if he lighteth upon you, down you go, +though your heads were made of gold.’</p> +<p>And now, to see how it happened, one of the Lord +Willbewill’s faithful soldiers, whose name was Mr. +Diligence, stood all this while listening under old +Evil-Questioning’s eaves, and heard all the talk that had +been betwixt him and the doubters that he entertained under his +roof.</p> +<p>The soldier was a man that my lord had much confidence in, and +that he loved dearly; and that both because he was a man of +courage, and also a man that was unwearied in seeking after +Diabolonians to apprehend them.</p> +<p>Now this man, as I told you, heard all the talk that was +between old Evil-Questioning and these Diabolonians; wherefore +what does he but goes to his lord, and tells him what he had +heard. ‘And sayest thou so, my trusty?’ quoth +my lord. ‘Ay,’ quoth Diligence, ‘that I +do; and if your lordship will be pleased to go with me, you shall +find it as I have said.’ ‘And are they +there?’ quoth my lord. ‘I know Evil-Questioning +well, for he and I were great in the time of our apostasy: but I +know not now where he dwells.’ ‘But I +do,’ said his man, ‘and if your lordship will go, I +will lead you the way to his den.’ ‘Go!’ +quoth my lord, ‘that I will. Come, my Diligence, let +us go find them out.’</p> +<p>So my lord and his man went together the direct way to his +house. Now his man went before to show him his way, and +they went till they came even under old Mr. +Evil-Questioning’s wall. Then said Diligence, +‘Hark! my lord, do you know the old gentleman’s +tongue when you hear it?’ ‘Yes,’ said my +lord, ‘I know it well, but I have not seen him many a +day. This I know, he is cunning; I wish he doth not give us +the slip.’ ‘Let me alone for that,’ said +his servant Diligence. ‘But how shall we find the +door?’ quoth my lord. ‘Let me alone for that, +too,’ said his man. So he had my Lord Willbewill +about, and showed him the way to the door. Then my lord, +without more ado, broke open the door, rushed into the house, and +caught them all five together, even as Diligence his man had told +him. So my lord apprehended them, and led them away, and +committed them to the hand of Mr. Trueman, the gaoler, and +commanded, and he did put them in ward. This done, my Lord +Mayor was acquainted in the morning with what my Lord Willbewill +had done over night, and his lordship rejoiced much at the news, +not only because there were doubters apprehended, but because +that old Evil-Questioning was taken; for he had been a very great +trouble to Mansoul, and much affliction to my Lord Mayor +himself. He had also been sought for often, but no hand +could ever be laid upon him till now.</p> +<p>Well, the next thing was to make preparation to try these five +that by my lord had been apprehended, and that were in the hands +of Mr. Trueman, the gaoler. So the day was set, and the +court called and come together, and the prisoners brought to the +bar. My Lord Willbewill had power to have slain them when +at first he took them, and that without any more ado; but he +thought it at this time more for the honour of the Prince, the +comfort of Mansoul, and the discouragement of the enemy, to bring +them forth to public judgment.</p> +<p>But, I say, Mr. Trueman brought them in chains to the bar; to +the town-hall, for that was the place of judgment. So, to +be short, the jury was panelled, the witnesses sworn, and the +prisoners tried for their lives: the jury was the same that tried +Mr. No-Truth, Pitiless, Haughty, and the rest of their +companions.</p> +<p>And, first, old Questioning himself was set to the bar for he +was the receiver, the entertainer, and comforter of these +doubters, that by nation were outlandish men: then he was bid to +hearken to his charge, and was told that he had liberty to +object, if he had ought to say for himself. So his +indictment was read: the manner and form here follows.</p> +<p>‘Mr. Questioning, Thou art here indicted by the name of +Evil-Questioning, an intruder upon the town of Mansoul, for that +thou art a Diabolonian by nature, and also a hater of the Prince +Emmanuel, and one that hast studied the ruin of the town of +Mansoul. Thou art also here indicted for countenancing the +King’s enemies, after wholesome laws made to the contrary: +for, 1. Thou hast questioned the truth of her doctrine and state: +2. In wishing that ten thousand doubters were in her: 3. In +receiving, in entertaining, and encouraging of her enemies, that +came from their army unto thee. What sayest thou to this +indictment? art thou guilty or not guilty?’</p> +<p>‘My lord,’ quoth he, ‘I know not the meaning +of this indictment, forasmuch as I am not the man concerned in +it; the man that standeth by this charge accused before this +bench is called by the name of Evil-Questioning, which name I +deny to be mine, mine being Honest-Inquiry. The one indeed +sounds like the other; but, I trow, your lordships know that +between these two there is a wide difference; for I hope that a +man, even in the worst of times, and that, too, amongst the worst +of men, may make an honest inquiry after things, without running +the danger of death.’</p> +<p>Then spake my Lord Willbewill, for he was one of the +witnesses: ‘My lord, and you the honourable bench and +magistrates of the town of Mansoul, you all have heard with your +ears that the prisoner at the bar has denied his name, and so +thinks to shift from the charge of the indictment. But I +know him to be the man concerned, and that his proper name is +Evil-Questioning. I have known him, my lord, above these +thirty years, for he and I (a shame it is for me to speak it) +were great acquaintance, when Diabolus, that tyrant, had the +government of Mansoul; and I testify that he is a Diabolonian by +nature, an enemy to our Prince, and a hater of the blessed town +of Mansoul. He has, in times of rebellion, been at and lain +in my house, my lord, not so little as twenty nights together, +and we did use to talk then, for the substance of talk, as he and +his doubters have talked of late: true, I have not seen him many +a day. I suppose that the coming of Emmanuel to Mansoul has +made him change his lodgings, as this indictment has driven him +to change his name; but this is the man, my lord.’</p> +<p>Then said the court unto him, ‘Hast thou any more to +say?’</p> +<p>‘Yes,’ quoth the old gentleman, ‘that I +have; for all that as yet has been said against me, is but by the +mouth of one witness; and it is not lawful for the famous town of +Mansoul, at the mouth of one witness, to put any man to +death.’</p> +<p>Then stood forth Mr. Diligence, and said, ‘My lord, as I +was upon my watch such a night at the head of Bad Street, in this +town, I chanced to hear a muttering within this gentleman’s +house. Then, thought I, what is to do here? So I went +up close, but very softly, to the side of the house to listen, +thinking, as indeed it fell out, that there I might light upon +some Diabolonian conventicle. So, as I said, I drew nearer +and nearer; and when I was got up close to the wall, it was but a +while before I perceived that there were outlandish men in the +house; but I did well understand their speech, for I have been a +traveller myself. Now, hearing such language in such a +tottering cottage as this old gentleman dwelt in, I clapped mine +ear to a hole in the window, and there heard them talk as +followeth. This old Mr. Questioning asked these doubters +what they were, whence they came, and what was their business in +these parts; and they told him to all these questions, yet he did +entertain them. He also asked what numbers there were of +them; and they told him ten thousand men. He then asked +them, why they made no more manly assault upon Mansoul; and they +told him: so he called their general coward, for marching off +when he should have fought for his prince. Further, this +old Evil-Questioning wished, and I heard him wish, would all the +ten thousand doubters were now in Mansoul, and himself at the +head of them. He bid them also to take heed and lie quat; +for if they were taken they must die, although they had heads of +gold.’ Then said the court: ‘Mr. +Evil-Questioning, here is now another witness against you, and +his testimony is full: 1. He swears that you did receive these +men into your house, and that you did nourish them there, though +you knew that they were Diabolonians, and the King’s +enemies. 2. He swears that you did wish ten thousand of +them in Mansoul. 3. He swears that you did give them advice +to be quat and close, lest they were taken by the King’s +servants. All which manifesteth that thou art a +Diabolonian; but hadst thou been a friend to the King, thou +wouldst have apprehended them.’</p> +<p>Then said Evil-Questioning: ‘To the first of these I +answer, The men that came into mine house were strangers, and I +took them in; and is it now become a crime in Mansoul for a man +to entertain strangers? That I did also nourish them is +true; and why should my charity be blamed? As for the +reason why I wished ten thousand of them in Mansoul, I never told +it to the witnesses, nor to themselves. I might wish them +to be taken, and so my wish might mean well to Mansoul, for aught +that any yet knows. I did also bid them take heed that they +fell not into the captains’ hands; but that might be +because I am unwilling that any man should be slain, and not +because I would have the King’s enemies as such +escape.’</p> +<p>My Lord Mayor then replied: ‘That though it was a virtue +to entertain strangers, yet it was treason to entertain the +King’s enemies. And for what else thou hast said, +thou dost by words but labour to evade and defer the execution of +judgment. But could there be no more proved against thee +but that thou art a Diabolonian, thou must for that die the death +by the law; but to be a receiver, a nourisher, a countenancer, +and a harbourer of others of them, yea, of outlandish +Diabolonians, yea, of them that came from far on purpose to cut +off and destroy our Mansoul—this must not be +borne.’</p> +<p>Then said Evil-Questioning: ‘I see how the game will go: +I must die for my name, and for my charity.’ And so +he held his peace.</p> +<p>Then they called the outlandish doubters to the bar, and the +first of them that was arraigned was the election doubter. +So his indictment was read; and because he was an outlandish man, +the substance of it was told him by an interpreter; namely, +‘That he was there charged with being an enemy of Emmanuel +the Prince, a hater of the town of Mansoul, and an opposer of her +most wholesome doctrine.’</p> +<p>Then the judge asked him if he would plead? but he said only +this—That he confessed that he was an election doubter, and +that that was the religion that he had ever been brought up +in. And said, moreover, ‘If I must die for my +religion, I trow, I shall die a martyr, and so I care the +less.’</p> +<p><i>Judge</i>. Then it was replied: ‘To question +election, is to overthrow a great doctrine of the gospel, namely, +the omnisciency, and power, and will of God; to take away the +liberty of God with his creature, to stumble the faith of the +town of Mansoul, and to make salvation to depend upon works, and +not upon grace. It also belied the word, and disquieted the +minds of the men of Mansoul; therefore by the best of laws he +must die.’</p> +<p>Then was the vocation doubter called, and set to the bar; and +his indictment for substance was the same with the other, only he +was particularly charged with denying the calling of Mansoul.</p> +<p>The judge asked him also what he had to say for himself?</p> +<p>So he replied: ‘That he never believed that there was +any such thing as a distinct and powerful call of God to Mansoul; +otherwise than by the general voice of the word, nor by that +neither, otherwise than as it exhorted them to forbear evil, and +to do that which is good, and in so doing a promise of happiness +is annexed.’</p> +<p>Then said the judge: ‘Thou art a Diabolonian, and hast +denied a great part of one of the most experimental truths of the +Prince of the town of Mansoul; for he has called, and she has +heard a most distinct and powerful call of her Emmanuel, by which +she has been quickened, awakened, and possessed with heavenly +grace to desire to have communion with her Prince, to serve him, +and to do his will, and to look for her happiness merely of his +good pleasure. And for thine abhorrence of this good +doctrine, thou must die the death.’</p> +<p>Then the grace doubter was called, and his indictment was read +and he replied thereto: ‘That though he was of the land of +doubting, his father was the offspring of a Pharisee, and lived +in good fashion among his neighbours, and that he taught him to +believe, and believe it I do, and will, that Mansoul shall never +be saved freely by grace.’</p> +<p>Then said the judge: ‘Why, the law of the Prince is +plain: 1. Negatively, “not of works:” 2. Positively, +“by grace you are saved.” And thy religion +settleth in and upon the works of the flesh; for the works of the +law are the works of the flesh. Besides, in saying as thou +hast done, thou hast robbed God of His glory, and given it to a +sinful man; thou hast robbed Christ of the necessity of His +undertaking, and the sufficiency thereof, and hast given both +these to the works of the flesh. Thou hast despised the +work of the Holy Ghost, and hast magnified the will of the flesh, +and of the legal mind. Thou art a Diabolonian, the son of a +Diabolonian; and for thy Diabolonian principles thou must +die.’</p> +<p>The court then, having proceeded thus far with them, sent out +the jury, who forthwith brought them in guilty of death. +Then stood up the Recorder, and addressed himself to the +prisoners: ‘You, the prisoners at the bar, you have been +here indicted, and proved guilty of high crimes against Emmanuel +our Prince, and against the welfare of the famous town of +Mansoul, crimes for which you must be put to death, and die ye +accordingly.’ So they were sentenced to the death of +the cross. The place assigned them for execution, was that +where Diabolus drew up his last army against Mansoul; save only +that old Evil-Questioning was hanged at the top of Bad Street, +just over against his own door.</p> +<p>When the town of Mansoul had thus far rid themselves of their +enemies, and of the troublers of their peace, in the next place a +strict commandment was given out, that yet my Lord Willbewill +should, with Diligence his man, search for, and do his best to +apprehend what town Diabolonians were yet left alive in +Mansoul. The names of several of them were, Mr. Fooling, +Mr. Let-Good-Slip, Mr. Slavish-Fear, Mr. No-Love, Mr. Mistrust, +Mr. Flesh, and Mr. Sloth. It was also commanded, that he +should apprehend Mr. Evil-Questioning’s children, that he +left behind him, and that they should demolish his house. +The children that he left behind him were these: Mr. Doubt, and +he was his eldest son; the next to him was Legal-Life, Unbelief, +Wrong-Thoughts-of-Christ, Clip-Promise, Carnal-Sense, +Live-by-Feeling, Self-Love. All these he had by one wife, +and her name was No-Hope; she was the kinswoman of old +Incredulity, for he was her uncle; and when her father, old Dark, +was dead, he took her and brought her up, and when she was +marriageable, he gave her to this old Evil-Questioning to +wife.</p> +<p>Now the Lord Willbewill did put into execution his commission, +with great Diligence, his man. He took Fooling in the +streets, and hanged him up in Want-wit-Alley, over against his +own house. This Fooling was he that would have had the town +of Mansoul deliver up Captain Credence into the hands of +Diabolus, provided that then he would have withdrawn his force +out of the town. He also took Mr. Let-Good-Slip one day as +he was busy in the market, and executed him according to +law. Now there was an honest poor man in Mansoul, and his +name was Mr. Meditation, one of no great account in the days of +apostasy, but now of repute with the best of the town. This +man, therefore, they were willing to prefer. Now Mr. +Let-Good-Slip had a great deal of wealth heretofore in Mansoul, +and, at Emmanuel’s coming, it was sequestered to the use of +the Prince: this, therefore, was now given to Mr. Meditation, to +improve for the common good, and after him to his son, Mr. +Think-Well; this Think-Well he had by Mrs. Piety his wife, and +she was the daughter of Mr. Recorder.</p> +<p>After this, my lord apprehended Clip-Promise: now because he +was a notorious villain, for by his doings much of the +King’s coin was abused, therefore he was made a public +example. He was arraigned and judged to be first set in the +pillory, then to be whipped by all the children and servants in +Mansoul, and then to be hanged till he was dead. Some may +wonder at the severity of this man’s punishment; but those +that are honest traders in Mansoul, are sensible of the great +abuse that one clipper of promises in little time may do to the +town of Mansoul. And truly my judgment is, that all those +of his name and life should be served even as he.</p> +<p>He also apprehended Carnal-Sense, and put him in hold; but how +it came about, I cannot tell, but he brake prison, and made his +escape: yea, and the bold villain will not yet quit the town, but +lurks in the Diabolonian dens a days, and haunts like a ghost +honest men’s houses a nights. Wherefore, there was a +proclamation set up in the market-place in Mansoul, signifying +that whosoever could discover Carnal-Sense, and apprehend him and +slay him, should be admitted daily to the Prince’s table, +and should be made keeper of the treasure of Mansoul. Many, +therefore, did bend themselves to do this thing, but take him and +slay him they could not, though often he was discovered.</p> +<p>But my lord took Mr. Wrong-Thoughts-of-Christ, and put him in +prison, and he died there; though it was long first, for he died +of a lingering consumption.</p> +<p>Self-Love was also taken and committed to custody; but there +were many that were allied to him in Mansoul, so his judgment was +deferred. But at last Mr. Self-Denial stood up, and said: +‘If such villains as these may be winked at in Mansoul, I +will lay down my commission.’ He also took him from +the crowd, and had him among his soldiers, and there he was +brained. But some in Mansoul muttered at it, though none +durst speak plainly, because Emmanuel was in town. But this +brave act of Captain Self-Denial came to the Prince’s ears; +so he sent for him, and made him a lord in Mansoul. My Lord +Willbewill also obtained great commendations of Emmanuel, for +what he had done for the town of Mansoul.</p> +<p>Then my Lord Self-Denial took courage, and set to the pursuing +of the Diabolonians, with my Lord Willbewill; and they took +Live-by-Feeling, and they took Legal-Life, and put them in hold +till they died. But Mr. Unbelief was a nimble Jack: him +they could never lay hold of, though they attempted to do it +often. He therefore, and some few more of the subtlest of +the Diabolonian tribe, did yet remain in Mansoul, to the time +that Mansoul left off to dwell any longer in the kingdom of +Universe. But they kept them to their dens and holes: if +one of them did appear, or happen to be seen in any of the +streets of the town of Mansoul, the whole town would be up in +arms after them; yea, the very children in Mansoul would cry out +after them as after a thief, and would wish that they might stone +them to death with stones. And now did Mansoul arrive to +some good degree of peace and quiet; her Prince also did abide +within her borders; her captains, also, and her soldiers did +their duties; and Mansoul minded her trade that she had with the +country that was afar off; also she was busy in her +manufacture.</p> +<p>When the town of Mansoul had thus far rid themselves of so +many of their enemies, and the troublers of their peace, the +Prince sent to them, and appointed a day wherein he would, at the +market-place, meet the whole people, and there give them in +charge concerning some further matters, that, if observed, would +tend to their further safety and comfort, and to the condemnation +and destruction of their home-bred Diabolonians. So the day +appointed was come, and the townsmen met together; Emmanuel also +came down in his chariot, and all his captains in their state +attending him, on the right hand and on the left. Then was +an oyes made for silence, and, after some mutual carriages of +love, the Prince began, and thus proceeded:—</p> +<p>‘You, my Mansoul, and the beloved of mine heart, many +and great are the privileges that I have bestowed upon you; I +have singled you out from others, and have chosen you to myself, +not for your worthiness, but for mine own sake. I have also +redeemed you, not only from the dread of my Father’s law, +but from the hand of Diabolus. This I have done because I +loved you, and because I have set my heart upon you to do you +good. I have also, that all things, that might hinder thy +way to the pleasures of paradise might be taken out of the way, +laid down for thee for thy soul a plenary satisfaction, and have +bought thee to myself; a price not of corruptible things, as of +silver and gold, but a price of blood, mine own blood, which I +have freely spilled upon the ground to make thee mine. So I +have reconciled thee, O my Mansoul, to my Father, and entrusted +thee in the mansion houses that are with my Father in the royal +city, where things are, O my Mansoul, that eye hath not seen, nor +hath entered into the heart of man to conceive.</p> +<p>‘Besides, O my Mansoul, thou seest what I have done, and +how I have taken thee out of the hands of thine enemies: unto +whom thou hadst deeply revolted from my Father, and by whom thou +wast content to be possessed, and also to be destroyed. I +came to thee first by my law, then by my gospel, to awaken thee, +and show thee my glory. And thou knowest what thou wast, +what thou saidst, what thou didst, and how many times thou +rebelledst against my Father and me; yet I left thee not as thou +seest this day, but came to thee, have borne thy manners, have +waited upon thee, and, after all, accepted of thee, even of my +mere grace and favour; and would not suffer thee to be lost, as +thou most willingly wouldst have been. I also compassed +thee about, and afflicted thee on every side, that I might make +thee weary of thy ways, and bring down thy heart with molestation +to a willingness to close with thy good and happiness. And +when I had gotten a complete conquest over thee, I turned it to +thy advantage.</p> +<p>‘Thou seest, also, what a company of my Father’s +host I have lodged within thy borders: captains and rulers, +soldiers and men of war, engines and excellent devices to subdue +and bring down thy foes; thou knowest my meaning, O +Mansoul. And they are my servants, and thine, too, +Mansoul. Yea, my design of possessing of thee with them, +and the natural tendency of each of them is to defend, purge, +strengthen, and sweeten thee for myself, O Mansoul, and to make +thee meet for my Father’s presence, blessing, and glory; +for thou, my Mansoul, art created to be prepared unto these.</p> +<p>‘Thou seest, moreover, my Mansoul, how I have passed by +thy backslidings, and have healed thee. Indeed I was angry +with thee, but I have turned mine anger away from thee, because I +loved thee still, and mine anger and mine indignation is ceased +in the destruction of thine enemies, O Mansoul. Nor did thy +goodness fetch me again unto thee, after that I for thy +transgressions have hid my face, and withdrawn my presence from +thee. The way of backsliding was thine, but the way and +means of thy recovery was mine. I invented the means of thy +return; it was I that made an hedge and a wall, when thou wast +beginning to turn to things in which I delighted not. It +was I that made thy sweet bitter, thy day night, thy smooth way +thorny, and that also confounded all that sought thy +destruction. It was I that set Mr. Godly-Fear to work in +Mansoul. It was I that stirred up thy conscience and +understanding, thy will and thy affections, after thy great and +woful decay. It was I that put life into thee, O Mansoul, +to seek me, that thou mightest find me, and in thy finding find +thine own health, happiness, and salvation. It was I that +fetched the second time the Diabolonians out of Mansoul; and it +was I that overcame them, and that destroyed them before thy +face.</p> +<p>‘And now, my Mansoul, I am returned to thee in peace, +and thy transgressions against me are as if they had not +been. Nor shall it be with thee as in former days, but I +will do better for thee than at thy beginning.</p> +<p>For yet a little while, O my Mansoul, even after a few more +times are gone over thy head, I will (but be not thou troubled at +what I say) take down this famous town of Mansoul, stick and +stone, to the ground. And I will carry the stones thereof, +and the timber thereof, and the walls thereof, and the dust +thereof, and the inhabitants thereof, into mine own country, even +into a kingdom of my Father; and will there set it up in such +strength and glory, as it never did see in the kingdom where now +it is placed. I will even there set it up for my +Father’s habitation; for for that purpose it was at first +erected in the kingdom of Universe; and there will I make it a +spectacle of wonder, a monument of mercy, and the admirer of its +own mercy. There shall the natives of Mansoul see all that, +of which they have seen nothing here: there shall they be equal +to those unto whom they have been inferior here. And there +shalt thou, O my Mansoul, have such communion with me, with my +Father, and with your Lord Secretary, as it is not possible here +to be enjoyed, nor ever could be, shouldest thou live in Universe +the space of a thousand years.</p> +<p>‘And there, O my Mansoul, thou shalt be afraid of +murderers no more; of Diabolonians, and their threats, no +more. There, there shall be no more plots, nor +contrivances, nor designs against thee, O my Mansoul. There +thou shalt no more hear the evil-tidings, or the noise of the +Diabolonian drum. There thou shalt not see the Diabolonian +standard-bearers, nor yet behold Diabolus’s standard. +No Diabolonian mount shall be cast up against thee there; nor +shall there the Diabolonian standard be set up to make thee +afraid. There thou shalt not need captains, engines, +soldiers, and men of war. There thou shalt meet with no +sorrow, nor grief, nor shall it be possible that any Diabolonian +should again, for ever, be able to creep into thy skirts, burrow +in thy walls, or be seen again within thy borders all the days of +eternity. Life shall there last longer than here you are +able to desire it should; and yet it shall always be sweet and +new, nor shall any impediment attend it for ever.</p> +<p>‘There, O Mansoul, thou shalt meet with many of those +that have been like thee, and that have been partakers of thy +sorrows; even such as I have chosen, and redeemed, and set apart, +as thou, for my Father’s court and city-royal. All +they will be glad in thee, and thou, when thou seest them, shalt +be glad in thine heart.</p> +<p>‘There are things, O Mansoul, even things of my +Father’s providing, and mine, that never were seen since +the beginning of the world; and they are laid up with my Father, +and sealed up among his treasures for thee, till thou shalt come +thither to enjoy them. I told you before, that I would +remove my Mansoul, and set it up elsewhere; and where I will set +it, there are those that love thee, and those that rejoice in +thee now; but how much more, when they shall see thee exalted to +honour! My Father will then send them for you to fetch you; +and their bosoms are chariots to put you in. And you, O my +Mansoul, shall ride upon the wings of the wind. They will +come to convey, conduct, and bring you to that, when your eyes +see more, that will be your desired haven.</p> +<p>‘And thus, O my Mansoul, I have showed unto thee what +shall be done to thee hereafter, if thou canst hear, if thou +canst understand; and now I will tell thee what at present must +be thy duty and practice, until I come and fetch thee to myself, +according as is related in the Scriptures of truth.</p> +<p>‘First, I charge thee that thou dost hereafter keep more +white and clean the liveries which I gave thee before my last +withdrawing from thee. Do it, I say, for this will be thy +wisdom. They are in themselves fine linen, but thou must +keep them white and clean. This will be your wisdom, your +honour, and will be greatly for my glory. When your +garments are white, the world will count you mine. Also, +when your garments are white, then I am delighted in your ways; +for then your goings to and fro will be like a flash of +lightning, that those that are present must take notice of; also +their eyes will be made to dazzle thereat. Deck thyself, +therefore, according to my bidding, and make thyself by my law +straight steps for thy feet; so shall thy King greatly desire thy +beauty, for he is thy Lord, and worship thou him.</p> +<p>‘Now, that thou mayest keep them as I bid thee, I have, +as I before did tell thee, provided for thee an open fountain to +wash thy garments in. Look, therefore, that thou wash often +in my fountain, and go not in defiled garments; for as it is to +my dishonour and my disgrace, so it will be to thy discomfort, +when you shall walk in filthy garments. Let not, therefore, +my garments, your garments, the garments that I gave thee, be +defiled or spotted by the flesh. Keep thy garments always +white, and let thy head lack no ointment.</p> +<p>‘My Mansoul, I have ofttimes delivered thee from the +designs, plots, attempts, and conspiracies of Diabolus; and for +all this I ask thee nothing, but that thou render not to me evil +for my good; but that thou bear in mind my love, and the +continuation of my kindness to my beloved Mansoul, so as to +provoke thee to walk in thy measure according to the benefit +bestowed on thee. Of old, the sacrifices were bound with +cords to the horns of the altar. Consider what is said to +thee, O my blessed Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘O my Mansoul, I have lived, I have died, I live, and +will die no more for thee. I live, that thou mayest not +die. Because I live, thou shalt live also. I +reconciled thee to my Father by the blood of my cross; and being +reconciled, thou shalt live through me. I will pray for +thee; I will fight for thee; I will yet do thee good.</p> +<p>‘Nothing can hurt thee but sin; nothing can grieve me +but sin; nothing can make thee base before thy foes but sin: take +heed of sin, my Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘And dost thou know why I at first, and do still, suffer +Diabolonians to dwell in thy walls, O Mansoul? It is to +keep thee wakening, to try thy love, to make thee watchful, and +to cause thee yet to prize my noble captains, their soldiers, and +my mercy.</p> +<p>‘It is also, that yet thou mayest be made to remember +what a deplorable condition thou once wast in. I mean when, +not some, but all did dwell, not in thy walls, but in thy castle, +and in thy stronghold, O Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘O my Mansoul, should I slay all them within, many there +be without, that would bring thee into bondage; for were all +these within cut off, those without would find thee sleeping; and +then, as in a moment, they would swallow up my Mansoul. I +therefore left them in thee, not to do thee hurt (the which they +yet will, if thou hearken to them, and serve them,) but to do +thee good, the which they must, if thou watch and fight against +them. Know, therefore, that whatever they shall tempt thee +to, my design is, that they should drive thee, not further off, +but nearer to my father, to learn thee war, to make petitioning +desirable to thee, and to make thee little in thine own +eyes. Hearken diligently to this, my Mansoul.</p> +<p>‘Show me, then, thy love, my Mansoul, and let not those +that are within thy walls, take thy affections off from him that +hath redeemed thy soul. Yea, let the sight of a Diabolonian +heighten thy love to me. I came once, and twice, and +thrice, to save thee from the poison of those arrows that would +have wrought thy death: stand for me, thy Friend, my Mansoul, +against the Diabolonians, and I will stand for thee before my +Father, and all his court. Love me against temptation, and +I will love thee notwithstanding thine infirmities.</p> +<p>‘O my Mansoul, remember what my captains, my soldiers, +and mine engines have done for thee. They have fought for +thee, they have suffered by thee, they have borne much at thy +hands to do thee good, O Mansoul. Hadst thou not had them +to help thee, Diabolus had certainly made a hand of thee. +Nourish them, therefore, my Mansoul. When thou dost well, +they will be well; when thou dost ill, they will be ill, and +sick, and weak. Make not my captains sick, O Mansoul; for +if they be sick, thou canst not be well; if they be weak, thou +canst not be strong; if they be faint, thou canst not be stout +and valiant for thy King, O Mansoul. Nor must thou think +always to live by sense: thou must live upon my word. Thou +must believe, O my Mansoul, when I am from thee, that yet I love +thee, and bear thee upon mine heart for ever.</p> +<p>‘Remember, therefore, O my Mansoul, that thou art +beloved of me: as I have, therefore, taught thee to watch, to +fight, to pray, and to make war against my foes; so now I command +thee to believe that my love is constant to thee. O my +Mansoul, how have I set my heart, my love upon thee! +Watch. Behold, I lay none other burden upon thee, than what +thou hast already. Hold fast, till I come.’</p> +<h2>FOOTNOTES</h2> +<p><a name="footnote0"></a><a href="#citation0" +class="footnote">[0]</a> Unfortunately the illustrations +are still in copyright in the UK (where I live), and so have not +been included. They will be included when they come out of +copyright in the UK.—DP.</p> +<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HOLY WAR MADE BY SHADDAI UPON +DIABOLUS***</p> +<pre> + + +***** This file should be named 395-h.htm or 395-h.zip****** + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/3/9/395 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. +</pre></body> +</html> diff --git a/395-h/images/p0b.jpg b/395-h/images/p0b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aef4923 --- /dev/null +++ b/395-h/images/p0b.jpg diff --git a/395-h/images/p0s.jpg b/395-h/images/p0s.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..400e5fb --- /dev/null +++ b/395-h/images/p0s.jpg |
